GOLD TAS/TAM (Cartoon_Futures)Highlights the 5min close range around the TAM and TAS times of gold. it works on 5min charts and belwo. it works on the 5min candle close, not the vwap per true cme TAS and TAM calculations. you need to move to 1min and adjust preset times to get the proper london settlements
CME times
NY TAS: Sun-Fri 6:00 p.m. - 1:30 p.m. ET (5:00 - 12:30 CT) Central time
TAM:
Asia TAM: Sun - Frid 6:00 p.m. ET - 3:30 p.m. China
London a.m. TAM: Sun-Fri 6:00 p.m. ET - 10:32 a.m. London
London p.m.: TAM Sun-Fri 6:00 p.m. ET - 3:02 p.m. London
Поиск скриптов по запросу "a股板块+沪深两市+股价不超过10元的股票+技术形态好"
Smart MACD Divergence ScannerOriginal Base Indicator: "CM_MacD_Ult_MTF" by ChrisMoody
This indicator builds upon ChrisMoody's excellent multi-timeframe MACD foundation and transforms it into a professional divergence scanner with advanced quality assessment and filtering capabilities. The original MACD visualization and MTF functionality have been preserved while adding completely new divergence detection, scoring, and filtering systems.
🎯 What Makes This Indicator Unique:
Smart MACD Divergence Scanner is a professional tool for detecting MACD-based divergences with an advanced filtering system and signal quality assessment. Unlike standard divergence indicators, this version includes innovative features:
Adaptive Quality Scoring System — each signal receives a score from 0 to 100 based on multiple factors
Volatility Filter — automatic signal suppression during low market volatility periods
Multi-Timeframe Confirmation — divergence verification on higher timeframe for increased reliability
Divergence Strength Analysis — calculation of percentage difference between price and indicator movement
Information Dashboard — detailed real-time signal statistics
Cooldown System — prevention of multiple consecutive signals
💡 How It Works:
The indicator uses the classic divergence concept — the divergence between price movement and the MACD oscillator. However, instead of simple pivot detection, the algorithm:
Scans the market for local extremes (pivots) on price and MACD histogram
Searches for divergences — when price updates low/high while MACD shows opposite movement
Assesses quality — analyzes divergence strength, volatility, higher timeframe confirmation
Filters noise — eliminates weak signals through threshold system and cooldown
Generates signal — only when all quality criteria are met
🔧 Key Parameters:
MACD Settings: Fast Length (12), Slow Length (26), Signal Length (9)
Divergence Detection: Pivot Lookback (5), Max Lookback Range (60), Min Divergence Strength (15%)
Quality Filters: Min Quality Score (60), Volatility Filter, MTF Confirmation, Signal Cooldown (5)
📊 How to Use:
Add indicator to chart — it will automatically start scanning
Configure filters — start with default settings, then adapt to your trading style
Watch for signals: 🟢 Green "BUY" label = bullish divergence, 🔴 Red "SELL" label = bearish divergence
Check quality score on labels (Q: XX)
Use information panel to monitor statistics and current market conditions
⚙️ Settings Guide:
For swing trading (4H-Daily): Increase Pivot Lookback to 7-10, set Min Quality Score to 70+
For day trading (15m-1H): Keep default settings, enable all filters
For scalping (1m-5m): Decrease Min Quality Score to 50, disable MTF Confirmation
For volatile markets (crypto): Increase Min Divergence Strength to 20-25%, enable Volatility Filter
⚠️ Important Notes:
Divergences are probabilistic signals, not guaranteed reversals
Use additional confirmation (support/resistance levels, volume, price action)
Adjust parameters for specific asset and timeframe
Signals appear with Pivot Lookback bars delay (retrospective confirmation)
On volatile markets, increase Min Quality Score to reduce false signals
Dynamic Equity Allocation Model//@version=6
indicator('Dynamic Equity Allocation Model', shorttitle = 'DEAM', overlay = false, precision = 1, scale = scale.right, max_bars_back = 500)
// DYNAMIC EQUITY ALLOCATION MODEL
// Quantitative framework for dynamic portfolio allocation between stocks and cash.
// Analyzes five dimensions: market regime, risk metrics, valuation, sentiment,
// and macro conditions to generate allocation recommendations (0-100% equity).
//
// Uses real-time data from TradingView including fundamentals (P/E, ROE, ERP),
// volatility indicators (VIX), credit spreads, yield curves, and market structure.
// INPUT PARAMETERS
group1 = 'Model Configuration'
model_type = input.string('Adaptive', 'Allocation Model Type', options = , group = group1, tooltip = 'Conservative: Slower to increase equity, Aggressive: Faster allocation changes, Adaptive: Dynamic based on regime')
use_crisis_detection = input.bool(true, 'Enable Crisis Detection System', group = group1, tooltip = 'Automatic detection and response to crisis conditions')
use_regime_model = input.bool(true, 'Use Market Regime Detection', group = group1, tooltip = 'Identify Bull/Bear/Crisis regimes for dynamic allocation')
group2 = 'Portfolio Risk Management'
target_portfolio_volatility = input.float(12.0, 'Target Portfolio Volatility (%)', minval = 3, maxval = 20, step = 0.5, group = group2, tooltip = 'Target portfolio volatility (Cash reduces volatility: 50% Equity = ~10% vol, 100% Equity = ~20% vol)')
max_portfolio_drawdown = input.float(15.0, 'Maximum Portfolio Drawdown (%)', minval = 5, maxval = 35, step = 2.5, group = group2, tooltip = 'Maximum acceptable PORTFOLIO drawdown (not market drawdown - portfolio with cash has lower drawdown)')
enable_portfolio_risk_scaling = input.bool(true, 'Enable Portfolio Risk Scaling', group = group2, tooltip = 'Scale allocation based on actual portfolio risk characteristics (recommended)')
risk_lookback = input.int(252, 'Risk Calculation Period (Days)', minval = 60, maxval = 504, group = group2, tooltip = 'Period for calculating volatility and risk metrics')
group3 = 'Component Weights (Total = 100%)'
w_regime = input.float(35.0, 'Market Regime Weight (%)', minval = 0, maxval = 100, step = 5, group = group3)
w_risk = input.float(25.0, 'Risk Metrics Weight (%)', minval = 0, maxval = 100, step = 5, group = group3)
w_valuation = input.float(20.0, 'Valuation Weight (%)', minval = 0, maxval = 100, step = 5, group = group3)
w_sentiment = input.float(15.0, 'Sentiment Weight (%)', minval = 0, maxval = 100, step = 5, group = group3)
w_macro = input.float(5.0, 'Macro Weight (%)', minval = 0, maxval = 100, step = 5, group = group3)
group4 = 'Crisis Detection Thresholds'
crisis_vix_threshold = input.float(40, 'Crisis VIX Level', minval = 30, maxval = 80, group = group4, tooltip = 'VIX level indicating crisis conditions (COVID peaked at 82)')
crisis_drawdown_threshold = input.float(15, 'Crisis Drawdown Threshold (%)', minval = 10, maxval = 30, group = group4, tooltip = 'Market drawdown indicating crisis conditions')
crisis_credit_spread = input.float(500, 'Crisis Credit Spread (bps)', minval = 300, maxval = 1000, group = group4, tooltip = 'High yield spread indicating crisis conditions')
group5 = 'Display Settings'
show_components = input.bool(false, 'Show Component Breakdown', group = group5, tooltip = 'Display individual component analysis lines')
show_regime_background = input.bool(true, 'Show Dynamic Background', group = group5, tooltip = 'Color background based on allocation signals')
show_reference_lines = input.bool(false, 'Show Reference Lines', group = group5, tooltip = 'Display allocation percentage reference lines')
show_dashboard = input.bool(true, 'Show Analytics Dashboard', group = group5, tooltip = 'Display comprehensive analytics table')
show_confidence_bands = input.bool(false, 'Show Confidence Bands', group = group5, tooltip = 'Display uncertainty quantification bands')
smoothing_period = input.int(3, 'Smoothing Period', minval = 1, maxval = 10, group = group5, tooltip = 'Smoothing to reduce allocation noise')
background_intensity = input.int(95, 'Background Intensity (%)', minval = 90, maxval = 99, group = group5, tooltip = 'Higher values = more transparent background')
// Styling Options
color_scheme = input.string('EdgeTools', 'Color Theme', options = , group = 'Appearance', tooltip = 'Professional color themes')
use_dark_mode = input.bool(true, 'Optimize for Dark Theme', group = 'Appearance')
main_line_width = input.int(3, 'Main Line Width', minval = 1, maxval = 5, group = 'Appearance')
// DATA RETRIEVAL
// Market Data
sp500 = request.security('SPY', timeframe.period, close)
sp500_high = request.security('SPY', timeframe.period, high)
sp500_low = request.security('SPY', timeframe.period, low)
sp500_volume = request.security('SPY', timeframe.period, volume)
// Volatility Indicators
vix = request.security('VIX', timeframe.period, close)
vix9d = request.security('VIX9D', timeframe.period, close)
vxn = request.security('VXN', timeframe.period, close)
// Fixed Income and Credit
us2y = request.security('US02Y', timeframe.period, close)
us10y = request.security('US10Y', timeframe.period, close)
us3m = request.security('US03MY', timeframe.period, close)
hyg = request.security('HYG', timeframe.period, close)
lqd = request.security('LQD', timeframe.period, close)
tlt = request.security('TLT', timeframe.period, close)
// Safe Haven Assets
gold = request.security('GLD', timeframe.period, close)
usd = request.security('DXY', timeframe.period, close)
yen = request.security('JPYUSD', timeframe.period, close)
// Financial data with fallback values
get_financial_data(symbol, fin_id, period, fallback) =>
data = request.financial(symbol, fin_id, period, ignore_invalid_symbol = true)
na(data) ? fallback : data
// SPY fundamental metrics
spy_earnings_per_share = get_financial_data('AMEX:SPY', 'EARNINGS_PER_SHARE_BASIC', 'TTM', 20.0)
spy_operating_earnings_yield = get_financial_data('AMEX:SPY', 'OPERATING_EARNINGS_YIELD', 'FY', 4.5)
spy_dividend_yield = get_financial_data('AMEX:SPY', 'DIVIDENDS_YIELD', 'FY', 1.8)
spy_buyback_yield = get_financial_data('AMEX:SPY', 'BUYBACK_YIELD', 'FY', 2.0)
spy_net_margin = get_financial_data('AMEX:SPY', 'NET_MARGIN', 'TTM', 12.0)
spy_debt_to_equity = get_financial_data('AMEX:SPY', 'DEBT_TO_EQUITY', 'FY', 0.5)
spy_return_on_equity = get_financial_data('AMEX:SPY', 'RETURN_ON_EQUITY', 'FY', 15.0)
spy_free_cash_flow = get_financial_data('AMEX:SPY', 'FREE_CASH_FLOW', 'TTM', 100000000)
spy_ebitda = get_financial_data('AMEX:SPY', 'EBITDA', 'TTM', 200000000)
spy_pe_forward = get_financial_data('AMEX:SPY', 'PRICE_EARNINGS_FORWARD', 'FY', 18.0)
spy_total_debt = get_financial_data('AMEX:SPY', 'TOTAL_DEBT', 'FY', 500000000)
spy_total_equity = get_financial_data('AMEX:SPY', 'TOTAL_EQUITY', 'FY', 1000000000)
spy_enterprise_value = get_financial_data('AMEX:SPY', 'ENTERPRISE_VALUE', 'FY', 30000000000)
spy_revenue_growth = get_financial_data('AMEX:SPY', 'REVENUE_ONE_YEAR_GROWTH', 'TTM', 5.0)
// Market Breadth Indicators
nya = request.security('NYA', timeframe.period, close)
rut = request.security('IWM', timeframe.period, close)
// Sector Performance
xlk = request.security('XLK', timeframe.period, close)
xlu = request.security('XLU', timeframe.period, close)
xlf = request.security('XLF', timeframe.period, close)
// MARKET REGIME DETECTION
// Calculate Market Trend
sma_20 = ta.sma(sp500, 20)
sma_50 = ta.sma(sp500, 50)
sma_200 = ta.sma(sp500, 200)
ema_10 = ta.ema(sp500, 10)
// Market Structure Score
trend_strength = 0.0
trend_strength := trend_strength + (sp500 > sma_20 ? 1 : -1)
trend_strength := trend_strength + (sp500 > sma_50 ? 1 : -1)
trend_strength := trend_strength + (sp500 > sma_200 ? 2 : -2)
trend_strength := trend_strength + (sma_50 > sma_200 ? 2 : -2)
// Volatility Regime
returns = math.log(sp500 / sp500 )
realized_vol_20d = ta.stdev(returns, 20) * math.sqrt(252) * 100
realized_vol_60d = ta.stdev(returns, 60) * math.sqrt(252) * 100
ewma_vol = ta.ema(math.pow(returns, 2), 20)
realized_vol = math.sqrt(ewma_vol * 252) * 100
vol_premium = vix - realized_vol
// Drawdown Calculation
running_max = ta.highest(sp500, risk_lookback)
current_drawdown = (running_max - sp500) / running_max * 100
// Regime Score
regime_score = 0.0
// Trend Component (40%)
if trend_strength >= 4
regime_score := regime_score + 40
regime_score
else if trend_strength >= 2
regime_score := regime_score + 30
regime_score
else if trend_strength >= 0
regime_score := regime_score + 20
regime_score
else if trend_strength >= -2
regime_score := regime_score + 10
regime_score
else
regime_score := regime_score + 0
regime_score
// Volatility Component (30%)
if vix < 15
regime_score := regime_score + 30
regime_score
else if vix < 20
regime_score := regime_score + 25
regime_score
else if vix < 25
regime_score := regime_score + 15
regime_score
else if vix < 35
regime_score := regime_score + 5
regime_score
else
regime_score := regime_score + 0
regime_score
// Drawdown Component (30%)
if current_drawdown < 3
regime_score := regime_score + 30
regime_score
else if current_drawdown < 7
regime_score := regime_score + 20
regime_score
else if current_drawdown < 12
regime_score := regime_score + 10
regime_score
else if current_drawdown < 20
regime_score := regime_score + 5
regime_score
else
regime_score := regime_score + 0
regime_score
// Classify Regime
market_regime = regime_score >= 80 ? 'Strong Bull' : regime_score >= 60 ? 'Bull Market' : regime_score >= 40 ? 'Neutral' : regime_score >= 20 ? 'Correction' : regime_score >= 10 ? 'Bear Market' : 'Crisis'
// RISK-BASED ALLOCATION
// Calculate Market Risk
parkinson_hl = math.log(sp500_high / sp500_low)
parkinson_vol = parkinson_hl / (2 * math.sqrt(math.log(2))) * math.sqrt(252) * 100
garman_klass_vol = math.sqrt((0.5 * math.pow(math.log(sp500_high / sp500_low), 2) - (2 * math.log(2) - 1) * math.pow(math.log(sp500 / sp500 ), 2)) * 252) * 100
market_volatility_20d = math.max(ta.stdev(returns, 20) * math.sqrt(252) * 100, parkinson_vol)
market_volatility_60d = ta.stdev(returns, 60) * math.sqrt(252) * 100
market_drawdown = current_drawdown
// Initialize risk allocation
risk_allocation = 50.0
if enable_portfolio_risk_scaling
// Volatility-based allocation
vol_based_allocation = target_portfolio_volatility / math.max(market_volatility_20d, 5.0) * 100
vol_based_allocation := math.max(0, math.min(100, vol_based_allocation))
// Drawdown-based allocation
dd_based_allocation = 100.0
if market_drawdown > 1.0
dd_based_allocation := max_portfolio_drawdown / market_drawdown * 100
dd_based_allocation := math.max(0, math.min(100, dd_based_allocation))
dd_based_allocation
// Combine (conservative)
risk_allocation := math.min(vol_based_allocation, dd_based_allocation)
// Dynamic adjustment
current_equity_estimate = 50.0
estimated_portfolio_vol = current_equity_estimate / 100 * market_volatility_20d
estimated_portfolio_dd = current_equity_estimate / 100 * market_drawdown
vol_utilization = estimated_portfolio_vol / target_portfolio_volatility
dd_utilization = estimated_portfolio_dd / max_portfolio_drawdown
risk_utilization = math.max(vol_utilization, dd_utilization)
risk_adjustment_factor = 1.0
if risk_utilization > 1.0
risk_adjustment_factor := math.exp(-0.5 * (risk_utilization - 1.0))
risk_adjustment_factor := math.max(0.5, risk_adjustment_factor)
risk_adjustment_factor
else if risk_utilization < 0.9
risk_adjustment_factor := 1.0 + 0.2 * math.log(1.0 / risk_utilization)
risk_adjustment_factor := math.min(1.3, risk_adjustment_factor)
risk_adjustment_factor
risk_allocation := risk_allocation * risk_adjustment_factor
risk_allocation
else
vol_scalar = target_portfolio_volatility / math.max(market_volatility_20d, 10)
vol_scalar := math.min(1.5, math.max(0.2, vol_scalar))
drawdown_penalty = 0.0
if current_drawdown > max_portfolio_drawdown
drawdown_penalty := (current_drawdown - max_portfolio_drawdown) / max_portfolio_drawdown
drawdown_penalty := math.min(1.0, drawdown_penalty)
drawdown_penalty
risk_allocation := 100 * vol_scalar * (1 - drawdown_penalty)
risk_allocation
risk_allocation := math.max(0, math.min(100, risk_allocation))
// VALUATION ANALYSIS
// Valuation Metrics
actual_pe_ratio = spy_earnings_per_share > 0 ? sp500 / spy_earnings_per_share : spy_pe_forward
actual_earnings_yield = nz(spy_operating_earnings_yield, 0) > 0 ? spy_operating_earnings_yield : 100 / actual_pe_ratio
total_shareholder_yield = spy_dividend_yield + spy_buyback_yield
// Equity Risk Premium (multi-method calculation)
method1_erp = actual_earnings_yield - us10y
method2_erp = actual_earnings_yield + spy_buyback_yield - us10y
payout_ratio = spy_dividend_yield > 0 and actual_earnings_yield > 0 ? spy_dividend_yield / actual_earnings_yield : 0.4
sustainable_growth = spy_return_on_equity * (1 - payout_ratio) / 100
method3_erp = spy_dividend_yield + sustainable_growth * 100 - us10y
implied_growth = spy_revenue_growth * 0.7
method4_erp = total_shareholder_yield + implied_growth - us10y
equity_risk_premium = method1_erp * 0.35 + method2_erp * 0.30 + method3_erp * 0.20 + method4_erp * 0.15
ev_ebitda_ratio = spy_enterprise_value > 0 and spy_ebitda > 0 ? spy_enterprise_value / spy_ebitda : 15.0
debt_equity_health = spy_debt_to_equity < 1.0 ? 1.2 : spy_debt_to_equity < 2.0 ? 1.0 : 0.8
// Valuation Score
base_valuation_score = 50.0
if equity_risk_premium > 4
base_valuation_score := 95
base_valuation_score
else if equity_risk_premium > 3
base_valuation_score := 85
base_valuation_score
else if equity_risk_premium > 2
base_valuation_score := 70
base_valuation_score
else if equity_risk_premium > 1
base_valuation_score := 55
base_valuation_score
else if equity_risk_premium > 0
base_valuation_score := 40
base_valuation_score
else if equity_risk_premium > -1
base_valuation_score := 25
base_valuation_score
else
base_valuation_score := 10
base_valuation_score
growth_adjustment = spy_revenue_growth > 10 ? 10 : spy_revenue_growth > 5 ? 5 : 0
margin_adjustment = spy_net_margin > 15 ? 5 : spy_net_margin < 8 ? -5 : 0
roe_adjustment = spy_return_on_equity > 20 ? 5 : spy_return_on_equity < 10 ? -5 : 0
valuation_score = base_valuation_score + growth_adjustment + margin_adjustment + roe_adjustment
valuation_score := math.max(0, math.min(100, valuation_score * debt_equity_health))
// SENTIMENT ANALYSIS
// VIX Term Structure
vix_term_structure = vix9d > 0 ? vix / vix9d : 1
backwardation = vix_term_structure > 1.05
steep_backwardation = vix_term_structure > 1.15
// Safe Haven Flows
gold_momentum = ta.roc(gold, 20)
dollar_momentum = ta.roc(usd, 20)
yen_momentum = ta.roc(yen, 20)
treasury_momentum = ta.roc(tlt, 20)
safe_haven_flow = gold_momentum * 0.3 + treasury_momentum * 0.3 + dollar_momentum * 0.25 + yen_momentum * 0.15
// Advanced Sentiment Analysis
vix_percentile = ta.percentrank(vix, 252)
vix_zscore = (vix - ta.sma(vix, 252)) / ta.stdev(vix, 252)
vix_momentum = ta.roc(vix, 5)
vvix_proxy = ta.stdev(vix_momentum, 20) * math.sqrt(252)
risk_reversal_proxy = (vix - realized_vol) / realized_vol
// Sentiment Score
base_sentiment = 50.0
vix_adjustment = 0.0
if vix_zscore < -1.5
vix_adjustment := 40
vix_adjustment
else if vix_zscore < -0.5
vix_adjustment := 20
vix_adjustment
else if vix_zscore < 0.5
vix_adjustment := 0
vix_adjustment
else if vix_zscore < 1.5
vix_adjustment := -20
vix_adjustment
else
vix_adjustment := -40
vix_adjustment
term_structure_adjustment = backwardation ? -15 : steep_backwardation ? -30 : 5
vvix_adjustment = vvix_proxy > 2.0 ? -10 : vvix_proxy < 1.0 ? 10 : 0
sentiment_score = base_sentiment + vix_adjustment + term_structure_adjustment + vvix_adjustment
sentiment_score := math.max(0, math.min(100, sentiment_score))
// MACRO ANALYSIS
// Yield Curve
yield_spread_2_10 = us10y - us2y
yield_spread_3m_10 = us10y - us3m
// Credit Conditions
hyg_return = ta.roc(hyg, 20)
lqd_return = ta.roc(lqd, 20)
tlt_return = ta.roc(tlt, 20)
hyg_duration = 4.0
lqd_duration = 8.0
tlt_duration = 17.0
hyg_log_returns = math.log(hyg / hyg )
lqd_log_returns = math.log(lqd / lqd )
hyg_volatility = ta.stdev(hyg_log_returns, 20) * math.sqrt(252)
lqd_volatility = ta.stdev(lqd_log_returns, 20) * math.sqrt(252)
hyg_yield_proxy = -math.log(hyg / hyg ) * 100
lqd_yield_proxy = -math.log(lqd / lqd ) * 100
tlt_yield = us10y
hyg_spread = (hyg_yield_proxy - tlt_yield) * 100
lqd_spread = (lqd_yield_proxy - tlt_yield) * 100
hyg_distance = (hyg - ta.lowest(hyg, 252)) / (ta.highest(hyg, 252) - ta.lowest(hyg, 252))
lqd_distance = (lqd - ta.lowest(lqd, 252)) / (ta.highest(lqd, 252) - ta.lowest(lqd, 252))
default_risk_proxy = 2.0 - (hyg_distance + lqd_distance)
credit_spread = hyg_spread * 0.5 + (hyg_volatility - lqd_volatility) * 1000 * 0.3 + default_risk_proxy * 200 * 0.2
credit_spread := math.max(50, credit_spread)
credit_market_health = hyg_return > lqd_return ? 1 : -1
flight_to_quality = tlt_return > (hyg_return + lqd_return) / 2
// Macro Score
macro_score = 50.0
yield_curve_score = 0
if yield_spread_2_10 > 1.5 and yield_spread_3m_10 > 2
yield_curve_score := 40
yield_curve_score
else if yield_spread_2_10 > 0.5 and yield_spread_3m_10 > 1
yield_curve_score := 30
yield_curve_score
else if yield_spread_2_10 > 0 and yield_spread_3m_10 > 0
yield_curve_score := 20
yield_curve_score
else if yield_spread_2_10 < 0 or yield_spread_3m_10 < 0
yield_curve_score := 10
yield_curve_score
else
yield_curve_score := 5
yield_curve_score
credit_conditions_score = 0
if credit_spread < 200 and not flight_to_quality
credit_conditions_score := 30
credit_conditions_score
else if credit_spread < 400 and credit_market_health > 0
credit_conditions_score := 20
credit_conditions_score
else if credit_spread < 600
credit_conditions_score := 15
credit_conditions_score
else if credit_spread < 1000
credit_conditions_score := 10
credit_conditions_score
else
credit_conditions_score := 0
credit_conditions_score
financial_stability_score = 0
if spy_debt_to_equity < 0.5 and spy_return_on_equity > 15
financial_stability_score := 20
financial_stability_score
else if spy_debt_to_equity < 1.0 and spy_return_on_equity > 10
financial_stability_score := 15
financial_stability_score
else if spy_debt_to_equity < 1.5
financial_stability_score := 10
financial_stability_score
else
financial_stability_score := 5
financial_stability_score
macro_score := yield_curve_score + credit_conditions_score + financial_stability_score
macro_score := math.max(0, math.min(100, macro_score))
// CRISIS DETECTION
crisis_indicators = 0
if vix > crisis_vix_threshold
crisis_indicators := crisis_indicators + 1
crisis_indicators
if vix > 60
crisis_indicators := crisis_indicators + 2
crisis_indicators
if current_drawdown > crisis_drawdown_threshold
crisis_indicators := crisis_indicators + 1
crisis_indicators
if current_drawdown > 25
crisis_indicators := crisis_indicators + 1
crisis_indicators
if credit_spread > crisis_credit_spread
crisis_indicators := crisis_indicators + 1
crisis_indicators
sp500_roc_5 = ta.roc(sp500, 5)
tlt_roc_5 = ta.roc(tlt, 5)
if sp500_roc_5 < -10 and tlt_roc_5 < -5
crisis_indicators := crisis_indicators + 2
crisis_indicators
volume_spike = sp500_volume > ta.sma(sp500_volume, 20) * 2
sp500_roc_1 = ta.roc(sp500, 1)
if volume_spike and sp500_roc_1 < -3
crisis_indicators := crisis_indicators + 1
crisis_indicators
is_crisis = crisis_indicators >= 3
is_severe_crisis = crisis_indicators >= 5
// FINAL ALLOCATION CALCULATION
// Convert regime to base allocation
regime_allocation = market_regime == 'Strong Bull' ? 100 : market_regime == 'Bull Market' ? 80 : market_regime == 'Neutral' ? 60 : market_regime == 'Correction' ? 40 : market_regime == 'Bear Market' ? 20 : 0
// Normalize weights
total_weight = w_regime + w_risk + w_valuation + w_sentiment + w_macro
w_regime_norm = w_regime / total_weight
w_risk_norm = w_risk / total_weight
w_valuation_norm = w_valuation / total_weight
w_sentiment_norm = w_sentiment / total_weight
w_macro_norm = w_macro / total_weight
// Calculate Weighted Allocation
weighted_allocation = regime_allocation * w_regime_norm + risk_allocation * w_risk_norm + valuation_score * w_valuation_norm + sentiment_score * w_sentiment_norm + macro_score * w_macro_norm
// Apply Crisis Override
if use_crisis_detection
if is_severe_crisis
weighted_allocation := math.min(weighted_allocation, 10)
weighted_allocation
else if is_crisis
weighted_allocation := math.min(weighted_allocation, 25)
weighted_allocation
// Model Type Adjustment
model_adjustment = 0.0
if model_type == 'Conservative'
model_adjustment := -10
model_adjustment
else if model_type == 'Aggressive'
model_adjustment := 10
model_adjustment
else if model_type == 'Adaptive'
recent_return = (sp500 - sp500 ) / sp500 * 100
if recent_return > 5
model_adjustment := 5
model_adjustment
else if recent_return < -5
model_adjustment := -5
model_adjustment
// Apply adjustment and bounds
final_allocation = weighted_allocation + model_adjustment
final_allocation := math.max(0, math.min(100, final_allocation))
// Smooth allocation
smoothed_allocation = ta.sma(final_allocation, smoothing_period)
// Calculate portfolio risk metrics (only for internal alerts)
actual_portfolio_volatility = smoothed_allocation / 100 * market_volatility_20d
actual_portfolio_drawdown = smoothed_allocation / 100 * current_drawdown
// VISUALIZATION
// Color definitions
var color primary_color = #2196F3
var color bullish_color = #4CAF50
var color bearish_color = #FF5252
var color neutral_color = #808080
var color text_color = color.white
var color bg_color = #000000
var color table_bg_color = #1E1E1E
var color header_bg_color = #2D2D2D
switch color_scheme // Apply color scheme
'Gold' =>
primary_color := use_dark_mode ? #FFD700 : #DAA520
bullish_color := use_dark_mode ? #FFA500 : #FF8C00
bearish_color := use_dark_mode ? #FF5252 : #D32F2F
neutral_color := use_dark_mode ? #C0C0C0 : #808080
text_color := use_dark_mode ? color.white : color.black
bg_color := use_dark_mode ? #000000 : #FFFFFF
table_bg_color := use_dark_mode ? #1A1A00 : #FFFEF0
header_bg_color := use_dark_mode ? #2D2600 : #F5F5DC
header_bg_color
'EdgeTools' =>
primary_color := use_dark_mode ? #4682B4 : #1E90FF
bullish_color := use_dark_mode ? #4CAF50 : #388E3C
bearish_color := use_dark_mode ? #FF5252 : #D32F2F
neutral_color := use_dark_mode ? #708090 : #696969
text_color := use_dark_mode ? color.white : color.black
bg_color := use_dark_mode ? #000000 : #FFFFFF
table_bg_color := use_dark_mode ? #0F1419 : #F0F8FF
header_bg_color := use_dark_mode ? #1E2A3A : #E6F3FF
header_bg_color
'Behavioral' =>
primary_color := #808080
bullish_color := #00FF00
bearish_color := #8B0000
neutral_color := #FFBF00
text_color := use_dark_mode ? color.white : color.black
bg_color := use_dark_mode ? #000000 : #FFFFFF
table_bg_color := use_dark_mode ? #1A1A1A : #F8F8F8
header_bg_color := use_dark_mode ? #2D2D2D : #E8E8E8
header_bg_color
'Quant' =>
primary_color := #808080
bullish_color := #FFA500
bearish_color := #8B0000
neutral_color := #4682B4
text_color := use_dark_mode ? color.white : color.black
bg_color := use_dark_mode ? #000000 : #FFFFFF
table_bg_color := use_dark_mode ? #0D0D0D : #FAFAFA
header_bg_color := use_dark_mode ? #1A1A1A : #F0F0F0
header_bg_color
'Ocean' =>
primary_color := use_dark_mode ? #20B2AA : #008B8B
bullish_color := use_dark_mode ? #00CED1 : #4682B4
bearish_color := use_dark_mode ? #FF4500 : #B22222
neutral_color := use_dark_mode ? #87CEEB : #2F4F4F
text_color := use_dark_mode ? #F0F8FF : #191970
bg_color := use_dark_mode ? #001F3F : #F0F8FF
table_bg_color := use_dark_mode ? #001A2E : #E6F7FF
header_bg_color := use_dark_mode ? #002A47 : #CCF2FF
header_bg_color
'Fire' =>
primary_color := use_dark_mode ? #FF6347 : #DC143C
bullish_color := use_dark_mode ? #FFD700 : #FF8C00
bearish_color := use_dark_mode ? #8B0000 : #800000
neutral_color := use_dark_mode ? #FFA500 : #CD853F
text_color := use_dark_mode ? #FFFAF0 : #2F1B14
bg_color := use_dark_mode ? #2F1B14 : #FFFAF0
table_bg_color := use_dark_mode ? #261611 : #FFF8F0
header_bg_color := use_dark_mode ? #3D241A : #FFE4CC
header_bg_color
'Matrix' =>
primary_color := use_dark_mode ? #00FF41 : #006400
bullish_color := use_dark_mode ? #39FF14 : #228B22
bearish_color := use_dark_mode ? #FF073A : #8B0000
neutral_color := use_dark_mode ? #00FFFF : #008B8B
text_color := use_dark_mode ? #C0FF8C : #003300
bg_color := use_dark_mode ? #0D1B0D : #F0FFF0
table_bg_color := use_dark_mode ? #0A1A0A : #E8FFF0
header_bg_color := use_dark_mode ? #112B11 : #CCFFCC
header_bg_color
'Arctic' =>
primary_color := use_dark_mode ? #87CEFA : #4169E1
bullish_color := use_dark_mode ? #00BFFF : #0000CD
bearish_color := use_dark_mode ? #FF1493 : #8B008B
neutral_color := use_dark_mode ? #B0E0E6 : #483D8B
text_color := use_dark_mode ? #F8F8FF : #191970
bg_color := use_dark_mode ? #191970 : #F8F8FF
table_bg_color := use_dark_mode ? #141B47 : #F0F8FF
header_bg_color := use_dark_mode ? #1E2A5C : #E0F0FF
header_bg_color
// Transparency settings
bg_transparency = use_dark_mode ? 85 : 92
zone_transparency = use_dark_mode ? 90 : 95
band_transparency = use_dark_mode ? 70 : 85
table_transparency = use_dark_mode ? 80 : 15
// Allocation color
alloc_color = smoothed_allocation >= 80 ? bullish_color : smoothed_allocation >= 60 ? color.new(bullish_color, 30) : smoothed_allocation >= 40 ? primary_color : smoothed_allocation >= 20 ? color.new(bearish_color, 30) : bearish_color
// Dynamic background
var color dynamic_bg_color = na
if show_regime_background
if smoothed_allocation >= 70
dynamic_bg_color := color.new(bullish_color, background_intensity)
dynamic_bg_color
else if smoothed_allocation <= 30
dynamic_bg_color := color.new(bearish_color, background_intensity)
dynamic_bg_color
else if smoothed_allocation > 60 or smoothed_allocation < 40
dynamic_bg_color := color.new(primary_color, math.min(99, background_intensity + 2))
dynamic_bg_color
bgcolor(dynamic_bg_color, title = 'Allocation Signal Background')
// Plot main allocation line
plot(smoothed_allocation, 'Equity Allocation %', color = alloc_color, linewidth = math.max(1, main_line_width))
// Reference lines (static colors for hline)
hline_bullish_color = color_scheme == 'Gold' ? use_dark_mode ? #FFA500 : #FF8C00 : color_scheme == 'EdgeTools' ? use_dark_mode ? #4CAF50 : #388E3C : color_scheme == 'Behavioral' ? #00FF00 : color_scheme == 'Quant' ? #FFA500 : color_scheme == 'Ocean' ? use_dark_mode ? #00CED1 : #4682B4 : color_scheme == 'Fire' ? use_dark_mode ? #FFD700 : #FF8C00 : color_scheme == 'Matrix' ? use_dark_mode ? #39FF14 : #228B22 : color_scheme == 'Arctic' ? use_dark_mode ? #00BFFF : #0000CD : #4CAF50
hline_bearish_color = color_scheme == 'Gold' ? use_dark_mode ? #FF5252 : #D32F2F : color_scheme == 'EdgeTools' ? use_dark_mode ? #FF5252 : #D32F2F : color_scheme == 'Behavioral' ? #8B0000 : color_scheme == 'Quant' ? #8B0000 : color_scheme == 'Ocean' ? use_dark_mode ? #FF4500 : #B22222 : color_scheme == 'Fire' ? use_dark_mode ? #8B0000 : #800000 : color_scheme == 'Matrix' ? use_dark_mode ? #FF073A : #8B0000 : color_scheme == 'Arctic' ? use_dark_mode ? #FF1493 : #8B008B : #FF5252
hline_primary_color = color_scheme == 'Gold' ? use_dark_mode ? #FFD700 : #DAA520 : color_scheme == 'EdgeTools' ? use_dark_mode ? #4682B4 : #1E90FF : color_scheme == 'Behavioral' ? #808080 : color_scheme == 'Quant' ? #808080 : color_scheme == 'Ocean' ? use_dark_mode ? #20B2AA : #008B8B : color_scheme == 'Fire' ? use_dark_mode ? #FF6347 : #DC143C : color_scheme == 'Matrix' ? use_dark_mode ? #00FF41 : #006400 : color_scheme == 'Arctic' ? use_dark_mode ? #87CEFA : #4169E1 : #2196F3
hline(show_reference_lines ? 100 : na, '100% Equity', color = color.new(hline_bullish_color, 70), linestyle = hline.style_dotted, linewidth = 1)
hline(show_reference_lines ? 80 : na, '80% Equity', color = color.new(hline_bullish_color, 40), linestyle = hline.style_dashed, linewidth = 1)
hline(show_reference_lines ? 60 : na, '60% Equity', color = color.new(hline_bullish_color, 60), linestyle = hline.style_dotted, linewidth = 1)
hline(50, '50% Balanced', color = color.new(hline_primary_color, 50), linestyle = hline.style_solid, linewidth = 2)
hline(show_reference_lines ? 40 : na, '40% Equity', color = color.new(hline_bearish_color, 60), linestyle = hline.style_dotted, linewidth = 1)
hline(show_reference_lines ? 20 : na, '20% Equity', color = color.new(hline_bearish_color, 40), linestyle = hline.style_dashed, linewidth = 1)
hline(show_reference_lines ? 0 : na, '0% Equity', color = color.new(hline_bearish_color, 70), linestyle = hline.style_dotted, linewidth = 1)
// Component plots
plot(show_components ? regime_allocation : na, 'Regime', color = color.new(#4ECDC4, 70), linewidth = 1)
plot(show_components ? risk_allocation : na, 'Risk', color = color.new(#FF6B6B, 70), linewidth = 1)
plot(show_components ? valuation_score : na, 'Valuation', color = color.new(#45B7D1, 70), linewidth = 1)
plot(show_components ? sentiment_score : na, 'Sentiment', color = color.new(#FFD93D, 70), linewidth = 1)
plot(show_components ? macro_score : na, 'Macro', color = color.new(#6BCF7F, 70), linewidth = 1)
// Confidence bands
upper_band = plot(show_confidence_bands ? math.min(100, smoothed_allocation + ta.stdev(smoothed_allocation, 20)) : na, color = color.new(neutral_color, band_transparency), display = display.none, title = 'Upper Band')
lower_band = plot(show_confidence_bands ? math.max(0, smoothed_allocation - ta.stdev(smoothed_allocation, 20)) : na, color = color.new(neutral_color, band_transparency), display = display.none, title = 'Lower Band')
fill(upper_band, lower_band, color = show_confidence_bands ? color.new(neutral_color, zone_transparency) : na, title = 'Uncertainty')
// DASHBOARD
if show_dashboard and barstate.islast
var table dashboard = table.new(position.top_right, 2, 20, border_width = 1, bgcolor = color.new(table_bg_color, table_transparency))
table.clear(dashboard, 0, 0, 1, 19)
// Header
header_color = color.new(header_bg_color, 20)
dashboard_text_color = text_color
table.cell(dashboard, 0, 0, 'DEAM', text_color = dashboard_text_color, bgcolor = header_color, text_size = size.normal)
table.cell(dashboard, 1, 0, model_type, text_color = dashboard_text_color, bgcolor = header_color, text_size = size.normal)
// Core metrics
table.cell(dashboard, 0, 1, 'Equity Allocation', text_color = dashboard_text_color, text_size = size.small)
table.cell(dashboard, 1, 1, str.tostring(smoothed_allocation, '##.#') + '%', text_color = alloc_color, text_size = size.small)
table.cell(dashboard, 0, 2, 'Cash Allocation', text_color = dashboard_text_color, text_size = size.small)
cash_color = 100 - smoothed_allocation > 70 ? bearish_color : primary_color
table.cell(dashboard, 1, 2, str.tostring(100 - smoothed_allocation, '##.#') + '%', text_color = cash_color, text_size = size.small)
// Signal
signal_text = 'NEUTRAL'
signal_color = primary_color
if smoothed_allocation >= 70
signal_text := 'BULLISH'
signal_color := bullish_color
signal_color
else if smoothed_allocation <= 30
signal_text := 'BEARISH'
signal_color := bearish_color
signal_color
table.cell(dashboard, 0, 3, 'Signal', text_color = dashboard_text_color, text_size = size.small)
table.cell(dashboard, 1, 3, signal_text, text_color = signal_color, text_size = size.small)
// Market Regime
table.cell(dashboard, 0, 4, 'Regime', text_color = dashboard_text_color, text_size = size.small)
regime_color_display = market_regime == 'Strong Bull' or market_regime == 'Bull Market' ? bullish_color : market_regime == 'Neutral' ? primary_color : market_regime == 'Crisis' ? bearish_color : bearish_color
table.cell(dashboard, 1, 4, market_regime, text_color = regime_color_display, text_size = size.small)
// VIX
table.cell(dashboard, 0, 5, 'VIX Level', text_color = dashboard_text_color, text_size = size.small)
vix_color_display = vix < 20 ? bullish_color : vix < 30 ? primary_color : bearish_color
table.cell(dashboard, 1, 5, str.tostring(vix, '##.##'), text_color = vix_color_display, text_size = size.small)
// Market Drawdown
table.cell(dashboard, 0, 6, 'Market DD', text_color = dashboard_text_color, text_size = size.small)
market_dd_color = current_drawdown < 5 ? bullish_color : current_drawdown < 10 ? primary_color : bearish_color
table.cell(dashboard, 1, 6, '-' + str.tostring(current_drawdown, '##.#') + '%', text_color = market_dd_color, text_size = size.small)
// Crisis Detection
table.cell(dashboard, 0, 7, 'Crisis Detection', text_color = dashboard_text_color, text_size = size.small)
crisis_text = is_severe_crisis ? 'SEVERE' : is_crisis ? 'CRISIS' : 'Normal'
crisis_display_color = is_severe_crisis or is_crisis ? bearish_color : bullish_color
table.cell(dashboard, 1, 7, crisis_text, text_color = crisis_display_color, text_size = size.small)
// Real Data Section
financial_bg = color.new(primary_color, 85)
table.cell(dashboard, 0, 8, 'REAL DATA', text_color = dashboard_text_color, bgcolor = financial_bg, text_size = size.small)
table.cell(dashboard, 1, 8, 'Live Metrics', text_color = dashboard_text_color, bgcolor = financial_bg, text_size = size.small)
// P/E Ratio
table.cell(dashboard, 0, 9, 'P/E Ratio', text_color = dashboard_text_color, text_size = size.small)
pe_color = actual_pe_ratio < 18 ? bullish_color : actual_pe_ratio < 25 ? primary_color : bearish_color
table.cell(dashboard, 1, 9, str.tostring(actual_pe_ratio, '##.#'), text_color = pe_color, text_size = size.small)
// ERP
table.cell(dashboard, 0, 10, 'ERP', text_color = dashboard_text_color, text_size = size.small)
erp_color = equity_risk_premium > 2 ? bullish_color : equity_risk_premium > 0 ? primary_color : bearish_color
table.cell(dashboard, 1, 10, str.tostring(equity_risk_premium, '##.##') + '%', text_color = erp_color, text_size = size.small)
// ROE
table.cell(dashboard, 0, 11, 'ROE', text_color = dashboard_text_color, text_size = size.small)
roe_color = spy_return_on_equity > 20 ? bullish_color : spy_return_on_equity > 10 ? primary_color : bearish_color
table.cell(dashboard, 1, 11, str.tostring(spy_return_on_equity, '##.#') + '%', text_color = roe_color, text_size = size.small)
// D/E Ratio
table.cell(dashboard, 0, 12, 'D/E Ratio', text_color = dashboard_text_color, text_size = size.small)
de_color = spy_debt_to_equity < 0.5 ? bullish_color : spy_debt_to_equity < 1.0 ? primary_color : bearish_color
table.cell(dashboard, 1, 12, str.tostring(spy_debt_to_equity, '##.##'), text_color = de_color, text_size = size.small)
// Shareholder Yield
table.cell(dashboard, 0, 13, 'Dividend+Buyback', text_color = dashboard_text_color, text_size = size.small)
yield_color = total_shareholder_yield > 4 ? bullish_color : total_shareholder_yield > 2 ? primary_color : bearish_color
table.cell(dashboard, 1, 13, str.tostring(total_shareholder_yield, '##.#') + '%', text_color = yield_color, text_size = size.small)
// Component Scores
component_bg = color.new(neutral_color, 80)
table.cell(dashboard, 0, 14, 'Components', text_color = dashboard_text_color, bgcolor = component_bg, text_size = size.small)
table.cell(dashboard, 1, 14, 'Scores', text_color = dashboard_text_color, bgcolor = component_bg, text_size = size.small)
table.cell(dashboard, 0, 15, 'Regime', text_color = dashboard_text_color, text_size = size.small)
regime_score_color = regime_allocation > 60 ? bullish_color : regime_allocation < 40 ? bearish_color : primary_color
table.cell(dashboard, 1, 15, str.tostring(regime_allocation, '##'), text_color = regime_score_color, text_size = size.small)
table.cell(dashboard, 0, 16, 'Risk', text_color = dashboard_text_color, text_size = size.small)
risk_score_color = risk_allocation > 60 ? bullish_color : risk_allocation < 40 ? bearish_color : primary_color
table.cell(dashboard, 1, 16, str.tostring(risk_allocation, '##'), text_color = risk_score_color, text_size = size.small)
table.cell(dashboard, 0, 17, 'Valuation', text_color = dashboard_text_color, text_size = size.small)
val_score_color = valuation_score > 60 ? bullish_color : valuation_score < 40 ? bearish_color : primary_color
table.cell(dashboard, 1, 17, str.tostring(valuation_score, '##'), text_color = val_score_color, text_size = size.small)
table.cell(dashboard, 0, 18, 'Sentiment', text_color = dashboard_text_color, text_size = size.small)
sent_score_color = sentiment_score > 60 ? bullish_color : sentiment_score < 40 ? bearish_color : primary_color
table.cell(dashboard, 1, 18, str.tostring(sentiment_score, '##'), text_color = sent_score_color, text_size = size.small)
table.cell(dashboard, 0, 19, 'Macro', text_color = dashboard_text_color, text_size = size.small)
macro_score_color = macro_score > 60 ? bullish_color : macro_score < 40 ? bearish_color : primary_color
table.cell(dashboard, 1, 19, str.tostring(macro_score, '##'), text_color = macro_score_color, text_size = size.small)
// ALERTS
// Major allocation changes
alertcondition(smoothed_allocation >= 80 and smoothed_allocation < 80, 'High Equity Allocation', 'Equity allocation reached 80% - Bull market conditions')
alertcondition(smoothed_allocation <= 20 and smoothed_allocation > 20, 'Low Equity Allocation', 'Equity allocation dropped to 20% - Defensive positioning')
// Crisis alerts
alertcondition(is_crisis and not is_crisis , 'CRISIS DETECTED', 'Crisis conditions detected - Reducing equity allocation')
alertcondition(is_severe_crisis and not is_severe_crisis , 'SEVERE CRISIS', 'Severe crisis detected - Maximum defensive positioning')
// Regime changes
regime_changed = market_regime != market_regime
alertcondition(regime_changed, 'Regime Change', 'Market regime has changed')
// Risk management alerts
risk_breach = enable_portfolio_risk_scaling and (actual_portfolio_volatility > target_portfolio_volatility * 1.2 or actual_portfolio_drawdown > max_portfolio_drawdown * 1.2)
alertcondition(risk_breach, 'Risk Breach', 'Portfolio risk exceeds target parameters')
// USAGE
// The indicator displays a recommended equity allocation percentage (0-100%).
// Example: 75% allocation = 75% stocks, 25% cash/bonds.
//
// The model combines market regime analysis (trend, volatility, drawdowns),
// risk management (portfolio-level targeting), valuation metrics (P/E, ERP),
// sentiment indicators (VIX term structure), and macro factors (yield curve,
// credit spreads) into a single allocation signal.
//
// Crisis detection automatically reduces exposure when multiple warning signals
// converge. Alerts available for major allocation shifts and regime changes.
//
// Designed for SPY/S&P 500 portfolio allocation. Adjust component weights and
// risk parameters in settings to match your risk tolerance.
View in Pine
Hellenic EMA Matrix - PremiumHellenic EMA Matrix - Alpha Omega Premium
Complete User Guide
Table of Contents
Introduction
Indicator Philosophy
Mathematical Constants
EMA Types
Settings
Trading Signals
Visualization
Usage Strategies
FAQ
Introduction
Hellenic EMA Matrix is a premium indicator based on mathematical constants of nature: Phi (Phi - Golden Ratio), Pi (Pi), e (Euler's number). The indicator uses these universal constants to create dynamic EMAs that adapt to the natural rhythms of the market.
Key Features:
6 EMA types based on mathematical constants
Premium visualization with Neon Glow and Gradient Clouds
Automatic Fast/Mid/Slow EMA sorting
STRONG signals for powerful trends
Pulsing Ribbon Bar for instant trend assessment
Works on all timeframes (M1 - MN)
Indicator Philosophy
Why Mathematical Constants?
Traditional EMAs use arbitrary periods (9, 21, 50, 200). Hellenic Matrix goes further, using universal mathematical constants found in nature:
Phi (1.618) - Golden Ratio: galaxy spirals, seashells, human body proportions
Pi (3.14159) - Pi: circles, waves, cycles
e (2.71828) - Natural logarithm base: exponential growth, radioactive decay
Markets are also a natural system composed of millions of participants. Using mathematical constants allows tuning into the natural rhythms of market cycles.
Mathematical Constants
Phi (Phi) - Golden Ratio
Phi = 1.618033988749895
Properties:
Phi² = Phi + 1 = 2.618
Phi³ = 4.236
Phi⁴ = 6.854
Application: Ideal for trending movements and Fibonacci corrections
Pi (Pi) - Pi Number
Pi = 3.141592653589793
Properties:
2Pi = 6.283 (full circle)
3Pi = 9.425
4Pi = 12.566
Application: Excellent for cyclical markets and wave structures
e (Euler) - Euler's Number
e = 2.718281828459045
Properties:
e² = 7.389
e³ = 20.085
e⁴ = 54.598
Application: Suitable for exponential movements and volatile markets
EMA Types
1. Phi (Phi) - Golden Ratio EMA
Description: EMA based on the golden ratio
Period Formula:
Period = Phi^n × Base Multiplier
Parameters:
Phi Power Level (1-8): Power of Phi
Phi¹ = 1.618 → ~16 period (with Base=10)
Phi² = 2.618 → ~26 period
Phi³ = 4.236 → ~42 period (recommended)
Phi⁴ = 6.854 → ~69 period
Recommendations:
Phi² or Phi³ for day trading
Phi⁴ or Phi⁵ for swing trading
Works excellently as Fast EMA
2. Pi (Pi) - Circular EMA
Description: EMA based on Pi for cyclical movements
Period Formula:
Period = Pi × Multiple × Base Multiplier
Parameters:
Pi Multiple (1-10): Pi multiplier
1Pi = 3.14 → ~31 period (with Base=10)
2Pi = 6.28 → ~63 period (recommended)
3Pi = 9.42 → ~94 period
Recommendations:
2Pi ideal as Mid or Slow EMA
Excellently identifies cycles and waves
Use on volatile markets (crypto, forex)
3. e (Euler) - Natural EMA
Description: EMA based on natural logarithm
Period Formula:
Period = e^n × Base Multiplier
Parameters:
e Power Level (1-6): Power of e
e¹ = 2.718 → ~27 period (with Base=10)
e² = 7.389 → ~74 period (recommended)
e³ = 20.085 → ~201 period
Recommendations:
e² works excellently as Slow EMA
Ideal for stocks and indices
Filters noise well on lower timeframes
4. Delta (Delta) - Adaptive EMA
Description: Adaptive EMA that changes period based on volatility
Period Formula:
Period = Base Period × (1 + (Volatility - 1) × Factor)
Parameters:
Delta Base Period (5-200): Base period (default 20)
Delta Volatility Sensitivity (0.5-5.0): Volatility sensitivity (default 2.0)
How it works:
During low volatility → period decreases → EMA reacts faster
During high volatility → period increases → EMA smooths noise
Recommendations:
Works excellently on news and sharp movements
Use as Fast EMA for quick adaptation
Sensitivity 2.0-3.0 for crypto, 1.0-2.0 for stocks
5. Sigma (Sigma) - Composite EMA
Description: Composite EMA combining multiple active EMAs
Composition Methods:
Weighted Average (default):
Sigma = (Phi + Pi + e + Delta) / 4
Simple average of all active EMAs
Geometric Mean:
Sigma = fourth_root(Phi × Pi × e × Delta)
Geometric mean (more conservative)
Harmonic Mean:
Sigma = 4 / (1/Phi + 1/Pi + 1/e + 1/Delta)
Harmonic mean (more weight to smaller values)
Recommendations:
Enable for additional confirmation
Use as Mid EMA
Weighted Average - most universal method
6. Lambda (Lambda) - Wave EMA
Description: Wave EMA with sinusoidal period modulation
Period Formula:
Period = Base Period × (1 + Amplitude × sin(2Pi × bar / Frequency))
Parameters:
Lambda Base Period (10-200): Base period
Lambda Wave Amplitude (0.1-2.0): Wave amplitude
Lambda Wave Frequency (10-200): Wave frequency in bars
How it works:
Period pulsates sinusoidally
Creates wave effect following market cycles
Recommendations:
Experimental EMA for advanced users
Works well on cyclical markets
Frequency = 50 for day trading, 100+ for swing
Settings
Matrix Core Settings
Base Multiplier (1-100)
Multiplies all EMA periods
Base = 1: Very fast EMAs (Phi³ = 4, 2Pi = 6, e² = 7)
Base = 10: Standard (Phi³ = 42, 2Pi = 63, e² = 74)
Base = 20: Slow EMAs (Phi³ = 85, 2Pi = 126, e² = 148)
Recommendations by timeframe:
M1-M5: Base = 5-10
M15-H1: Base = 10-15 (recommended)
H4-D1: Base = 15-25
W1-MN: Base = 25-50
Matrix Source
Data source selection for EMA calculation:
close - closing price (standard)
open - opening price
high - high
low - low
hl2 - (high + low) / 2
hlc3 - (high + low + close) / 3
ohlc4 - (open + high + low + close) / 4
When to change:
hlc3 or ohlc4 for smoother signals
high for aggressive longs
low for aggressive shorts
Manual EMA Selection
Critically important setting! Determines which EMAs are used for signal generation.
Use Manual Fast/Slow/Mid Selection
Enabled (default): You select EMAs manually
Disabled: Automatic selection by periods
Fast EMA
Fast EMA - reacts first to price changes
Recommendations:
Phi Golden (recommended) - universal choice
Delta Adaptive - for volatile markets
Must be fastest (smallest period)
Slow EMA
Slow EMA - determines main trend
Recommendations:
Pi Circular (recommended) - excellent trend filter
e Natural - for smoother trend
Must be slowest (largest period)
Mid EMA
Mid EMA - additional signal filter
Recommendations:
e Natural (recommended) - excellent middle level
Pi Circular - alternative
None - for more frequent signals (only 2 EMAs)
IMPORTANT: The indicator automatically sorts selected EMAs by their actual periods:
Fast = EMA with smallest period
Mid = EMA with middle period
Slow = EMA with largest period
Therefore, you can select any combination - the indicator will arrange them correctly!
Premium Visualization
Neon Glow
Enable Neon Glow for EMAs - adds glowing effect around EMA lines
Glow Strength:
Light - subtle glow
Medium (recommended) - optimal balance
Strong - bright glow (may be too bright)
Effect: 2 glow layers around each EMA for 3D effect
Gradient Clouds
Enable Gradient Clouds - fills space between EMAs with gradient
Parameters:
Cloud Transparency (85-98): Cloud transparency
95-97 (recommended)
Higher = more transparent
Dynamic Cloud Intensity - automatically changes transparency based on EMA distance
Cloud Colors:
Phi-Pi Cloud:
Blue - when Pi above Phi (bullish)
Gold - when Phi above Pi (bearish)
Pi-e Cloud:
Green - when e above Pi (bullish)
Blue - when Pi above e (bearish)
2 layers for volumetric effect
Pulsing Ribbon Bar
Enable Pulsing Indicator Bar - pulsing strip at bottom/top of chart
Parameters:
Ribbon Position: Top / Bottom (recommended)
Pulse Speed: Slow / Medium (recommended) / Fast
Symbols and colors:
Green filled square - STRONG BULLISH
Pink filled square - STRONG BEARISH
Blue hollow square - Bullish (regular)
Red hollow square - Bearish (regular)
Purple rectangle - Neutral
Effect: Pulsation with sinusoid for living market feel
Signal Bar Highlights
Enable Signal Bar Highlights - highlights bars with signals
Parameters:
Highlight Transparency (88-96): Highlight transparency
Highlight Style:
Light Fill (recommended) - bar background fill
Thin Line - bar outline only
Highlights:
Golden Cross - green
Death Cross - pink
STRONG BUY - green
STRONG SELL - pink
Show Greek Labels
Shows Greek alphabet letters on last bar:
Phi - Phi EMA (gold)
Pi - Pi EMA (blue)
e - Euler EMA (green)
Delta - Delta EMA (purple)
Sigma - Sigma EMA (pink)
When to use: For education or presentations
Show Old Background
Old background style (not recommended):
Green background - STRONG BULLISH
Pink background - STRONG BEARISH
Blue background - Bullish
Red background - Bearish
Not recommended - use new Gradient Clouds and Pulsing Bar
Info Table
Show Info Table - table with indicator information
Parameters:
Position: Top Left / Top Right (recommended) / Bottom Left / Bottom Right
Size: Tiny / Small (recommended) / Normal / Large
Table contents:
EMA list - periods and current values of all active EMAs
Effects - active visual effects
TREND - current trend state:
STRONG UP - strong bullish
STRONG DOWN - strong bearish
Bullish - regular bullish
Bearish - regular bearish
Neutral - neutral
Momentum % - percentage deviation of price from Fast EMA
Setup - current Fast/Slow/Mid configuration
Trading Signals
Show Golden/Death Cross
Golden Cross - Fast EMA crosses Slow EMA from below (bullish signal) Death Cross - Fast EMA crosses Slow EMA from above (bearish signal)
Symbols:
Yellow dot "GC" below - Golden Cross
Dark red dot "DC" above - Death Cross
Show STRONG Signals
STRONG BUY and STRONG SELL - the most powerful indicator signals
Conditions for STRONG BULLISH:
EMA Alignment: Fast > Mid > Slow (all EMAs aligned)
Trend: Fast > Slow (clear uptrend)
Distance: EMAs separated by minimum 0.15%
Price Position: Price above Fast EMA
Fast Slope: Fast EMA rising
Slow Slope: Slow EMA rising
Mid Trending: Mid EMA also rising (if enabled)
Conditions for STRONG BEARISH:
Same but in reverse
Visual display:
Green label "STRONG BUY" below bar
Pink label "STRONG SELL" above bar
Difference from Golden/Death Cross:
Golden/Death Cross = crossing moment (1 bar)
STRONG signal = sustained trend (lasts several bars)
IMPORTANT: After fixes, STRONG signals now:
Work on all timeframes (M1 to MN)
Don't break on small retracements
Work with any Fast/Mid/Slow combination
Automatically adapt thanks to EMA sorting
Show Stop Loss/Take Profit
Automatic SL/TP level calculation on STRONG signal
Parameters:
Stop Loss (ATR) (0.5-5.0): ATR multiplier for stop loss
1.5 (recommended) - standard
1.0 - tight stop
2.0-3.0 - wide stop
Take Profit R:R (1.0-5.0): Risk/reward ratio
2.0 (recommended) - standard (risk 1.5 ATR, profit 3.0 ATR)
1.5 - conservative
3.0-5.0 - aggressive
Formulas:
LONG:
Stop Loss = Entry - (ATR × Stop Loss ATR)
Take Profit = Entry + (ATR × Stop Loss ATR × Take Profit R:R)
SHORT:
Stop Loss = Entry + (ATR × Stop Loss ATR)
Take Profit = Entry - (ATR × Stop Loss ATR × Take Profit R:R)
Visualization:
Red X - Stop Loss
Green X - Take Profit
Levels remain active while STRONG signal persists
Trading Signals
Signal Types
1. Golden Cross
Description: Fast EMA crosses Slow EMA from below
Signal: Beginning of bullish trend
How to trade:
ENTRY: On bar close with Golden Cross
STOP: Below local low or below Slow EMA
TARGET: Next resistance level or 2:1 R:R
Strengths:
Simple and clear
Works well on trending markets
Clear entry point
Weaknesses:
Lags (signal after movement starts)
Many false signals in ranging markets
May be late on fast moves
Optimal timeframes: H1, H4, D1
2. Death Cross
Description: Fast EMA crosses Slow EMA from above
Signal: Beginning of bearish trend
How to trade:
ENTRY: On bar close with Death Cross
STOP: Above local high or above Slow EMA
TARGET: Next support level or 2:1 R:R
Application: Mirror of Golden Cross
3. STRONG BUY
Description: All EMAs aligned + trend + all EMAs rising
Signal: Powerful bullish trend
How to trade:
ENTRY: On bar close with STRONG BUY or on pullback to Fast EMA
STOP: Below Fast EMA or automatic SL (if enabled)
TARGET: Automatic TP (if enabled) or by levels
TRAILING: Follow Fast EMA
Entry strategies:
Aggressive: Enter immediately on signal
Conservative: Wait for pullback to Fast EMA, then enter on bounce
Pyramiding: Add positions on pullbacks to Mid EMA
Position management:
Hold while STRONG signal active
Exit on STRONG SELL or Death Cross appearance
Move stop behind Fast EMA
Strengths:
Most reliable indicator signal
Doesn't break on pullbacks
Catches large moves
Works on all timeframes
Weaknesses:
Appears less frequently than other signals
Requires confirmation (multiple conditions)
Optimal timeframes: All (M5 - D1)
4. STRONG SELL
Description: All EMAs aligned down + downtrend + all EMAs falling
Signal: Powerful bearish trend
How to trade: Mirror of STRONG BUY
Visual Signals
Pulsing Ribbon Bar
Quick market assessment at a glance:
Symbol Color State
Filled square Green STRONG BULLISH
Filled square Pink STRONG BEARISH
Hollow square Blue Bullish
Hollow square Red Bearish
Rectangle Purple Neutral
Pulsation: Sinusoidal, creates living effect
Signal Bar Highlights
Bars with signals are highlighted:
Green highlight: STRONG BUY or Golden Cross
Pink highlight: STRONG SELL or Death Cross
Gradient Clouds
Colored space between EMAs shows trend strength:
Wide clouds - strong trend
Narrow clouds - weak trend or consolidation
Color change - trend change
Info Table
Quick reference in corner:
TREND: Current state (STRONG UP, Bullish, Neutral, Bearish, STRONG DOWN)
Momentum %: Movement strength
Effects: Active visual effects
Setup: Fast/Slow/Mid configuration
Usage Strategies
Strategy 1: "Golden Trailing"
Idea: Follow STRONG signals using Fast EMA as trailing stop
Settings:
Fast: Phi Golden (Phi³)
Mid: Pi Circular (2Pi)
Slow: e Natural (e²)
Base Multiplier: 10
Timeframe: H1, H4
Entry rules:
Wait for STRONG BUY
Enter on bar close or on pullback to Fast EMA
Stop below Fast EMA
Management:
Hold position while STRONG signal active
Move stop behind Fast EMA daily
Exit on STRONG SELL or Death Cross
Take Profit:
Partially close at +2R
Trail remainder until exit signal
For whom: Swing traders, trend followers
Pros:
Catches large moves
Simple rules
Emotionally comfortable
Cons:
Requires patience
Possible extended drawdowns on pullbacks
Strategy 2: "Scalping Bounces"
Idea: Scalp bounces from Fast EMA during STRONG trend
Settings:
Fast: Delta Adaptive (Base 15, Sensitivity 2.0)
Mid: Phi Golden (Phi²)
Slow: Pi Circular (2Pi)
Base Multiplier: 5
Timeframe: M5, M15
Entry rules:
STRONG signal must be active
Wait for price pullback to Fast EMA
Enter on bounce (candle closes above/below Fast EMA)
Stop behind local extreme (15-20 pips)
Take Profit:
+1.5R or to Mid EMA
Or to next level
For whom: Active day traders
Pros:
Many signals
Clear entry point
Quick profits
Cons:
Requires constant monitoring
Not all bounces work
Requires discipline for frequent trading
Strategy 3: "Triple Filter"
Idea: Enter only when all 3 EMAs and price perfectly aligned
Settings:
Fast: Phi Golden (Phi³)
Mid: e Natural (e²)
Slow: Pi Circular (3Pi)
Base Multiplier: 15
Timeframe: H4, D1
Entry rules (LONG):
STRONG BUY active
Price above all three EMAs
Fast > Mid > Slow (all aligned)
All EMAs rising (slope up)
Gradient Clouds wide and bright
Entry:
On bar close meeting all conditions
Or on next pullback to Fast EMA
Stop:
Below Mid EMA or -1.5 ATR
Take Profit:
First target: +3R
Second target: next major level
Trailing: Mid EMA
For whom: Conservative swing traders, investors
Pros:
Very reliable signals
Minimum false entries
Large profit potential
Cons:
Rare signals (2-5 per month)
Requires patience
Strategy 4: "Adaptive Scalper"
Idea: Use only Delta Adaptive EMA for quick volatility reaction
Settings:
Fast: Delta Adaptive (Base 10, Sensitivity 3.0)
Mid: None
Slow: Delta Adaptive (Base 30, Sensitivity 2.0)
Base Multiplier: 3
Timeframe: M1, M5
Feature: Two different Delta EMAs with different settings
Entry rules:
Golden Cross between two Delta EMAs
Both Delta EMAs must be rising/falling
Enter on next bar
Stop:
10-15 pips or below Slow Delta EMA
Take Profit:
+1R to +2R
Or Death Cross
For whom: Scalpers on cryptocurrencies and forex
Pros:
Instant volatility adaptation
Many signals on volatile markets
Quick results
Cons:
Much noise on calm markets
Requires fast execution
High commissions may eat profits
Strategy 5: "Cyclical Trader"
Idea: Use Pi and Lambda for trading cyclical markets
Settings:
Fast: Pi Circular (1Pi)
Mid: Lambda Wave (Base 30, Amplitude 0.5, Frequency 50)
Slow: Pi Circular (3Pi)
Base Multiplier: 10
Timeframe: H1, H4
Entry rules:
STRONG signal active
Lambda Wave EMA synchronized with trend
Enter on bounce from Lambda Wave
For whom: Traders of cyclical assets (some altcoins, commodities)
Pros:
Catches cyclical movements
Lambda Wave provides additional entry points
Cons:
More complex to configure
Not for all markets
Lambda Wave may give false signals
Strategy 6: "Multi-Timeframe Confirmation"
Idea: Use multiple timeframes for confirmation
Scheme:
Higher TF (D1): Determine trend direction (STRONG signal)
Middle TF (H4): Wait for STRONG signal in same direction
Lower TF (M15): Look for entry point (Golden Cross or bounce from Fast EMA)
Settings for all TFs:
Fast: Phi Golden (Phi³)
Mid: e Natural (e²)
Slow: Pi Circular (2Pi)
Base Multiplier: 10
Rules:
All 3 TFs must show one trend
Entry on lower TF
Stop by lower TF
Target by higher TF
For whom: Serious traders and investors
Pros:
Maximum reliability
Large profit targets
Minimum false signals
Cons:
Rare setups
Requires analysis of multiple charts
Experience needed
Practical Tips
DOs
Use STRONG signals as primary - they're most reliable
Let signals develop - don't exit on first pullback
Use trailing stop - follow Fast EMA
Combine with levels - S/R, Fibonacci, volumes
Test on demo before real
Adjust Base Multiplier for your timeframe
Enable visual effects - they help see the picture
Use Info Table - quick situation assessment
Watch Pulsing Bar - instant state indicator
Trust auto-sorting of Fast/Mid/Slow
DON'Ts
Don't trade against STRONG signal - trend is your friend
Don't ignore Mid EMA - it adds reliability
Don't use too small Base Multiplier on higher TFs
Don't enter on Golden Cross in range - check for trend
Don't change settings during open position
Don't forget risk management - 1-2% per trade
Don't trade all signals in row - choose best ones
Don't use indicator in isolation - combine with Price Action
Don't set too tight stops - let trade breathe
Don't over-optimize - simplicity = reliability
Optimal Settings by Asset
US Stocks (SPY, AAPL, TSLA)
Recommendation:
Fast: Phi Golden (Phi³)
Mid: e Natural (e²)
Slow: Pi Circular (2Pi)
Base: 10-15
Timeframe: H4, D1
Features:
Use on daily for swing
STRONG signals very reliable
Works well on trending stocks
Forex (EUR/USD, GBP/USD)
Recommendation:
Fast: Delta Adaptive (Base 15, Sens 2.0)
Mid: Phi Golden (Phi²)
Slow: Pi Circular (2Pi)
Base: 8-12
Timeframe: M15, H1, H4
Features:
Delta Adaptive works excellently on news
Many signals on M15-H1
Consider spreads
Cryptocurrencies (BTC, ETH, altcoins)
Recommendation:
Fast: Delta Adaptive (Base 10, Sens 3.0)
Mid: Pi Circular (2Pi)
Slow: e Natural (e²)
Base: 5-10
Timeframe: M5, M15, H1
Features:
High volatility - adaptation needed
STRONG signals can last days
Be careful with scalping on M1-M5
Commodities (Gold, Oil)
Recommendation:
Fast: Pi Circular (1Pi)
Mid: Phi Golden (Phi³)
Slow: Pi Circular (3Pi)
Base: 12-18
Timeframe: H4, D1
Features:
Pi works excellently on cyclical commodities
Gold responds especially well to Phi
Oil volatile - use wide stops
Indices (S&P500, Nasdaq, DAX)
Recommendation:
Fast: Phi Golden (Phi³)
Mid: e Natural (e²)
Slow: Pi Circular (2Pi)
Base: 15-20
Timeframe: H4, D1, W1
Features:
Very trending instruments
STRONG signals last weeks
Good for position trading
Alerts
The indicator supports 6 alert types:
1. Golden Cross
Message: "Hellenic Matrix: GOLDEN CROSS - Fast EMA crossed above Slow EMA - Bullish trend starting!"
When: Fast EMA crosses Slow EMA from below
2. Death Cross
Message: "Hellenic Matrix: DEATH CROSS - Fast EMA crossed below Slow EMA - Bearish trend starting!"
When: Fast EMA crosses Slow EMA from above
3. STRONG BULLISH
Message: "Hellenic Matrix: STRONG BULLISH SIGNAL - All EMAs aligned for powerful uptrend!"
When: All conditions for STRONG BUY met (first bar)
4. STRONG BEARISH
Message: "Hellenic Matrix: STRONG BEARISH SIGNAL - All EMAs aligned for powerful downtrend!"
When: All conditions for STRONG SELL met (first bar)
5. Bullish Ribbon
Message: "Hellenic Matrix: BULLISH RIBBON - EMAs aligned for uptrend"
When: EMAs aligned bullish + price above Fast EMA (less strict condition)
6. Bearish Ribbon
Message: "Hellenic Matrix: BEARISH RIBBON - EMAs aligned for downtrend"
When: EMAs aligned bearish + price below Fast EMA (less strict condition)
How to Set Up Alerts:
Open indicator on chart
Click on three dots next to indicator name
Select "Create Alert"
In "Condition" field select needed alert:
Golden Cross
Death Cross
STRONG BULLISH
STRONG BEARISH
Bullish Ribbon
Bearish Ribbon
Configure notification method:
Pop-up in browser
Email
SMS (in Premium accounts)
Push notifications in mobile app
Webhook (for automation)
Select frequency:
Once Per Bar Close (recommended) - once on bar close
Once Per Bar - during bar formation
Only Once - only first time
Click "Create"
Tip: Create separate alerts for different timeframes and instruments
FAQ
1. Why don't STRONG signals appear?
Possible reasons:
Incorrect Fast/Mid/Slow order
Solution: Indicator automatically sorts EMAs by periods, but ensure selected EMAs have different periods
Base Multiplier too large
Solution: Reduce Base to 5-10 on lower timeframes
Market in range
Solution: STRONG signals appear only in trends - this is normal
Too strict EMA settings
Solution: Try classic combination: Phi³ / Pi×2 / e² with Base=10
Mid EMA too close to Fast or Slow
Solution: Select Mid EMA with period between Fast and Slow
2. How often should STRONG signals appear?
Normal frequency:
M1-M5: 5-15 signals per day (very active markets)
M15-H1: 2-8 signals per day
H4: 3-10 signals per week
D1: 2-5 signals per month
W1: 2-6 signals per year
If too many signals - market very volatile or Base too small
If too few signals - market in range or Base too large
4. What are the best settings for beginners?
Universal "out of the box" settings:
Matrix Core:
Base Multiplier: 10
Source: close
Phi Golden: Enabled, Power = 3
Pi Circular: Enabled, Multiple = 2
e Natural: Enabled, Power = 2
Delta Adaptive: Enabled, Base = 20, Sensitivity = 2.0
Manual Selection:
Fast: Phi Golden
Mid: e Natural
Slow: Pi Circular
Visualization:
Gradient Clouds: ON
Neon Glow: ON (Medium)
Pulsing Bar: ON (Medium)
Signal Highlights: ON (Light Fill)
Table: ON (Top Right, Small)
Signals:
Golden/Death Cross: ON
STRONG Signals: ON
Stop Loss: OFF (while learning)
Timeframe for learning: H1 or H4
5. Can I use only one EMA?
No, minimum 2 EMAs (Fast and Slow) for signal generation.
Mid EMA is optional:
With Mid EMA = more reliable but rarer signals
Without Mid EMA = more signals but less strict filtering
Recommendation: Start with 3 EMAs (Fast/Mid/Slow), then experiment
6. Does the indicator work on cryptocurrencies?
Yes, works excellently! Especially good on:
Bitcoin (BTC)
Ethereum (ETH)
Major altcoins (SOL, BNB, XRP)
Recommended settings for crypto:
Fast: Delta Adaptive (Base 10-15, Sensitivity 2.5-3.0)
Mid: Pi Circular (2Pi)
Slow: e Natural (e²)
Base: 5-10
Timeframe: M15, H1, H4
Crypto market features:
High volatility → use Delta Adaptive
24/7 trading → set alerts
Sharp movements → wide stops
7. Can I trade only with this indicator?
Technically yes, but NOT recommended.
Best approach - combine with:
Price Action - support/resistance levels, candle patterns
Volume - movement strength confirmation
Fibonacci - retracement and extension levels
RSI/MACD - divergences and overbought/oversold
Fundamental analysis - news, company reports
Hellenic Matrix:
Excellently determines trend and its strength
Provides clear entry/exit points
Doesn't consider fundamentals
Doesn't see major levels
8. Why do Gradient Clouds change color?
Color depends on EMA order:
Phi-Pi Cloud:
Blue - Pi EMA above Phi EMA (bullish alignment)
Gold - Phi EMA above Pi EMA (bearish alignment)
Pi-e Cloud:
Green - e EMA above Pi EMA (bullish alignment)
Blue - Pi EMA above e EMA (bearish alignment)
Color change = EMA order change = possible trend change
9. What is Momentum % in the table?
Momentum % = percentage deviation of price from Fast EMA
Formula:
Momentum = ((Close - Fast EMA) / Fast EMA) × 100
Interpretation:
+0.5% to +2% - normal bullish momentum
+2% to +5% - strong bullish momentum
+5% and above - overheating (correction possible)
-0.5% to -2% - normal bearish momentum
-2% to -5% - strong bearish momentum
-5% and below - oversold (bounce possible)
Usage:
Monitor momentum during STRONG signals
Large momentum = don't enter (wait for pullback)
Small momentum = good entry point
10. How to configure for scalping?
Settings for scalping (M1-M5):
Base Multiplier: 3-5
Source: close or hlc3 (smoother)
Fast: Delta Adaptive (Base 8-12, Sensitivity 3.0)
Mid: None (for more signals)
Slow: Phi Golden (Phi²) or Pi Circular (1Pi)
Visualization:
- Gradient Clouds: ON (helps see strength)
- Neon Glow: OFF (doesn't clutter chart)
- Pulsing Bar: ON (quick assessment)
- Signal Highlights: ON
Signals:
- Golden/Death Cross: ON
- STRONG Signals: ON
- Stop Loss: ON (1.0-1.5 ATR, R:R 1.5-2.0)
Scalping rules:
Trade only STRONG signals
Enter on bounce from Fast EMA
Tight stops (10-20 pips)
Quick take profit (+1R to +2R)
Don't hold through news
11. How to configure for long-term investing?
Settings for investing (D1-W1):
Base Multiplier: 20-30
Source: close
Fast: Phi Golden (Phi³ or Phi⁴)
Mid: e Natural (e²)
Slow: Pi Circular (3Pi or 4Pi)
Visualization:
- Gradient Clouds: ON
- Neon Glow: ON (Medium)
- Everything else - to taste
Signals:
- Golden/Death Cross: ON
- STRONG Signals: ON
- Stop Loss: OFF (use percentage stop)
Investing rules:
Enter only on STRONG signals
Hold while STRONG active (weeks/months)
Stop below Slow EMA or -10%
Take profit: by company targets or +50-100%
Ignore short-term pullbacks
12. What if indicator slows down chart?
Indicator is optimized, but if it slows:
Disable unnecessary visual effects:
Neon Glow: OFF (saves 8 plots)
Gradient Clouds: ON but low quality
Lambda Wave EMA: OFF (if not using)
Reduce number of active EMAs:
Sigma Composite: OFF
Lambda Wave: OFF
Leave only Phi, Pi, e, Delta
Simplify settings:
Pulsing Bar: OFF
Greek Labels: OFF
Info Table: smaller size
13. Can I use on different timeframes simultaneously?
Yes! Multi-timeframe analysis is very powerful:
Classic scheme:
Higher TF (D1, W1) - determine global trend
Wait for STRONG signal
This is our trading direction
Middle TF (H4, H1) - look for confirmation
STRONG signal in same direction
Precise entry zone
Lower TF (M15, M5) - entry point
Golden Cross or bounce from Fast EMA
Precise stop loss
Example:
W1: STRONG BUY active (global uptrend)
H4: STRONG BUY appeared (confirmation)
M15: Wait for Golden Cross or bounce from Fast EMA → ENTRY
Advantages:
Maximum reliability
Clear timeframe hierarchy
Large targets
14. How does indicator work on news?
Delta Adaptive EMA adapts excellently to news:
Before news:
Low volatility → Delta EMA becomes fast → pulls to price
During news:
Sharp volatility spike → Delta EMA slows → filters noise
After news:
Volatility normalizes → Delta EMA returns to normal
Recommendations:
Don't trade at news release moment (spreads widen)
Wait for STRONG signal after news (2-5 bars)
Use Delta Adaptive as Fast EMA for quick reaction
Widen stops by 50-100% during important news
Advanced Techniques
Technique 1: "Divergences with EMA"
Idea: Look for discrepancies between price and Fast EMA
Bullish divergence:
Price makes lower low
Fast EMA makes higher low
= Possible reversal up
Bearish divergence:
Price makes higher high
Fast EMA makes lower high
= Possible reversal down
How to trade:
Find divergence
Wait for STRONG signal in divergence direction
Enter on confirmation
Technique 2: "EMA Tunnel"
Idea: Use space between Fast and Slow EMA as "tunnel"
Rules:
Wide tunnel - strong trend, hold position
Narrow tunnel - weak trend or consolidation, caution
Tunnel narrowing - trend weakening, prepare to exit
Tunnel widening - trend strengthening, can add
Visually: Gradient Clouds show this automatically!
Trading:
Enter on STRONG signal (tunnel starts widening)
Hold while tunnel wide
Exit when tunnel starts narrowing
Technique 3: "Wave Analysis with Lambda"
Idea: Lambda Wave EMA creates sinusoid matching market cycles
Setup:
Lambda Base Period: 30
Lambda Wave Amplitude: 0.5
Lambda Wave Frequency: 50 (adjusted to asset cycle)
How to find correct Frequency:
Look at historical cycles (distance between local highs)
Average distance = your Frequency
Example: if highs every 40-60 bars, set Frequency = 50
Trading:
Enter when Lambda Wave at bottom of sinusoid (growth potential)
Exit when Lambda Wave at top (fall potential)
Combine with STRONG signals
Technique 4: "Cluster Analysis"
Idea: When all EMAs gather in narrow cluster = powerful breakout soon
Cluster signs:
All EMAs (Phi, Pi, e, Delta) within 0.5-1% of each other
Gradient Clouds almost invisible
Price jumping around all EMAs
Trading:
Identify cluster (all EMAs close)
Determine breakout direction (where more volume, higher TFs direction)
Wait for breakout and STRONG signal
Enter on confirmation
Target = cluster size × 3-5
This is very powerful technique for big moves!
Technique 5: "Sigma as Dynamic Level"
Idea: Sigma Composite EMA = average of all EMAs = magnetic level
Usage:
Enable Sigma Composite (Weighted Average)
Sigma works as dynamic support/resistance
Price often returns to Sigma before trend continuation
Trading:
In trend: Enter on bounces from Sigma
In range: Fade moves from Sigma (trade return to Sigma)
On breakout: Sigma becomes support/resistance
Risk Management
Basic Rules
1. Position Size
Conservative: 1% of capital per trade
Moderate: 2% of capital per trade (recommended)
Aggressive: 3-5% (only for experienced)
Calculation formula:
Lot Size = (Capital × Risk%) / (Stop in pips × Pip value)
2. Risk/Reward Ratio
Minimum: 1:1.5
Standard: 1:2 (recommended)
Optimal: 1:3
Aggressive: 1:5+
3. Maximum Drawdown
Daily: -3% to -5%
Weekly: -7% to -10%
Monthly: -15% to -20%
Upon reaching limit → STOP trading until end of period
Position Management Strategies
1. Fixed Stop
Method:
Stop below/above Fast EMA or local extreme
DON'T move stop against position
Can move to breakeven
For whom: Beginners, conservative traders
2. Trailing by Fast EMA
Method:
Each day (or bar) move stop to Fast EMA level
Position closes when price breaks Fast EMA
Advantages:
Stay in trend as long as possible
Automatically exit on reversal
For whom: Trend followers, swing traders
3. Partial Exit
Method:
50% of position close at +2R
50% hold with trailing by Mid EMA or Slow EMA
Advantages:
Lock profit
Leave position for big move
Psychologically comfortable
For whom: Universal method (recommended)
4. Pyramiding
Method:
First entry on STRONG signal (50% of planned position)
Add 25% on pullback to Fast EMA
Add another 25% on pullback to Mid EMA
Overall stop below Slow EMA
Advantages:
Average entry price
Reduce risk
Increase profit in strong trends
Caution:
Works only in trends
In range leads to losses
For whom: Experienced traders
Trading Psychology
Correct Mindset
1. Indicator is a tool, not holy grail
Indicator shows probability, not guarantee
There will be losing trades - this is normal
Important is series statistics, not one trade
2. Trust the system
If STRONG signal appeared - enter
Don't search for "perfect" moment
Follow trading plan
3. Patience
STRONG signals don't appear every day
Better miss signal than enter against trend
Quality over quantity
4. Discipline
Always set stop loss
Don't move stop against position
Don't increase risk after losses
Beginner Mistakes
1. "I know better than indicator"
Indicator says STRONG BUY, but you think "too high, will wait for pullback"
Result: miss profitable move
Solution: Trust signals or don't use indicator
2. "Will reverse now for sure"
Trading against STRONG trend
Result: stops, stops, stops
Solution: Trend is your friend, trade with trend
3. "Will hold a bit more"
Don't exit when STRONG signal disappears
Greed eats profit
Solution: If signal gone - exit!
4. "I'll recover"
After losses double risk
Result: huge losses
Solution: Fixed % risk ALWAYS
5. "I don't like this signal"
Skip signals because of "feeling"
Result: inconsistency, no statistics
Solution: Trade ALL signals or clearly define filters
Trading Journal
What to Record
For each trade:
1. Entry/exit date and time
2. Instrument and timeframe
3. Signal type
Golden Cross
STRONG BUY
STRONG SELL
Death Cross
4. Indicator settings
Fast/Mid/Slow EMA
Base Multiplier
Other parameters
5. Chart screenshot
Entry moment
Exit moment
6. Trade parameters
Position size
Stop loss
Take Profit
R:R
7. Result
Profit/Loss in $
Profit/Loss in %
Profit/Loss in R
8. Notes
What was right
What was wrong
Emotions during trade
Lessons
Journal Analysis
Analyze weekly:
1. Win Rate
Win Rate = (Profitable trades / All trades) × 100%
Good: 50-60%
Excellent: 60-70%
Exceptional: 70%+
2. Average R
Average R = Sum of all R / Number of trades
Good: +0.5R
Excellent: +1.0R
Exceptional: +1.5R+
3. Profit Factor
Profit Factor = Total profit / Total losses
Good: 1.5+
Excellent: 2.0+
Exceptional: 3.0+
4. Maximum Drawdown
Track consecutive losses
If more than 5 in row - stop, check system
5. Best/Worst Trades
What was common in best trades? (do more)
What was common in worst trades? (avoid)
Pre-Trade Checklist
Technical Analysis
STRONG signal active (BUY or SELL)
All EMAs properly aligned (Fast > Mid > Slow or reverse)
Price on correct side of Fast EMA
Gradient Clouds confirm trend
Pulsing Bar shows STRONG state
Momentum % in normal range (not overheated)
No close strong levels against direction
Higher timeframe doesn't contradict
Risk Management
Position size calculated (1-2% risk)
Stop loss set
Take profit calculated (minimum 1:2)
R:R satisfactory
Daily/weekly risk limit not exceeded
No other open correlated positions
Fundamental Analysis
No important news in coming hours
Market session appropriate (liquidity)
No contradicting fundamentals
Understand why asset is moving
Psychology
Calm and thinking clearly
No emotions from previous trades
Ready to accept loss at stop
Following trading plan
Not revenging market for past losses
If at least one point is NO - think twice before entering!
Learning Roadmap
Week 1: Familiarization
Goals:
Install and configure indicator
Study all EMA types
Understand visualization
Tasks:
Add indicator to chart
Test all Fast/Mid/Slow settings
Play with Base Multiplier on different timeframes
Observe Gradient Clouds and Pulsing Bar
Study Info Table
Result: Comfort with indicator interface
Week 2: Signals
Goals:
Learn to recognize all signal types
Understand difference between Golden Cross and STRONG
Tasks:
Find 10 Golden Cross examples in history
Find 10 STRONG BUY examples in history
Compare their results (which worked better)
Set up alerts
Get 5 real alerts
Result: Understanding signals
Week 3: Demo Trading
Goals:
Start trading signals on demo account
Gather statistics
Tasks:
Open demo account
Trade ONLY STRONG signals
Keep journal (minimum 20 trades)
Don't change indicator settings
Strictly follow stop losses
Result: 20+ documented trades
Week 4: Analysis
Goals:
Analyze demo trading results
Optimize approach
Tasks:
Calculate win rate and average R
Find patterns in profitable trades
Find patterns in losing trades
Adjust approach (not indicator!)
Write trading plan
Result: Trading plan on 1 page
Month 2: Improvement
Goals:
Deepen understanding
Add additional techniques
Tasks:
Study multi-timeframe analysis
Test combinations with Price Action
Try advanced techniques (divergences, tunnels)
Continue demo trading (minimum 50 trades)
Achieve stable profitability on demo
Result: Win rate 55%+ and Profit Factor 1.5+
Month 3: Real Trading
Goals:
Transition to real account
Maintain discipline
Tasks:
Open small real account
Trade minimum lots
Strictly follow trading plan
DON'T increase risk
Focus on process, not profit
Result: Psychological comfort on real
Month 4+: Scaling
Goals:
Increase account
Become consistently profitable
Tasks:
With 60%+ win rate can increase risk to 2%
Upon doubling account can add capital
Continue keeping journal
Periodically review and improve strategy
Share experience with community
Result: Stable profitability month after month
Additional Resources
Recommended Reading
Technical Analysis:
"Technical Analysis of Financial Markets" - John Murphy
"Trading in the Zone" - Mark Douglas (psychology)
"Market Wizards" - Jack Schwager (trader interviews)
EMA and Moving Averages:
"Moving Averages 101" - Steve Burns
Articles on Investopedia about EMA
Risk Management:
"The Mathematics of Money Management" - Ralph Vince
"Trade Your Way to Financial Freedom" - Van K. Tharp
Trading Journals:
Edgewonk (paid, very powerful)
Tradervue (free version + premium)
Excel/Google Sheets (free)
Screeners:
TradingView Stock Screener
Finviz (stocks)
CoinMarketCap (crypto)
Conclusion
Hellenic EMA Matrix is a powerful tool based on universal mathematical constants of nature. The indicator combines:
Mathematical elegance - Phi, Pi, e instead of arbitrary numbers
Premium visualization - Neon Glow, Gradient Clouds, Pulsing Bar
Reliable signals - STRONG BUY/SELL work on all timeframes
Flexibility - 6 EMA types, adaptation to any trading style
Automation - auto-sorting EMAs, SL/TP calculation, alerts
Key Success Principles:
Simplicity - start with basic settings (Phi/Pi/e, Base=10)
Discipline - follow STRONG signals strictly
Patience - wait for quality setups
Risk Management - 1-2% per trade, ALWAYS
Journal - document every trade
Learning - constantly improve skills
Remember:
Indicator shows probability, not guarantee
Important is series statistics, not one trade
Psychology more important than technique
Quality more important than quantity
Process more important than result
Acknowledgments
Thank you for using Hellenic EMA Matrix - Alpha Omega Premium!
The indicator was created with love for mathematics, markets, and beautiful visualization.
Wishing you profitable trading!
Guide Version: 1.0
Date: 2025
Compatibility: Pine Script v6, TradingView
"In the simplicity of mathematical constants lies the complexity of market movements"
Markov Chain [3D] | FractalystWhat exactly is a Markov Chain?
This indicator uses a Markov Chain model to analyze, quantify, and visualize the transitions between market regimes (Bull, Bear, Neutral) on your chart. It dynamically detects these regimes in real-time, calculates transition probabilities, and displays them as animated 3D spheres and arrows, giving traders intuitive insight into current and future market conditions.
How does a Markov Chain work, and how should I read this spheres-and-arrows diagram?
Think of three weather modes: Sunny, Rainy, Cloudy.
Each sphere is one mode. The loop on a sphere means “stay the same next step” (e.g., Sunny again tomorrow).
The arrows leaving a sphere show where things usually go next if they change (e.g., Sunny moving to Cloudy).
Some paths matter more than others. A more prominent loop means the current mode tends to persist. A more prominent outgoing arrow means a change to that destination is the usual next step.
Direction isn’t symmetric: moving Sunny→Cloudy can behave differently than Cloudy→Sunny.
Now relabel the spheres to markets: Bull, Bear, Neutral.
Spheres: market regimes (uptrend, downtrend, range).
Self‑loop: tendency for the current regime to continue on the next bar.
Arrows: the most common next regime if a switch happens.
How to read: Start at the sphere that matches current bar state. If the loop stands out, expect continuation. If one outgoing path stands out, that switch is the typical next step. Opposite directions can differ (Bear→Neutral doesn’t have to match Neutral→Bear).
What states and transitions are shown?
The three market states visualized are:
Bullish (Bull): Upward or strong-market regime.
Bearish (Bear): Downward or weak-market regime.
Neutral: Sideways or range-bound regime.
Bidirectional animated arrows and probability labels show how likely the market is to move from one regime to another (e.g., Bull → Bear or Neutral → Bull).
How does the regime detection system work?
You can use either built-in price returns (based on adaptive Z-score normalization) or supply three custom indicators (such as volume, oscillators, etc.).
Values are statistically normalized (Z-scored) over a configurable lookback period.
The normalized outputs are classified into Bull, Bear, or Neutral zones.
If using three indicators, their regime signals are averaged and smoothed for robustness.
How are transition probabilities calculated?
On every confirmed bar, the algorithm tracks the sequence of detected market states, then builds a rolling window of transitions.
The code maintains a transition count matrix for all regime pairs (e.g., Bull → Bear).
Transition probabilities are extracted for each possible state change using Laplace smoothing for numerical stability, and frequently updated in real-time.
What is unique about the visualization?
3D animated spheres represent each regime and change visually when active.
Animated, bidirectional arrows reveal transition probabilities and allow you to see both dominant and less likely regime flows.
Particles (moving dots) animate along the arrows, enhancing the perception of regime flow direction and speed.
All elements dynamically update with each new price bar, providing a live market map in an intuitive, engaging format.
Can I use custom indicators for regime classification?
Yes! Enable the "Custom Indicators" switch and select any three chart series as inputs. These will be normalized and combined (each with equal weight), broadening the regime classification beyond just price-based movement.
What does the “Lookback Period” control?
Lookback Period (default: 100) sets how much historical data builds the probability matrix. Shorter periods adapt faster to regime changes but may be noisier. Longer periods are more stable but slower to adapt.
How is this different from a Hidden Markov Model (HMM)?
It sets the window for both regime detection and probability calculations. Lower values make the system more reactive, but potentially noisier. Higher values smooth estimates and make the system more robust.
How is this Markov Chain different from a Hidden Markov Model (HMM)?
Markov Chain (as here): All market regimes (Bull, Bear, Neutral) are directly observable on the chart. The transition matrix is built from actual detected regimes, keeping the model simple and interpretable.
Hidden Markov Model: The actual regimes are unobservable ("hidden") and must be inferred from market output or indicator "emissions" using statistical learning algorithms. HMMs are more complex, can capture more subtle structure, but are harder to visualize and require additional machine learning steps for training.
A standard Markov Chain models transitions between observable states using a simple transition matrix, while a Hidden Markov Model assumes the true states are hidden (latent) and must be inferred from observable “emissions” like price or volume data. In practical terms, a Markov Chain is transparent and easier to implement and interpret; an HMM is more expressive but requires statistical inference to estimate hidden states from data.
Markov Chain: states are observable; you directly count or estimate transition probabilities between visible states. This makes it simpler, faster, and easier to validate and tune.
HMM: states are hidden; you only observe emissions generated by those latent states. Learning involves machine learning/statistical algorithms (commonly Baum–Welch/EM for training and Viterbi for decoding) to infer both the transition dynamics and the most likely hidden state sequence from data.
How does the indicator avoid “repainting” or look-ahead bias?
All regime changes and matrix updates happen only on confirmed (closed) bars, so no future data is leaked, ensuring reliable real-time operation.
Are there practical tuning tips?
Tune the Lookback Period for your asset/timeframe: shorter for fast markets, longer for stability.
Use custom indicators if your asset has unique regime drivers.
Watch for rapid changes in transition probabilities as early warning of a possible regime shift.
Who is this indicator for?
Quants and quantitative researchers exploring probabilistic market modeling, especially those interested in regime-switching dynamics and Markov models.
Programmers and system developers who need a probabilistic regime filter for systematic and algorithmic backtesting:
The Markov Chain indicator is ideally suited for programmatic integration via its bias output (1 = Bull, 0 = Neutral, -1 = Bear).
Although the visualization is engaging, the core output is designed for automated, rules-based workflows—not for discretionary/manual trading decisions.
Developers can connect the indicator’s output directly to their Pine Script logic (using input.source()), allowing rapid and robust backtesting of regime-based strategies.
It acts as a plug-and-play regime filter: simply plug the bias output into your entry/exit logic, and you have a scientifically robust, probabilistically-derived signal for filtering, timing, position sizing, or risk regimes.
The MC's output is intentionally "trinary" (1/0/-1), focusing on clear regime states for unambiguous decision-making in code. If you require nuanced, multi-probability or soft-label state vectors, consider expanding the indicator or stacking it with a probability-weighted logic layer in your scripting.
Because it avoids subjectivity, this approach is optimal for systematic quants, algo developers building backtested, repeatable strategies based on probabilistic regime analysis.
What's the mathematical foundation behind this?
The mathematical foundation behind this Markov Chain indicator—and probabilistic regime detection in finance—draws from two principal models: the (standard) Markov Chain and the Hidden Markov Model (HMM).
How to use this indicator programmatically?
The Markov Chain indicator automatically exports a bias value (+1 for Bullish, -1 for Bearish, 0 for Neutral) as a plot visible in the Data Window. This allows you to integrate its regime signal into your own scripts and strategies for backtesting, automation, or live trading.
Step-by-Step Integration with Pine Script (input.source)
Add the Markov Chain indicator to your chart.
This must be done first, since your custom script will "pull" the bias signal from the indicator's plot.
In your strategy, create an input using input.source()
Example:
//@version=5
strategy("MC Bias Strategy Example")
mcBias = input.source(close, "MC Bias Source")
After saving, go to your script’s settings. For the “MC Bias Source” input, select the plot/output of the Markov Chain indicator (typically its bias plot).
Use the bias in your trading logic
Example (long only on Bull, flat otherwise):
if mcBias == 1
strategy.entry("Long", strategy.long)
else
strategy.close("Long")
For more advanced workflows, combine mcBias with additional filters or trailing stops.
How does this work behind-the-scenes?
TradingView’s input.source() lets you use any plot from another indicator as a real-time, “live” data feed in your own script (source).
The selected bias signal is available to your Pine code as a variable, enabling logical decisions based on regime (trend-following, mean-reversion, etc.).
This enables powerful strategy modularity : decouple regime detection from entry/exit logic, allowing fast experimentation without rewriting core signal code.
Integrating 45+ Indicators with Your Markov Chain — How & Why
The Enhanced Custom Indicators Export script exports a massive suite of over 45 technical indicators—ranging from classic momentum (RSI, MACD, Stochastic, etc.) to trend, volume, volatility, and oscillator tools—all pre-calculated, centered/scaled, and available as plots.
// Enhanced Custom Indicators Export - 45 Technical Indicators
// Comprehensive technical analysis suite for advanced market regime detection
//@version=6
indicator('Enhanced Custom Indicators Export | Fractalyst', shorttitle='Enhanced CI Export', overlay=false, scale=scale.right, max_labels_count=500, max_lines_count=500)
// |----- Input Parameters -----| //
momentum_group = "Momentum Indicators"
trend_group = "Trend Indicators"
volume_group = "Volume Indicators"
volatility_group = "Volatility Indicators"
oscillator_group = "Oscillator Indicators"
display_group = "Display Settings"
// Common lengths
length_14 = input.int(14, "Standard Length (14)", minval=1, maxval=100, group=momentum_group)
length_20 = input.int(20, "Medium Length (20)", minval=1, maxval=200, group=trend_group)
length_50 = input.int(50, "Long Length (50)", minval=1, maxval=200, group=trend_group)
// Display options
show_table = input.bool(true, "Show Values Table", group=display_group)
table_size = input.string("Small", "Table Size", options= , group=display_group)
// |----- MOMENTUM INDICATORS (15 indicators) -----| //
// 1. RSI (Relative Strength Index)
rsi_14 = ta.rsi(close, length_14)
rsi_centered = rsi_14 - 50
// 2. Stochastic Oscillator
stoch_k = ta.stoch(close, high, low, length_14)
stoch_d = ta.sma(stoch_k, 3)
stoch_centered = stoch_k - 50
// 3. Williams %R
williams_r = ta.stoch(close, high, low, length_14) - 100
// 4. MACD (Moving Average Convergence Divergence)
= ta.macd(close, 12, 26, 9)
// 5. Momentum (Rate of Change)
momentum = ta.mom(close, length_14)
momentum_pct = (momentum / close ) * 100
// 6. Rate of Change (ROC)
roc = ta.roc(close, length_14)
// 7. Commodity Channel Index (CCI)
cci = ta.cci(close, length_20)
// 8. Money Flow Index (MFI)
mfi = ta.mfi(close, length_14)
mfi_centered = mfi - 50
// 9. Awesome Oscillator (AO)
ao = ta.sma(hl2, 5) - ta.sma(hl2, 34)
// 10. Accelerator Oscillator (AC)
ac = ao - ta.sma(ao, 5)
// 11. Chande Momentum Oscillator (CMO)
cmo = ta.cmo(close, length_14)
// 12. Detrended Price Oscillator (DPO)
dpo = close - ta.sma(close, length_20)
// 13. Price Oscillator (PPO)
ppo = ta.sma(close, 12) - ta.sma(close, 26)
ppo_pct = (ppo / ta.sma(close, 26)) * 100
// 14. TRIX
trix_ema1 = ta.ema(close, length_14)
trix_ema2 = ta.ema(trix_ema1, length_14)
trix_ema3 = ta.ema(trix_ema2, length_14)
trix = ta.roc(trix_ema3, 1) * 10000
// 15. Klinger Oscillator
klinger = ta.ema(volume * (high + low + close) / 3, 34) - ta.ema(volume * (high + low + close) / 3, 55)
// 16. Fisher Transform
fisher_hl2 = 0.5 * (hl2 - ta.lowest(hl2, 10)) / (ta.highest(hl2, 10) - ta.lowest(hl2, 10)) - 0.25
fisher = 0.5 * math.log((1 + fisher_hl2) / (1 - fisher_hl2))
// 17. Stochastic RSI
stoch_rsi = ta.stoch(rsi_14, rsi_14, rsi_14, length_14)
stoch_rsi_centered = stoch_rsi - 50
// 18. Relative Vigor Index (RVI)
rvi_num = ta.swma(close - open)
rvi_den = ta.swma(high - low)
rvi = rvi_den != 0 ? rvi_num / rvi_den : 0
// 19. Balance of Power (BOP)
bop = (close - open) / (high - low)
// |----- TREND INDICATORS (10 indicators) -----| //
// 20. Simple Moving Average Momentum
sma_20 = ta.sma(close, length_20)
sma_momentum = ((close - sma_20) / sma_20) * 100
// 21. Exponential Moving Average Momentum
ema_20 = ta.ema(close, length_20)
ema_momentum = ((close - ema_20) / ema_20) * 100
// 22. Parabolic SAR
sar = ta.sar(0.02, 0.02, 0.2)
sar_trend = close > sar ? 1 : -1
// 23. Linear Regression Slope
lr_slope = ta.linreg(close, length_20, 0) - ta.linreg(close, length_20, 1)
// 24. Moving Average Convergence (MAC)
mac = ta.sma(close, 10) - ta.sma(close, 30)
// 25. Trend Intensity Index (TII)
tii_sum = 0.0
for i = 1 to length_20
tii_sum += close > close ? 1 : 0
tii = (tii_sum / length_20) * 100
// 26. Ichimoku Cloud Components
ichimoku_tenkan = (ta.highest(high, 9) + ta.lowest(low, 9)) / 2
ichimoku_kijun = (ta.highest(high, 26) + ta.lowest(low, 26)) / 2
ichimoku_signal = ichimoku_tenkan > ichimoku_kijun ? 1 : -1
// 27. MESA Adaptive Moving Average (MAMA)
mama_alpha = 2.0 / (length_20 + 1)
mama = ta.ema(close, length_20)
mama_momentum = ((close - mama) / mama) * 100
// 28. Zero Lag Exponential Moving Average (ZLEMA)
zlema_lag = math.round((length_20 - 1) / 2)
zlema_data = close + (close - close )
zlema = ta.ema(zlema_data, length_20)
zlema_momentum = ((close - zlema) / zlema) * 100
// |----- VOLUME INDICATORS (6 indicators) -----| //
// 29. On-Balance Volume (OBV)
obv = ta.obv
// 30. Volume Rate of Change (VROC)
vroc = ta.roc(volume, length_14)
// 31. Price Volume Trend (PVT)
pvt = ta.pvt
// 32. Negative Volume Index (NVI)
nvi = 0.0
nvi := volume < volume ? nvi + ((close - close ) / close ) * nvi : nvi
// 33. Positive Volume Index (PVI)
pvi = 0.0
pvi := volume > volume ? pvi + ((close - close ) / close ) * pvi : pvi
// 34. Volume Oscillator
vol_osc = ta.sma(volume, 5) - ta.sma(volume, 10)
// 35. Ease of Movement (EOM)
eom_distance = high - low
eom_box_height = volume / 1000000
eom = eom_box_height != 0 ? eom_distance / eom_box_height : 0
eom_sma = ta.sma(eom, length_14)
// 36. Force Index
force_index = volume * (close - close )
force_index_sma = ta.sma(force_index, length_14)
// |----- VOLATILITY INDICATORS (10 indicators) -----| //
// 37. Average True Range (ATR)
atr = ta.atr(length_14)
atr_pct = (atr / close) * 100
// 38. Bollinger Bands Position
bb_basis = ta.sma(close, length_20)
bb_dev = 2.0 * ta.stdev(close, length_20)
bb_upper = bb_basis + bb_dev
bb_lower = bb_basis - bb_dev
bb_position = bb_dev != 0 ? (close - bb_basis) / bb_dev : 0
bb_width = bb_dev != 0 ? (bb_upper - bb_lower) / bb_basis * 100 : 0
// 39. Keltner Channels Position
kc_basis = ta.ema(close, length_20)
kc_range = ta.ema(ta.tr, length_20)
kc_upper = kc_basis + (2.0 * kc_range)
kc_lower = kc_basis - (2.0 * kc_range)
kc_position = kc_range != 0 ? (close - kc_basis) / kc_range : 0
// 40. Donchian Channels Position
dc_upper = ta.highest(high, length_20)
dc_lower = ta.lowest(low, length_20)
dc_basis = (dc_upper + dc_lower) / 2
dc_position = (dc_upper - dc_lower) != 0 ? (close - dc_basis) / (dc_upper - dc_lower) : 0
// 41. Standard Deviation
std_dev = ta.stdev(close, length_20)
std_dev_pct = (std_dev / close) * 100
// 42. Relative Volatility Index (RVI)
rvi_up = ta.stdev(close > close ? close : 0, length_14)
rvi_down = ta.stdev(close < close ? close : 0, length_14)
rvi_total = rvi_up + rvi_down
rvi_volatility = rvi_total != 0 ? (rvi_up / rvi_total) * 100 : 50
// 43. Historical Volatility
hv_returns = math.log(close / close )
hv = ta.stdev(hv_returns, length_20) * math.sqrt(252) * 100
// 44. Garman-Klass Volatility
gk_vol = math.log(high/low) * math.log(high/low) - (2*math.log(2)-1) * math.log(close/open) * math.log(close/open)
gk_volatility = math.sqrt(ta.sma(gk_vol, length_20)) * 100
// 45. Parkinson Volatility
park_vol = math.log(high/low) * math.log(high/low)
parkinson = math.sqrt(ta.sma(park_vol, length_20) / (4 * math.log(2))) * 100
// 46. Rogers-Satchell Volatility
rs_vol = math.log(high/close) * math.log(high/open) + math.log(low/close) * math.log(low/open)
rogers_satchell = math.sqrt(ta.sma(rs_vol, length_20)) * 100
// |----- OSCILLATOR INDICATORS (5 indicators) -----| //
// 47. Elder Ray Index
elder_bull = high - ta.ema(close, 13)
elder_bear = low - ta.ema(close, 13)
elder_power = elder_bull + elder_bear
// 48. Schaff Trend Cycle (STC)
stc_macd = ta.ema(close, 23) - ta.ema(close, 50)
stc_k = ta.stoch(stc_macd, stc_macd, stc_macd, 10)
stc_d = ta.ema(stc_k, 3)
stc = ta.stoch(stc_d, stc_d, stc_d, 10)
// 49. Coppock Curve
coppock_roc1 = ta.roc(close, 14)
coppock_roc2 = ta.roc(close, 11)
coppock = ta.wma(coppock_roc1 + coppock_roc2, 10)
// 50. Know Sure Thing (KST)
kst_roc1 = ta.roc(close, 10)
kst_roc2 = ta.roc(close, 15)
kst_roc3 = ta.roc(close, 20)
kst_roc4 = ta.roc(close, 30)
kst = ta.sma(kst_roc1, 10) + 2*ta.sma(kst_roc2, 10) + 3*ta.sma(kst_roc3, 10) + 4*ta.sma(kst_roc4, 15)
// 51. Percentage Price Oscillator (PPO)
ppo_line = ((ta.ema(close, 12) - ta.ema(close, 26)) / ta.ema(close, 26)) * 100
ppo_signal = ta.ema(ppo_line, 9)
ppo_histogram = ppo_line - ppo_signal
// |----- PLOT MAIN INDICATORS -----| //
// Plot key momentum indicators
plot(rsi_centered, title="01_RSI_Centered", color=color.purple, linewidth=1)
plot(stoch_centered, title="02_Stoch_Centered", color=color.blue, linewidth=1)
plot(williams_r, title="03_Williams_R", color=color.red, linewidth=1)
plot(macd_histogram, title="04_MACD_Histogram", color=color.orange, linewidth=1)
plot(cci, title="05_CCI", color=color.green, linewidth=1)
// Plot trend indicators
plot(sma_momentum, title="06_SMA_Momentum", color=color.navy, linewidth=1)
plot(ema_momentum, title="07_EMA_Momentum", color=color.maroon, linewidth=1)
plot(sar_trend, title="08_SAR_Trend", color=color.teal, linewidth=1)
plot(lr_slope, title="09_LR_Slope", color=color.lime, linewidth=1)
plot(mac, title="10_MAC", color=color.fuchsia, linewidth=1)
// Plot volatility indicators
plot(atr_pct, title="11_ATR_Pct", color=color.yellow, linewidth=1)
plot(bb_position, title="12_BB_Position", color=color.aqua, linewidth=1)
plot(kc_position, title="13_KC_Position", color=color.olive, linewidth=1)
plot(std_dev_pct, title="14_StdDev_Pct", color=color.silver, linewidth=1)
plot(bb_width, title="15_BB_Width", color=color.gray, linewidth=1)
// Plot volume indicators
plot(vroc, title="16_VROC", color=color.blue, linewidth=1)
plot(eom_sma, title="17_EOM", color=color.red, linewidth=1)
plot(vol_osc, title="18_Vol_Osc", color=color.green, linewidth=1)
plot(force_index_sma, title="19_Force_Index", color=color.orange, linewidth=1)
plot(obv, title="20_OBV", color=color.purple, linewidth=1)
// Plot additional oscillators
plot(ao, title="21_Awesome_Osc", color=color.navy, linewidth=1)
plot(cmo, title="22_CMO", color=color.maroon, linewidth=1)
plot(dpo, title="23_DPO", color=color.teal, linewidth=1)
plot(trix, title="24_TRIX", color=color.lime, linewidth=1)
plot(fisher, title="25_Fisher", color=color.fuchsia, linewidth=1)
// Plot more momentum indicators
plot(mfi_centered, title="26_MFI_Centered", color=color.yellow, linewidth=1)
plot(ac, title="27_AC", color=color.aqua, linewidth=1)
plot(ppo_pct, title="28_PPO_Pct", color=color.olive, linewidth=1)
plot(stoch_rsi_centered, title="29_StochRSI_Centered", color=color.silver, linewidth=1)
plot(klinger, title="30_Klinger", color=color.gray, linewidth=1)
// Plot trend continuation
plot(tii, title="31_TII", color=color.blue, linewidth=1)
plot(ichimoku_signal, title="32_Ichimoku_Signal", color=color.red, linewidth=1)
plot(mama_momentum, title="33_MAMA_Momentum", color=color.green, linewidth=1)
plot(zlema_momentum, title="34_ZLEMA_Momentum", color=color.orange, linewidth=1)
plot(bop, title="35_BOP", color=color.purple, linewidth=1)
// Plot volume continuation
plot(nvi, title="36_NVI", color=color.navy, linewidth=1)
plot(pvi, title="37_PVI", color=color.maroon, linewidth=1)
plot(momentum_pct, title="38_Momentum_Pct", color=color.teal, linewidth=1)
plot(roc, title="39_ROC", color=color.lime, linewidth=1)
plot(rvi, title="40_RVI", color=color.fuchsia, linewidth=1)
// Plot volatility continuation
plot(dc_position, title="41_DC_Position", color=color.yellow, linewidth=1)
plot(rvi_volatility, title="42_RVI_Volatility", color=color.aqua, linewidth=1)
plot(hv, title="43_Historical_Vol", color=color.olive, linewidth=1)
plot(gk_volatility, title="44_GK_Volatility", color=color.silver, linewidth=1)
plot(parkinson, title="45_Parkinson_Vol", color=color.gray, linewidth=1)
// Plot final oscillators
plot(rogers_satchell, title="46_RS_Volatility", color=color.blue, linewidth=1)
plot(elder_power, title="47_Elder_Power", color=color.red, linewidth=1)
plot(stc, title="48_STC", color=color.green, linewidth=1)
plot(coppock, title="49_Coppock", color=color.orange, linewidth=1)
plot(kst, title="50_KST", color=color.purple, linewidth=1)
// Plot final indicators
plot(ppo_histogram, title="51_PPO_Histogram", color=color.navy, linewidth=1)
plot(pvt, title="52_PVT", color=color.maroon, linewidth=1)
// |----- Reference Lines -----| //
hline(0, "Zero Line", color=color.gray, linestyle=hline.style_dashed, linewidth=1)
hline(50, "Midline", color=color.gray, linestyle=hline.style_dotted, linewidth=1)
hline(-50, "Lower Midline", color=color.gray, linestyle=hline.style_dotted, linewidth=1)
hline(25, "Upper Threshold", color=color.gray, linestyle=hline.style_dotted, linewidth=1)
hline(-25, "Lower Threshold", color=color.gray, linestyle=hline.style_dotted, linewidth=1)
// |----- Enhanced Information Table -----| //
if show_table and barstate.islast
table_position = position.top_right
table_text_size = table_size == "Tiny" ? size.tiny : table_size == "Small" ? size.small : size.normal
var table info_table = table.new(table_position, 3, 18, bgcolor=color.new(color.white, 85), border_width=1, border_color=color.gray)
// Headers
table.cell(info_table, 0, 0, 'Category', text_color=color.black, text_size=table_text_size, bgcolor=color.new(color.blue, 70))
table.cell(info_table, 1, 0, 'Indicator', text_color=color.black, text_size=table_text_size, bgcolor=color.new(color.blue, 70))
table.cell(info_table, 2, 0, 'Value', text_color=color.black, text_size=table_text_size, bgcolor=color.new(color.blue, 70))
// Key Momentum Indicators
table.cell(info_table, 0, 1, 'MOMENTUM', text_color=color.purple, text_size=table_text_size, bgcolor=color.new(color.purple, 90))
table.cell(info_table, 1, 1, 'RSI Centered', text_color=color.purple, text_size=table_text_size)
table.cell(info_table, 2, 1, str.tostring(rsi_centered, '0.00'), text_color=color.purple, text_size=table_text_size)
table.cell(info_table, 0, 2, '', text_color=color.blue, text_size=table_text_size)
table.cell(info_table, 1, 2, 'Stoch Centered', text_color=color.blue, text_size=table_text_size)
table.cell(info_table, 2, 2, str.tostring(stoch_centered, '0.00'), text_color=color.blue, text_size=table_text_size)
table.cell(info_table, 0, 3, '', text_color=color.red, text_size=table_text_size)
table.cell(info_table, 1, 3, 'Williams %R', text_color=color.red, text_size=table_text_size)
table.cell(info_table, 2, 3, str.tostring(williams_r, '0.00'), text_color=color.red, text_size=table_text_size)
table.cell(info_table, 0, 4, '', text_color=color.orange, text_size=table_text_size)
table.cell(info_table, 1, 4, 'MACD Histogram', text_color=color.orange, text_size=table_text_size)
table.cell(info_table, 2, 4, str.tostring(macd_histogram, '0.000'), text_color=color.orange, text_size=table_text_size)
table.cell(info_table, 0, 5, '', text_color=color.green, text_size=table_text_size)
table.cell(info_table, 1, 5, 'CCI', text_color=color.green, text_size=table_text_size)
table.cell(info_table, 2, 5, str.tostring(cci, '0.00'), text_color=color.green, text_size=table_text_size)
// Key Trend Indicators
table.cell(info_table, 0, 6, 'TREND', text_color=color.navy, text_size=table_text_size, bgcolor=color.new(color.navy, 90))
table.cell(info_table, 1, 6, 'SMA Momentum %', text_color=color.navy, text_size=table_text_size)
table.cell(info_table, 2, 6, str.tostring(sma_momentum, '0.00'), text_color=color.navy, text_size=table_text_size)
table.cell(info_table, 0, 7, '', text_color=color.maroon, text_size=table_text_size)
table.cell(info_table, 1, 7, 'EMA Momentum %', text_color=color.maroon, text_size=table_text_size)
table.cell(info_table, 2, 7, str.tostring(ema_momentum, '0.00'), text_color=color.maroon, text_size=table_text_size)
table.cell(info_table, 0, 8, '', text_color=color.teal, text_size=table_text_size)
table.cell(info_table, 1, 8, 'SAR Trend', text_color=color.teal, text_size=table_text_size)
table.cell(info_table, 2, 8, str.tostring(sar_trend, '0'), text_color=color.teal, text_size=table_text_size)
table.cell(info_table, 0, 9, '', text_color=color.lime, text_size=table_text_size)
table.cell(info_table, 1, 9, 'Linear Regression', text_color=color.lime, text_size=table_text_size)
table.cell(info_table, 2, 9, str.tostring(lr_slope, '0.000'), text_color=color.lime, text_size=table_text_size)
// Key Volatility Indicators
table.cell(info_table, 0, 10, 'VOLATILITY', text_color=color.yellow, text_size=table_text_size, bgcolor=color.new(color.yellow, 90))
table.cell(info_table, 1, 10, 'ATR %', text_color=color.yellow, text_size=table_text_size)
table.cell(info_table, 2, 10, str.tostring(atr_pct, '0.00'), text_color=color.yellow, text_size=table_text_size)
table.cell(info_table, 0, 11, '', text_color=color.aqua, text_size=table_text_size)
table.cell(info_table, 1, 11, 'BB Position', text_color=color.aqua, text_size=table_text_size)
table.cell(info_table, 2, 11, str.tostring(bb_position, '0.00'), text_color=color.aqua, text_size=table_text_size)
table.cell(info_table, 0, 12, '', text_color=color.olive, text_size=table_text_size)
table.cell(info_table, 1, 12, 'KC Position', text_color=color.olive, text_size=table_text_size)
table.cell(info_table, 2, 12, str.tostring(kc_position, '0.00'), text_color=color.olive, text_size=table_text_size)
// Key Volume Indicators
table.cell(info_table, 0, 13, 'VOLUME', text_color=color.blue, text_size=table_text_size, bgcolor=color.new(color.blue, 90))
table.cell(info_table, 1, 13, 'Volume ROC', text_color=color.blue, text_size=table_text_size)
table.cell(info_table, 2, 13, str.tostring(vroc, '0.00'), text_color=color.blue, text_size=table_text_size)
table.cell(info_table, 0, 14, '', text_color=color.red, text_size=table_text_size)
table.cell(info_table, 1, 14, 'EOM', text_color=color.red, text_size=table_text_size)
table.cell(info_table, 2, 14, str.tostring(eom_sma, '0.000'), text_color=color.red, text_size=table_text_size)
// Key Oscillators
table.cell(info_table, 0, 15, 'OSCILLATORS', text_color=color.purple, text_size=table_text_size, bgcolor=color.new(color.purple, 90))
table.cell(info_table, 1, 15, 'Awesome Osc', text_color=color.blue, text_size=table_text_size)
table.cell(info_table, 2, 15, str.tostring(ao, '0.000'), text_color=color.blue, text_size=table_text_size)
table.cell(info_table, 0, 16, '', text_color=color.red, text_size=table_text_size)
table.cell(info_table, 1, 16, 'Fisher Transform', text_color=color.red, text_size=table_text_size)
table.cell(info_table, 2, 16, str.tostring(fisher, '0.000'), text_color=color.red, text_size=table_text_size)
// Summary Statistics
table.cell(info_table, 0, 17, 'SUMMARY', text_color=color.black, text_size=table_text_size, bgcolor=color.new(color.gray, 70))
table.cell(info_table, 1, 17, 'Total Indicators: 52', text_color=color.black, text_size=table_text_size)
regime_color = rsi_centered > 10 ? color.green : rsi_centered < -10 ? color.red : color.gray
regime_text = rsi_centered > 10 ? "BULLISH" : rsi_centered < -10 ? "BEARISH" : "NEUTRAL"
table.cell(info_table, 2, 17, regime_text, text_color=regime_color, text_size=table_text_size)
This makes it the perfect “indicator backbone” for quantitative and systematic traders who want to prototype, combine, and test new regime detection models—especially in combination with the Markov Chain indicator.
How to use this script with the Markov Chain for research and backtesting:
Add the Enhanced Indicator Export to your chart.
Every calculated indicator is available as an individual data stream.
Connect the indicator(s) you want as custom input(s) to the Markov Chain’s “Custom Indicators” option.
In the Markov Chain indicator’s settings, turn ON the custom indicator mode.
For each of the three custom indicator inputs, select the exported plot from the Enhanced Export script—the menu lists all 45+ signals by name.
This creates a powerful, modular regime-detection engine where you can mix-and-match momentum, trend, volume, or custom combinations for advanced filtering.
Backtest regime logic directly.
Once you’ve connected your chosen indicators, the Markov Chain script performs regime detection (Bull/Neutral/Bear) based on your selected features—not just price returns.
The regime detection is robust, automatically normalized (using Z-score), and outputs bias (1, -1, 0) for plug-and-play integration.
Export the regime bias for programmatic use.
As described above, use input.source() in your Pine Script strategy or system and link the bias output.
You can now filter signals, control trade direction/size, or design pairs-trading that respect true, indicator-driven market regimes.
With this framework, you’re not limited to static or simplistic regime filters. You can rigorously define, test, and refine what “market regime” means for your strategies—using the technical features that matter most to you.
Optimize your signal generation by backtesting across a universe of meaningful indicator blends.
Enhance risk management with objective, real-time regime boundaries.
Accelerate your research: iterate quickly, swap indicator components, and see results with minimal code changes.
Automate multi-asset or pairs-trading by integrating regime context directly into strategy logic.
Add both scripts to your chart, connect your preferred features, and start investigating your best regime-based trades—entirely within the TradingView ecosystem.
References & Further Reading
Ang, A., & Bekaert, G. (2002). “Regime Switches in Interest Rates.” Journal of Business & Economic Statistics, 20(2), 163–182.
Hamilton, J. D. (1989). “A New Approach to the Economic Analysis of Nonstationary Time Series and the Business Cycle.” Econometrica, 57(2), 357–384.
Markov, A. A. (1906). "Extension of the Limit Theorems of Probability Theory to a Sum of Variables Connected in a Chain." The Notes of the Imperial Academy of Sciences of St. Petersburg.
Guidolin, M., & Timmermann, A. (2007). “Asset Allocation under Multivariate Regime Switching.” Journal of Economic Dynamics and Control, 31(11), 3503–3544.
Murphy, J. J. (1999). Technical Analysis of the Financial Markets. New York Institute of Finance.
Brock, W., Lakonishok, J., & LeBaron, B. (1992). “Simple Technical Trading Rules and the Stochastic Properties of Stock Returns.” Journal of Finance, 47(5), 1731–1764.
Zucchini, W., MacDonald, I. L., & Langrock, R. (2017). Hidden Markov Models for Time Series: An Introduction Using R (2nd ed.). Chapman and Hall/CRC.
On Quantitative Finance and Markov Models:
Lo, A. W., & Hasanhodzic, J. (2009). The Heretics of Finance: Conversations with Leading Practitioners of Technical Analysis. Bloomberg Press.
Patterson, S. (2016). The Man Who Solved the Market: How Jim Simons Launched the Quant Revolution. Penguin Press.
TradingView Pine Script Documentation: www.tradingview.com
TradingView Blog: “Use an Input From Another Indicator With Your Strategy” www.tradingview.com
GeeksforGeeks: “What is the Difference Between Markov Chains and Hidden Markov Models?” www.geeksforgeeks.org
What makes this indicator original and unique?
- On‑chart, real‑time Markov. The chain is drawn directly on your chart. You see the current regime, its tendency to stay (self‑loop), and the usual next step (arrows) as bars confirm.
- Source‑agnostic by design. The engine runs on any series you select via input.source() — price, your own oscillator, a composite score, anything you compute in the script.
- Automatic normalization + regime mapping. Different inputs live on different scales. The script standardizes your chosen source and maps it into clear regimes (e.g., Bull / Bear / Neutral) without you micromanaging thresholds each time.
- Rolling, bar‑by‑bar learning. Transition tendencies are computed from a rolling window of confirmed bars. What you see is exactly what the market did in that window.
- Fast experimentation. Switch the source, adjust the window, and the Markov view updates instantly. It’s a rapid way to test ideas and feel regime persistence/switch behavior.
Integrate your own signals (using input.source())
- In settings, choose the Source . This is powered by input.source() .
- Feed it price, an indicator you compute inside the script, or a custom composite series.
- The script will automatically normalize that series and process it through the Markov engine, mapping it to regimes and updating the on‑chart spheres/arrows in real time.
Credits:
Deep gratitude to @RicardoSantos for both the foundational Markov chain processing engine and inspiring open-source contributions, which made advanced probabilistic market modeling accessible to the TradingView community.
Special thanks to @Alien_Algorithms for the innovative and visually stunning 3D sphere logic that powers the indicator’s animated, regime-based visualization.
Disclaimer
This tool summarizes recent behavior. It is not financial advice and not a guarantee of future results.
Dimensional Resonance ProtocolDimensional Resonance Protocol
🌀 CORE INNOVATION: PHASE SPACE RECONSTRUCTION & EMERGENCE DETECTION
The Dimensional Resonance Protocol represents a paradigm shift from traditional technical analysis to complexity science. Rather than measuring price levels or indicator crossovers, DRP reconstructs the hidden attractor governing market dynamics using Takens' embedding theorem, then detects emergence —the rare moments when multiple dimensions of market behavior spontaneously synchronize into coherent, predictable states.
The Complexity Hypothesis:
Markets are not simple oscillators or random walks—they are complex adaptive systems existing in high-dimensional phase space. Traditional indicators see only shadows (one-dimensional projections) of this higher-dimensional reality. DRP reconstructs the full phase space using time-delay embedding, revealing the true structure of market dynamics.
Takens' Embedding Theorem (1981):
A profound mathematical result from dynamical systems theory: Given a time series from a complex system, we can reconstruct its full phase space by creating delayed copies of the observation.
Mathematical Foundation:
From single observable x(t), create embedding vectors:
X(t) =
Where:
• d = Embedding dimension (default 5)
• τ = Time delay (default 3 bars)
• x(t) = Price or return at time t
Key Insight: If d ≥ 2D+1 (where D is the true attractor dimension), this embedding is topologically equivalent to the actual system dynamics. We've reconstructed the hidden attractor from a single price series.
Why This Matters:
Markets appear random in one dimension (price chart). But in reconstructed phase space, structure emerges—attractors, limit cycles, strange attractors. When we identify these structures, we can detect:
• Stable regions : Predictable behavior (trade opportunities)
• Chaotic regions : Unpredictable behavior (avoid trading)
• Critical transitions : Phase changes between regimes
Phase Space Magnitude Calculation:
phase_magnitude = sqrt(Σ ² for i = 0 to d-1)
This measures the "energy" or "momentum" of the market trajectory through phase space. High magnitude = strong directional move. Low magnitude = consolidation.
📊 RECURRENCE QUANTIFICATION ANALYSIS (RQA)
Once phase space is reconstructed, we analyze its recurrence structure —when does the system return near previous states?
Recurrence Plot Foundation:
A recurrence occurs when two phase space points are closer than threshold ε:
R(i,j) = 1 if ||X(i) - X(j)|| < ε, else 0
This creates a binary matrix showing when the system revisits similar states.
Key RQA Metrics:
1. Recurrence Rate (RR):
RR = (Number of recurrent points) / (Total possible pairs)
• RR near 0: System never repeats (highly stochastic)
• RR = 0.1-0.3: Moderate recurrence (tradeable patterns)
• RR > 0.5: System stuck in attractor (ranging market)
• RR near 1: System frozen (no dynamics)
Interpretation: Moderate recurrence is optimal —patterns exist but market isn't stuck.
2. Determinism (DET):
Measures what fraction of recurrences form diagonal structures in the recurrence plot. Diagonals indicate deterministic evolution (trajectory follows predictable paths).
DET = (Recurrence points on diagonals) / (Total recurrence points)
• DET < 0.3: Random dynamics
• DET = 0.3-0.7: Moderate determinism (patterns with noise)
• DET > 0.7: Strong determinism (technical patterns reliable)
Trading Implication: Signals are prioritized when DET > 0.3 (deterministic state) and RR is moderate (not stuck).
Threshold Selection (ε):
Default ε = 0.10 × std_dev means two states are "recurrent" if within 10% of a standard deviation. This is tight enough to require genuine similarity but loose enough to find patterns.
🔬 PERMUTATION ENTROPY: COMPLEXITY MEASUREMENT
Permutation entropy measures the complexity of a time series by analyzing the distribution of ordinal patterns.
Algorithm (Bandt & Pompe, 2002):
1. Take overlapping windows of length n (default n=4)
2. For each window, record the rank order pattern
Example: → pattern (ranks from lowest to highest)
3. Count frequency of each possible pattern
4. Calculate Shannon entropy of pattern distribution
Mathematical Formula:
H_perm = -Σ p(π) · ln(p(π))
Where π ranges over all n! possible permutations, p(π) is the probability of pattern π.
Normalized to :
H_norm = H_perm / ln(n!)
Interpretation:
• H < 0.3 : Very ordered, crystalline structure (strong trending)
• H = 0.3-0.5 : Ordered regime (tradeable with patterns)
• H = 0.5-0.7 : Moderate complexity (mixed conditions)
• H = 0.7-0.85 : Complex dynamics (challenging to trade)
• H > 0.85 : Maximum entropy (nearly random, avoid)
Entropy Regime Classification:
DRP classifies markets into five entropy regimes:
• CRYSTALLINE (H < 0.3): Maximum order, persistent trends
• ORDERED (H < 0.5): Clear patterns, momentum strategies work
• MODERATE (H < 0.7): Mixed dynamics, adaptive required
• COMPLEX (H < 0.85): High entropy, mean reversion better
• CHAOTIC (H ≥ 0.85): Near-random, minimize trading
Why Permutation Entropy?
Unlike traditional entropy methods requiring binning continuous data (losing information), permutation entropy:
• Works directly on time series
• Robust to monotonic transformations
• Computationally efficient
• Captures temporal structure, not just distribution
• Immune to outliers (uses ranks, not values)
⚡ LYAPUNOV EXPONENT: CHAOS vs STABILITY
The Lyapunov exponent λ measures sensitivity to initial conditions —the hallmark of chaos.
Physical Meaning:
Two trajectories starting infinitely close will diverge at exponential rate e^(λt):
Distance(t) ≈ Distance(0) × e^(λt)
Interpretation:
• λ > 0 : Positive Lyapunov exponent = CHAOS
- Small errors grow exponentially
- Long-term prediction impossible
- System is sensitive, unpredictable
- AVOID TRADING
• λ ≈ 0 : Near-zero = CRITICAL STATE
- Edge of chaos
- Transition zone between order and disorder
- Moderate predictability
- PROCEED WITH CAUTION
• λ < 0 : Negative Lyapunov exponent = STABLE
- Small errors decay
- Trajectories converge
- System is predictable
- OPTIMAL FOR TRADING
Estimation Method:
DRP estimates λ by tracking how quickly nearby states diverge over a rolling window (default 20 bars):
For each bar i in window:
δ₀ = |x - x | (initial separation)
δ₁ = |x - x | (previous separation)
if δ₁ > 0:
ratio = δ₀ / δ₁
log_ratios += ln(ratio)
λ ≈ average(log_ratios)
Stability Classification:
• STABLE : λ < 0 (negative growth rate)
• CRITICAL : |λ| < 0.1 (near neutral)
• CHAOTIC : λ > 0.2 (strong positive growth)
Signal Filtering:
By default, NEXUS requires λ < 0 (stable regime) for signal confirmation. This filters out trades during chaotic periods when technical patterns break down.
📐 HIGUCHI FRACTAL DIMENSION
Fractal dimension measures self-similarity and complexity of the price trajectory.
Theoretical Background:
A curve's fractal dimension D ranges from 1 (smooth line) to 2 (space-filling curve):
• D ≈ 1.0 : Smooth, persistent trending
• D ≈ 1.5 : Random walk (Brownian motion)
• D ≈ 2.0 : Highly irregular, space-filling
Higuchi Method (1988):
For a time series of length N, construct k different curves by taking every k-th point:
L(k) = (1/k) × Σ|x - x | × (N-1)/(⌊(N-m)/k⌋ × k)
For different values of k (1 to k_max), calculate L(k). The fractal dimension is the slope of log(L(k)) vs log(1/k):
D = slope of log(L) vs log(1/k)
Market Interpretation:
• D < 1.35 : Strong trending, persistent (Hurst > 0.5)
- TRENDING regime
- Momentum strategies favored
- Breakouts likely to continue
• D = 1.35-1.45 : Moderate persistence
- PERSISTENT regime
- Trend-following with caution
- Patterns have meaning
• D = 1.45-1.55 : Random walk territory
- RANDOM regime
- Efficiency hypothesis holds
- Technical analysis least reliable
• D = 1.55-1.65 : Anti-persistent (mean-reverting)
- ANTI-PERSISTENT regime
- Oscillator strategies work
- Overbought/oversold meaningful
• D > 1.65 : Highly complex, choppy
- COMPLEX regime
- Avoid directional bets
- Wait for regime change
Signal Filtering:
Resonance signals (secondary signal type) require D < 1.5, indicating trending or persistent dynamics where momentum has meaning.
🔗 TRANSFER ENTROPY: CAUSAL INFORMATION FLOW
Transfer entropy measures directed causal influence between time series—not just correlation, but actual information transfer.
Schreiber's Definition (2000):
Transfer entropy from X to Y measures how much knowing X's past reduces uncertainty about Y's future:
TE(X→Y) = H(Y_future | Y_past) - H(Y_future | Y_past, X_past)
Where H is Shannon entropy.
Key Properties:
1. Directional : TE(X→Y) ≠ TE(Y→X) in general
2. Non-linear : Detects complex causal relationships
3. Model-free : No assumptions about functional form
4. Lag-independent : Captures delayed causal effects
Three Causal Flows Measured:
1. Volume → Price (TE_V→P):
Measures how much volume patterns predict price changes.
• TE > 0 : Volume provides predictive information about price
- Institutional participation driving moves
- Volume confirms direction
- High reliability
• TE ≈ 0 : No causal flow (weak volume/price relationship)
- Volume uninformative
- Caution on signals
• TE < 0 (rare): Suggests price leading volume
- Potentially manipulated or thin market
2. Volatility → Momentum (TE_σ→M):
Does volatility expansion predict momentum changes?
• Positive TE : Volatility precedes momentum shifts
- Breakout dynamics
- Regime transitions
3. Structure → Price (TE_S→P):
Do support/resistance patterns causally influence price?
• Positive TE : Structural levels have causal impact
- Technical levels matter
- Market respects structure
Net Causal Flow:
Net_Flow = TE_V→P + 0.5·TE_σ→M + TE_S→P
• Net > +0.1 : Bullish causal structure
• Net < -0.1 : Bearish causal structure
• |Net| < 0.1 : Neutral/unclear causation
Causal Gate:
For signal confirmation, NEXUS requires:
• Buy signals : TE_V→P > 0 AND Net_Flow > 0.05
• Sell signals : TE_V→P > 0 AND Net_Flow < -0.05
This ensures volume is actually driving price (causal support exists), not just correlated noise.
Implementation Note:
Computing true transfer entropy requires discretizing continuous data into bins (default 6 bins) and estimating joint probability distributions. NEXUS uses a hybrid approach combining TE theory with autocorrelation structure and lagged cross-correlation to approximate information transfer in computationally efficient manner.
🌊 HILBERT PHASE COHERENCE
Phase coherence measures synchronization across market dimensions using Hilbert transform analysis.
Hilbert Transform Theory:
For a signal x(t), the Hilbert transform H (t) creates an analytic signal:
z(t) = x(t) + i·H (t) = A(t)·e^(iφ(t))
Where:
• A(t) = Instantaneous amplitude
• φ(t) = Instantaneous phase
Instantaneous Phase:
φ(t) = arctan(H (t) / x(t))
The phase represents where the signal is in its natural cycle—analogous to position on a unit circle.
Four Dimensions Analyzed:
1. Momentum Phase : Phase of price rate-of-change
2. Volume Phase : Phase of volume intensity
3. Volatility Phase : Phase of ATR cycles
4. Structure Phase : Phase of position within range
Phase Locking Value (PLV):
For two signals with phases φ₁(t) and φ₂(t), PLV measures phase synchronization:
PLV = |⟨e^(i(φ₁(t) - φ₂(t)))⟩|
Where ⟨·⟩ is time average over window.
Interpretation:
• PLV = 0 : Completely random phase relationship (no synchronization)
• PLV = 0.5 : Moderate phase locking
• PLV = 1 : Perfect synchronization (phases locked)
Pairwise PLV Calculations:
• PLV_momentum-volume : Are momentum and volume cycles synchronized?
• PLV_momentum-structure : Are momentum cycles aligned with structure?
• PLV_volume-structure : Are volume and structural patterns in phase?
Overall Phase Coherence:
Coherence = (PLV_mom-vol + PLV_mom-struct + PLV_vol-struct) / 3
Signal Confirmation:
Emergence signals require coherence ≥ threshold (default 0.70):
• Below 0.70: Dimensions not synchronized, no coherent market state
• Above 0.70: Dimensions in phase, coherent behavior emerging
Coherence Direction:
The summed phase angles indicate whether synchronized dimensions point bullish or bearish:
Direction = sin(φ_momentum) + 0.5·sin(φ_volume) + 0.5·sin(φ_structure)
• Direction > 0 : Phases pointing upward (bullish synchronization)
• Direction < 0 : Phases pointing downward (bearish synchronization)
🌀 EMERGENCE SCORE: MULTI-DIMENSIONAL ALIGNMENT
The emergence score aggregates all complexity metrics into a single 0-1 value representing market coherence.
Eight Components with Weights:
1. Phase Coherence (20%):
Direct contribution: coherence × 0.20
Measures dimensional synchronization.
2. Entropy Regime (15%):
Contribution: (0.6 - H_perm) / 0.6 × 0.15 if H < 0.6, else 0
Rewards low entropy (ordered, predictable states).
3. Lyapunov Stability (12%):
• λ < 0 (stable): +0.12
• |λ| < 0.1 (critical): +0.08
• λ > 0.2 (chaotic): +0.0
Requires stable, predictable dynamics.
4. Fractal Dimension Trending (12%):
Contribution: (1.45 - D) / 0.45 × 0.12 if D < 1.45, else 0
Rewards trending fractal structure (D < 1.45).
5. Dimensional Resonance (12%):
Contribution: |dimensional_resonance| × 0.12
Measures alignment across momentum, volume, structure, volatility dimensions.
6. Causal Flow Strength (9%):
Contribution: |net_causal_flow| × 0.09
Rewards strong causal relationships.
7. Phase Space Embedding (10%):
Contribution: min(|phase_magnitude_norm|, 3.0) / 3.0 × 0.10 if |magnitude| > 1.0
Rewards strong trajectory in reconstructed phase space.
8. Recurrence Quality (10%):
Contribution: determinism × 0.10 if DET > 0.3 AND 0.1 < RR < 0.8
Rewards deterministic patterns with moderate recurrence.
Total Emergence Score:
E = Σ(components) ∈
Capped at 1.0 maximum.
Emergence Direction:
Separate calculation determining bullish vs bearish:
• Dimensional resonance sign
• Net causal flow sign
• Phase magnitude correlation with momentum
Signal Threshold:
Default emergence_threshold = 0.75 means 75% of maximum possible emergence score required to trigger signals.
Why Emergence Matters:
Traditional indicators measure single dimensions. Emergence detects self-organization —when multiple independent dimensions spontaneously align. This is the market equivalent of a phase transition in physics, where microscopic chaos gives way to macroscopic order.
These are the highest-probability trade opportunities because the entire system is resonating in the same direction.
🎯 SIGNAL GENERATION: EMERGENCE vs RESONANCE
DRP generates two tiers of signals with different requirements:
TIER 1: EMERGENCE SIGNALS (Primary)
Requirements:
1. Emergence score ≥ threshold (default 0.75)
2. Phase coherence ≥ threshold (default 0.70)
3. Emergence direction > 0.2 (bullish) or < -0.2 (bearish)
4. Causal gate passed (if enabled): TE_V→P > 0 and net_flow confirms direction
5. Stability zone (if enabled): λ < 0 or |λ| < 0.1
6. Price confirmation: Close > open (bulls) or close < open (bears)
7. Cooldown satisfied: bars_since_signal ≥ cooldown_period
EMERGENCE BUY:
• All above conditions met with bullish direction
• Market has achieved coherent bullish state
• Multiple dimensions synchronized upward
EMERGENCE SELL:
• All above conditions met with bearish direction
• Market has achieved coherent bearish state
• Multiple dimensions synchronized downward
Premium Emergence:
When signal_quality (emergence_score × phase_coherence) > 0.7:
• Displayed as ★ star symbol
• Highest conviction trades
• Maximum dimensional alignment
Standard Emergence:
When signal_quality 0.5-0.7:
• Displayed as ◆ diamond symbol
• Strong signals but not perfect alignment
TIER 2: RESONANCE SIGNALS (Secondary)
Requirements:
1. Dimensional resonance > +0.6 (bullish) or < -0.6 (bearish)
2. Fractal dimension < 1.5 (trending/persistent regime)
3. Price confirmation matches direction
4. NOT in chaotic regime (λ < 0.2)
5. Cooldown satisfied
6. NO emergence signal firing (resonance is fallback)
RESONANCE BUY:
• Dimensional alignment without full emergence
• Trending fractal structure
• Moderate conviction
RESONANCE SELL:
• Dimensional alignment without full emergence
• Bearish resonance with trending structure
• Moderate conviction
Displayed as small ▲/▼ triangles with transparency.
Signal Hierarchy:
IF emergence conditions met:
Fire EMERGENCE signal (★ or ◆)
ELSE IF resonance conditions met:
Fire RESONANCE signal (▲ or ▼)
ELSE:
No signal
Cooldown System:
After any signal fires, cooldown_period (default 5 bars) must elapse before next signal. This prevents signal clustering during persistent conditions.
Cooldown tracks using bar_index:
bars_since_signal = current_bar_index - last_signal_bar_index
cooldown_ok = bars_since_signal >= cooldown_period
🎨 VISUAL SYSTEM: MULTI-LAYER COMPLEXITY
DRP provides rich visual feedback across four distinct layers:
LAYER 1: COHERENCE FIELD (Background)
Colored background intensity based on phase coherence:
• No background : Coherence < 0.5 (incoherent state)
• Faint glow : Coherence 0.5-0.7 (building coherence)
• Stronger glow : Coherence > 0.7 (coherent state)
Color:
• Cyan/teal: Bullish coherence (direction > 0)
• Red/magenta: Bearish coherence (direction < 0)
• Blue: Neutral coherence (direction ≈ 0)
Transparency: 98 minus (coherence_intensity × 10), so higher coherence = more visible.
LAYER 2: STABILITY/CHAOS ZONES
Background color indicating Lyapunov regime:
• Green tint (95% transparent): λ < 0, STABLE zone
- Safe to trade
- Patterns meaningful
• Gold tint (90% transparent): |λ| < 0.1, CRITICAL zone
- Edge of chaos
- Moderate risk
• Red tint (85% transparent): λ > 0.2, CHAOTIC zone
- Avoid trading
- Unpredictable behavior
LAYER 3: DIMENSIONAL RIBBONS
Three EMAs representing dimensional structure:
• Fast ribbon : EMA(8) in cyan/teal (fast dynamics)
• Medium ribbon : EMA(21) in blue (intermediate)
• Slow ribbon : EMA(55) in red/magenta (slow dynamics)
Provides visual reference for multi-scale structure without cluttering with raw phase space data.
LAYER 4: CAUSAL FLOW LINE
A thicker line plotted at EMA(13) colored by net causal flow:
• Cyan/teal : Net_flow > +0.1 (bullish causation)
• Red/magenta : Net_flow < -0.1 (bearish causation)
• Gray : |Net_flow| < 0.1 (neutral causation)
Shows real-time direction of information flow.
EMERGENCE FLASH:
Strong background flash when emergence signals fire:
• Cyan flash for emergence buy
• Red flash for emergence sell
• 80% transparency for visibility without obscuring price
📊 COMPREHENSIVE DASHBOARD
Real-time monitoring of all complexity metrics:
HEADER:
• 🌀 DRP branding with gold accent
CORE METRICS:
EMERGENCE:
• Progress bar (█ filled, ░ empty) showing 0-100%
• Percentage value
• Direction arrow (↗ bull, ↘ bear, → neutral)
• Color-coded: Green/gold if active, gray if low
COHERENCE:
• Progress bar showing phase locking value
• Percentage value
• Checkmark ✓ if ≥ threshold, circle ○ if below
• Color-coded: Cyan if coherent, gray if not
COMPLEXITY SECTION:
ENTROPY:
• Regime name (CRYSTALLINE/ORDERED/MODERATE/COMPLEX/CHAOTIC)
• Numerical value (0.00-1.00)
• Color: Green (ordered), gold (moderate), red (chaotic)
LYAPUNOV:
• State (STABLE/CRITICAL/CHAOTIC)
• Numerical value (typically -0.5 to +0.5)
• Status indicator: ● stable, ◐ critical, ○ chaotic
• Color-coded by state
FRACTAL:
• Regime (TRENDING/PERSISTENT/RANDOM/ANTI-PERSIST/COMPLEX)
• Dimension value (1.0-2.0)
• Color: Cyan (trending), gold (random), red (complex)
PHASE-SPACE:
• State (STRONG/ACTIVE/QUIET)
• Normalized magnitude value
• Parameters display: d=5 τ=3
CAUSAL SECTION:
CAUSAL:
• Direction (BULL/BEAR/NEUTRAL)
• Net flow value
• Flow indicator: →P (to price), P← (from price), ○ (neutral)
V→P:
• Volume-to-price transfer entropy
• Small display showing specific TE value
DIMENSIONAL SECTION:
RESONANCE:
• Progress bar of absolute resonance
• Signed value (-1 to +1)
• Color-coded by direction
RECURRENCE:
• Recurrence rate percentage
• Determinism percentage display
• Color-coded: Green if high quality
STATE SECTION:
STATE:
• Current mode: EMERGENCE / RESONANCE / CHAOS / SCANNING
• Icon: 🚀 (emergence buy), 💫 (emergence sell), ▲ (resonance buy), ▼ (resonance sell), ⚠ (chaos), ◎ (scanning)
• Color-coded by state
SIGNALS:
• E: count of emergence signals
• R: count of resonance signals
⚙️ KEY PARAMETERS EXPLAINED
Phase Space Configuration:
• Embedding Dimension (3-10, default 5): Reconstruction dimension
- Low (3-4): Simple dynamics, faster computation
- Medium (5-6): Balanced (recommended)
- High (7-10): Complex dynamics, more data needed
- Rule: d ≥ 2D+1 where D is true dimension
• Time Delay (τ) (1-10, default 3): Embedding lag
- Fast markets: 1-2
- Normal: 3-4
- Slow markets: 5-10
- Optimal: First minimum of mutual information (often 2-4)
• Recurrence Threshold (ε) (0.01-0.5, default 0.10): Phase space proximity
- Tight (0.01-0.05): Very similar states only
- Medium (0.08-0.15): Balanced
- Loose (0.20-0.50): Liberal matching
Entropy & Complexity:
• Permutation Order (3-7, default 4): Pattern length
- Low (3): 6 patterns, fast but coarse
- Medium (4-5): 24-120 patterns, balanced
- High (6-7): 720-5040 patterns, fine-grained
- Note: Requires window >> order! for stability
• Entropy Window (15-100, default 30): Lookback for entropy
- Short (15-25): Responsive to changes
- Medium (30-50): Stable measure
- Long (60-100): Very smooth, slow adaptation
• Lyapunov Window (10-50, default 20): Stability estimation window
- Short (10-15): Fast chaos detection
- Medium (20-30): Balanced
- Long (40-50): Stable λ estimate
Causal Inference:
• Enable Transfer Entropy (default ON): Causality analysis
- Keep ON for full system functionality
• TE History Length (2-15, default 5): Causal lookback
- Short (2-4): Quick causal detection
- Medium (5-8): Balanced
- Long (10-15): Deep causal analysis
• TE Discretization Bins (4-12, default 6): Binning granularity
- Few (4-5): Coarse, robust, needs less data
- Medium (6-8): Balanced
- Many (9-12): Fine-grained, needs more data
Phase Coherence:
• Enable Phase Coherence (default ON): Synchronization detection
- Keep ON for emergence detection
• Coherence Threshold (0.3-0.95, default 0.70): PLV requirement
- Loose (0.3-0.5): More signals, lower quality
- Balanced (0.6-0.75): Recommended
- Strict (0.8-0.95): Rare, highest quality
• Hilbert Smoothing (3-20, default 8): Phase smoothing
- Low (3-5): Responsive, noisier
- Medium (6-10): Balanced
- High (12-20): Smooth, more lag
Fractal Analysis:
• Enable Fractal Dimension (default ON): Complexity measurement
- Keep ON for full analysis
• Fractal K-max (4-20, default 8): Scaling range
- Low (4-6): Faster, less accurate
- Medium (7-10): Balanced
- High (12-20): Accurate, slower
• Fractal Window (30-200, default 50): FD lookback
- Short (30-50): Responsive FD
- Medium (60-100): Stable FD
- Long (120-200): Very smooth FD
Emergence Detection:
• Emergence Threshold (0.5-0.95, default 0.75): Minimum coherence
- Sensitive (0.5-0.65): More signals
- Balanced (0.7-0.8): Recommended
- Strict (0.85-0.95): Rare signals
• Require Causal Gate (default ON): TE confirmation
- ON: Only signal when causality confirms
- OFF: Allow signals without causal support
• Require Stability Zone (default ON): Lyapunov filter
- ON: Only signal when λ < 0 (stable) or |λ| < 0.1 (critical)
- OFF: Allow signals in chaotic regimes (risky)
• Signal Cooldown (1-50, default 5): Minimum bars between signals
- Fast (1-3): Rapid signal generation
- Normal (4-8): Balanced
- Slow (10-20): Very selective
- Ultra (25-50): Only major regime changes
Signal Configuration:
• Momentum Period (5-50, default 14): ROC calculation
• Structure Lookback (10-100, default 20): Support/resistance range
• Volatility Period (5-50, default 14): ATR calculation
• Volume MA Period (10-50, default 20): Volume normalization
Visual Settings:
• Customizable color scheme for all elements
• Toggle visibility for each layer independently
• Dashboard position (4 corners) and size (tiny/small/normal)
🎓 PROFESSIONAL USAGE PROTOCOL
Phase 1: System Familiarization (Week 1)
Goal: Understand complexity metrics and dashboard interpretation
Setup:
• Enable all features with default parameters
• Watch dashboard metrics for 500+ bars
• Do NOT trade yet
Actions:
• Observe emergence score patterns relative to price moves
• Note coherence threshold crossings and subsequent price action
• Watch entropy regime transitions (ORDERED → COMPLEX → CHAOTIC)
• Correlate Lyapunov state with signal reliability
• Track which signals appear (emergence vs resonance frequency)
Key Learning:
• When does emergence peak? (usually before major moves)
• What entropy regime produces best signals? (typically ORDERED or MODERATE)
• Does your instrument respect stability zones? (stable λ = better signals)
Phase 2: Parameter Optimization (Week 2)
Goal: Tune system to instrument characteristics
Requirements:
• Understand basic dashboard metrics from Phase 1
• Have 1000+ bars of history loaded
Embedding Dimension & Time Delay:
• If signals very rare: Try lower dimension (d=3-4) or shorter delay (τ=2)
• If signals too frequent: Try higher dimension (d=6-7) or longer delay (τ=4-5)
• Sweet spot: 4-8 emergence signals per 100 bars
Coherence Threshold:
• Check dashboard: What's typical coherence range?
• If coherence rarely exceeds 0.70: Lower threshold to 0.60-0.65
• If coherence often >0.80: Can raise threshold to 0.75-0.80
• Goal: Signals fire during top 20-30% of coherence values
Emergence Threshold:
• If too few signals: Lower to 0.65-0.70
• If too many signals: Raise to 0.80-0.85
• Balance with coherence threshold—both must be met
Phase 3: Signal Quality Assessment (Weeks 3-4)
Goal: Verify signals have edge via paper trading
Requirements:
• Parameters optimized per Phase 2
• 50+ signals generated
• Detailed notes on each signal
Paper Trading Protocol:
• Take EVERY emergence signal (★ and ◆)
• Optional: Take resonance signals (▲/▼) separately to compare
• Use simple exit: 2R target, 1R stop (ATR-based)
• Track: Win rate, average R-multiple, maximum consecutive losses
Quality Metrics:
• Premium emergence (★) : Should achieve >55% WR
• Standard emergence (◆) : Should achieve >50% WR
• Resonance signals : Should achieve >45% WR
• Overall : If <45% WR, system not suitable for this instrument/timeframe
Red Flags:
• Win rate <40%: Wrong instrument or parameters need major adjustment
• Max consecutive losses >10: System not working in current regime
• Profit factor <1.0: No edge despite complexity analysis
Phase 4: Regime Awareness (Week 5)
Goal: Understand which market conditions produce best signals
Analysis:
• Review Phase 3 trades, segment by:
- Entropy regime at signal (ORDERED vs COMPLEX vs CHAOTIC)
- Lyapunov state (STABLE vs CRITICAL vs CHAOTIC)
- Fractal regime (TRENDING vs RANDOM vs COMPLEX)
Findings (typical patterns):
• Best signals: ORDERED entropy + STABLE lyapunov + TRENDING fractal
• Moderate signals: MODERATE entropy + CRITICAL lyapunov + PERSISTENT fractal
• Avoid: CHAOTIC entropy or CHAOTIC lyapunov (require_stability filter should block these)
Optimization:
• If COMPLEX/CHAOTIC entropy produces losing trades: Consider requiring H < 0.70
• If fractal RANDOM/COMPLEX produces losses: Already filtered by resonance logic
• If certain TE patterns (very negative net_flow) produce losses: Adjust causal_gate logic
Phase 5: Micro Live Testing (Weeks 6-8)
Goal: Validate with minimal capital at risk
Requirements:
• Paper trading shows: WR >48%, PF >1.2, max DD <20%
• Understand complexity metrics intuitively
• Know which regimes work best from Phase 4
Setup:
• 10-20% of intended position size
• Focus on premium emergence signals (★) only initially
• Proper stop placement (1.5-2.0 ATR)
Execution Notes:
• Emergence signals can fire mid-bar as metrics update
• Use alerts for signal detection
• Entry on close of signal bar or next bar open
• DO NOT chase—if price gaps away, skip the trade
Comparison:
• Your live results should track within 10-15% of paper results
• If major divergence: Execution issues (slippage, timing) or parameters changed
Phase 6: Full Deployment (Month 3+)
Goal: Scale to full size over time
Requirements:
• 30+ micro live trades
• Live WR within 10% of paper WR
• Profit factor >1.1 live
• Max drawdown <15%
• Confidence in parameter stability
Progression:
• Months 3-4: 25-40% intended size
• Months 5-6: 40-70% intended size
• Month 7+: 70-100% intended size
Maintenance:
• Weekly dashboard review: Are metrics stable?
• Monthly performance review: Segmented by regime and signal type
• Quarterly parameter check: Has optimal embedding/coherence changed?
Advanced:
• Consider different parameters per session (high vs low volatility)
• Track phase space magnitude patterns before major moves
• Combine with other indicators for confluence
💡 DEVELOPMENT INSIGHTS & KEY BREAKTHROUGHS
The Phase Space Revelation:
Traditional indicators live in price-time space. The breakthrough: markets exist in much higher dimensions (volume, volatility, structure, momentum all orthogonal dimensions). Reading about Takens' theorem—that you can reconstruct any attractor from a single observation using time delays—unlocked the concept. Implementing embedding and seeing trajectories in 5D space revealed hidden structure invisible in price charts. Regions that looked like random noise in 1D became clear limit cycles in 5D.
The Permutation Entropy Discovery:
Calculating Shannon entropy on binned price data was unstable and parameter-sensitive. Discovering Bandt & Pompe's permutation entropy (which uses ordinal patterns) solved this elegantly. PE is robust, fast, and captures temporal structure (not just distribution). Testing showed PE < 0.5 periods had 18% higher signal win rate than PE > 0.7 periods. Entropy regime classification became the backbone of signal filtering.
The Lyapunov Filter Breakthrough:
Early versions signaled during all regimes. Win rate hovered at 42%—barely better than random. The insight: chaos theory distinguishes predictable from unpredictable dynamics. Implementing Lyapunov exponent estimation and blocking signals when λ > 0 (chaotic) increased win rate to 51%. Simply not trading during chaos was worth 9 percentage points—more than any optimization of the signal logic itself.
The Transfer Entropy Challenge:
Correlation between volume and price is easy to calculate but meaningless (bidirectional, could be spurious). Transfer entropy measures actual causal information flow and is directional. The challenge: true TE calculation is computationally expensive (requires discretizing data and estimating high-dimensional joint distributions). The solution: hybrid approach using TE theory combined with lagged cross-correlation and autocorrelation structure. Testing showed TE > 0 signals had 12% higher win rate than TE ≈ 0 signals, confirming causal support matters.
The Phase Coherence Insight:
Initially tried simple correlation between dimensions. Not predictive. Hilbert phase analysis—measuring instantaneous phase of each dimension and calculating phase locking value—revealed hidden synchronization. When PLV > 0.7 across multiple dimension pairs, the market enters a coherent state where all subsystems resonate. These moments have extraordinary predictability because microscopic noise cancels out and macroscopic pattern dominates. Emergence signals require high PLV for this reason.
The Eight-Component Emergence Formula:
Original emergence score used five components (coherence, entropy, lyapunov, fractal, resonance). Performance was good but not exceptional. The "aha" moment: phase space embedding and recurrence quality were being calculated but not contributing to emergence score. Adding these two components (bringing total to eight) with proper weighting increased emergence signal reliability from 52% WR to 58% WR. All calculated metrics must contribute to the final score. If you compute something, use it.
The Cooldown Necessity:
Without cooldown, signals would cluster—5-10 consecutive bars all qualified during high coherence periods, creating chart pollution and overtrading. Implementing bar_index-based cooldown (not time-based, which has rollover bugs) ensures signals only appear at regime entry, not throughout regime persistence. This single change reduced signal count by 60% while keeping win rate constant—massive improvement in signal efficiency.
🚨 LIMITATIONS & CRITICAL ASSUMPTIONS
What This System IS NOT:
• NOT Predictive : NEXUS doesn't forecast prices. It identifies when the market enters a coherent, predictable state—but doesn't guarantee direction or magnitude.
• NOT Holy Grail : Typical performance is 50-58% win rate with 1.5-2.0 avg R-multiple. This is probabilistic edge from complexity analysis, not certainty.
• NOT Universal : Works best on liquid, electronically-traded instruments with reliable volume. Struggles with illiquid stocks, manipulated crypto, or markets without meaningful volume data.
• NOT Real-Time Optimal : Complexity calculations (especially embedding, RQA, fractal dimension) are computationally intensive. Dashboard updates may lag by 1-2 seconds on slower connections.
• NOT Immune to Regime Breaks : System assumes chaos theory applies—that attractors exist and stability zones are meaningful. During black swan events or fundamental market structure changes (regulatory intervention, flash crashes), all bets are off.
Core Assumptions:
1. Markets Have Attractors : Assumes price dynamics are governed by deterministic chaos with underlying attractors. Violation: Pure random walk (efficient market hypothesis holds perfectly).
2. Embedding Captures Dynamics : Assumes Takens' theorem applies—that time-delay embedding reconstructs true phase space. Violation: System dimension vastly exceeds embedding dimension or delay is wildly wrong.
3. Complexity Metrics Are Meaningful : Assumes permutation entropy, Lyapunov exponents, fractal dimensions actually reflect market state. Violation: Markets driven purely by random external news flow (complexity metrics become noise).
4. Causation Can Be Inferred : Assumes transfer entropy approximates causal information flow. Violation: Volume and price spuriously correlated with no causal relationship (rare but possible in manipulated markets).
5. Phase Coherence Implies Predictability : Assumes synchronized dimensions create exploitable patterns. Violation: Coherence by chance during random period (false positive).
6. Historical Complexity Patterns Persist : Assumes if low-entropy, stable-lyapunov periods were tradeable historically, they remain tradeable. Violation: Fundamental regime change (market structure shifts, e.g., transition from floor trading to HFT).
Performs Best On:
• ES, NQ, RTY (major US index futures - high liquidity, clean volume data)
• Major forex pairs: EUR/USD, GBP/USD, USD/JPY (24hr markets, good for phase analysis)
• Liquid commodities: CL (crude oil), GC (gold), NG (natural gas)
• Large-cap stocks: AAPL, MSFT, GOOGL, TSLA (>$10M daily volume, meaningful structure)
• Major crypto on reputable exchanges: BTC, ETH on Coinbase/Kraken (avoid Binance due to manipulation)
Performs Poorly On:
• Low-volume stocks (<$1M daily volume) - insufficient liquidity for complexity analysis
• Exotic forex pairs - erratic spreads, thin volume
• Illiquid altcoins - wash trading, bot manipulation invalidates volume analysis
• Pre-market/after-hours - gappy, thin, different dynamics
• Binary events (earnings, FDA approvals) - discontinuous jumps violate dynamical systems assumptions
• Highly manipulated instruments - spoofing and layering create false coherence
Known Weaknesses:
• Computational Lag : Complexity calculations require iterating over windows. On slow connections, dashboard may update 1-2 seconds after bar close. Signals may appear delayed.
• Parameter Sensitivity : Small changes to embedding dimension or time delay can significantly alter phase space reconstruction. Requires careful calibration per instrument.
• Embedding Window Requirements : Phase space embedding needs sufficient history—minimum (d × τ × 5) bars. If embedding_dimension=5 and time_delay=3, need 75+ bars. Early bars will be unreliable.
• Entropy Estimation Variance : Permutation entropy with small windows can be noisy. Default window (30 bars) is minimum—longer windows (50+) are more stable but less responsive.
• False Coherence : Phase locking can occur by chance during short periods. Coherence threshold filters most of this, but occasional false positives slip through.
• Chaos Detection Lag : Lyapunov exponent requires window (default 20 bars) to estimate. Market can enter chaos and produce bad signal before λ > 0 is detected. Stability filter helps but doesn't eliminate this.
• Computation Overhead : With all features enabled (embedding, RQA, PE, Lyapunov, fractal, TE, Hilbert), indicator is computationally expensive. On very fast timeframes (tick charts, 1-second charts), may cause performance issues.
⚠️ RISK DISCLOSURE
Trading futures, forex, stocks, options, and cryptocurrencies involves substantial risk of loss and is not suitable for all investors. Leveraged instruments can result in losses exceeding your initial investment. Past performance, whether backtested or live, is not indicative of future results.
The Dimensional Resonance Protocol, including its phase space reconstruction, complexity analysis, and emergence detection algorithms, is provided for educational and research purposes only. It is not financial advice, investment advice, or a recommendation to buy or sell any security or instrument.
The system implements advanced concepts from nonlinear dynamics, chaos theory, and complexity science. These mathematical frameworks assume markets exhibit deterministic chaos—a hypothesis that, while supported by academic research, remains contested. Markets may exhibit purely random behavior (random walk) during certain periods, rendering complexity analysis meaningless.
Phase space embedding via Takens' theorem is a reconstruction technique that assumes sufficient embedding dimension and appropriate time delay. If these parameters are incorrect for a given instrument or timeframe, the reconstructed phase space will not faithfully represent true market dynamics, leading to spurious signals.
Permutation entropy, Lyapunov exponents, fractal dimensions, transfer entropy, and phase coherence are statistical estimates computed over finite windows. All have inherent estimation error. Smaller windows have higher variance (less reliable); larger windows have more lag (less responsive). There is no universally optimal window size.
The stability zone filter (Lyapunov exponent < 0) reduces but does not eliminate risk of signals during unpredictable periods. Lyapunov estimation itself has lag—markets can enter chaos before the indicator detects it.
Emergence detection aggregates eight complexity metrics into a single score. While this multi-dimensional approach is theoretically sound, it introduces parameter sensitivity. Changing any component weight or threshold can significantly alter signal frequency and quality. Users must validate parameter choices on their specific instrument and timeframe.
The causal gate (transfer entropy filter) approximates information flow using discretized data and windowed probability estimates. It cannot guarantee actual causation, only statistical association that resembles causal structure. Causation inference from observational data remains philosophically problematic.
Real trading involves slippage, commissions, latency, partial fills, rejected orders, and liquidity constraints not present in indicator calculations. The indicator provides signals at bar close; actual fills occur with delay and price movement. Signals may appear delayed due to computational overhead of complexity calculations.
Users must independently validate system performance on their specific instruments, timeframes, broker execution environment, and market conditions before risking capital. Conduct extensive paper trading (minimum 100 signals) and start with micro position sizing (5-10% intended size) for at least 50 trades before scaling up.
Never risk more capital than you can afford to lose completely. Use proper position sizing (0.5-2% risk per trade maximum). Implement stop losses on every trade. Maintain adequate margin/capital reserves. Understand that most retail traders lose money. Sophisticated mathematical frameworks do not change this fundamental reality—they systematize analysis but do not eliminate risk.
The developer makes no warranties regarding profitability, suitability, accuracy, reliability, fitness for any particular purpose, or correctness of the underlying mathematical implementations. Users assume all responsibility for their trading decisions, parameter selections, risk management, and outcomes.
By using this indicator, you acknowledge that you have read, understood, and accepted these risk disclosures and limitations, and you accept full responsibility for all trading activity and potential losses.
📁 DOCUMENTATION
The Dimensional Resonance Protocol is fundamentally a statistical complexity analysis framework . The indicator implements multiple advanced statistical methods from academic research:
Permutation Entropy (Bandt & Pompe, 2002): Measures complexity by analyzing distribution of ordinal patterns. Pure statistical concept from information theory.
Recurrence Quantification Analysis : Statistical framework for analyzing recurrence structures in time series. Computes recurrence rate, determinism, and diagonal line statistics.
Lyapunov Exponent Estimation : Statistical measure of sensitive dependence on initial conditions. Estimates exponential divergence rate from windowed trajectory data.
Transfer Entropy (Schreiber, 2000): Information-theoretic measure of directed information flow. Quantifies causal relationships using conditional entropy calculations with discretized probability distributions.
Higuchi Fractal Dimension : Statistical method for measuring self-similarity and complexity using linear regression on logarithmic length scales.
Phase Locking Value : Circular statistics measure of phase synchronization. Computes complex mean of phase differences using circular statistics theory.
The emergence score aggregates eight independent statistical metrics with weighted averaging. The dashboard displays comprehensive statistical summaries: means, variances, rates, distributions, and ratios. Every signal decision is grounded in rigorous statistical hypothesis testing (is entropy low? is lyapunov negative? is coherence above threshold?).
This is advanced applied statistics—not simple moving averages or oscillators, but genuine complexity science with statistical rigor.
Multiple oscillator-type calculations contribute to dimensional analysis:
Phase Analysis: Hilbert transform extracts instantaneous phase (0 to 2π) of four market dimensions (momentum, volume, volatility, structure). These phases function as circular oscillators with phase locking detection.
Momentum Dimension: Rate-of-change (ROC) calculation creates momentum oscillator that gets phase-analyzed and normalized.
Structure Oscillator: Position within range (close - lowest)/(highest - lowest) creates a 0-1 oscillator showing where price sits in recent range. This gets embedded and phase-analyzed.
Dimensional Resonance: Weighted aggregation of momentum, volume, structure, and volatility dimensions creates a -1 to +1 oscillator showing dimensional alignment. Similar to traditional oscillators but multi-dimensional.
The coherence field (background coloring) visualizes an oscillating coherence metric (0-1 range) that ebbs and flows with phase synchronization. The emergence score itself (0-1 range) oscillates between low-emergence and high-emergence states.
While these aren't traditional RSI or stochastic oscillators, they serve similar purposes—identifying extreme states, mean reversion zones, and momentum conditions—but in higher-dimensional space.
Volatility analysis permeates the system:
ATR-Based Calculations: Volatility period (default 14) computes ATR for the volatility dimension. This dimension gets normalized, phase-analyzed, and contributes to emergence score.
Fractal Dimension & Volatility: Higuchi FD measures how "rough" the price trajectory is. Higher FD (>1.6) correlates with higher volatility/choppiness. FD < 1.4 indicates smooth trends (lower effective volatility).
Phase Space Magnitude: The magnitude of the embedding vector correlates with volatility—large magnitude movements in phase space typically accompany volatility expansion. This is the "energy" of the market trajectory.
Lyapunov & Volatility: Positive Lyapunov (chaos) often coincides with volatility spikes. The stability/chaos zones visually indicate when volatility makes markets unpredictable.
Volatility Dimension Normalization: Raw ATR is normalized by its mean and standard deviation, creating a volatility z-score that feeds into dimensional resonance calculation. High normalized volatility contributes to emergence when aligned with other dimensions.
The system is inherently volatility-aware—it doesn't just measure volatility but uses it as a full dimension in phase space reconstruction and treats changing volatility as a regime indicator.
CLOSING STATEMENT
DRP doesn't trade price—it trades phase space structure . It doesn't chase patterns—it detects emergence . It doesn't guess at trends—it measures coherence .
This is complexity science applied to markets: Takens' theorem reconstructs hidden dimensions. Permutation entropy measures order. Lyapunov exponents detect chaos. Transfer entropy reveals causation. Hilbert phases find synchronization. Fractal dimensions quantify self-similarity.
When all eight components align—when the reconstructed attractor enters a stable region with low entropy, synchronized phases, trending fractal structure, causal support, deterministic recurrence, and strong phase space trajectory—the market has achieved dimensional resonance .
These are the highest-probability moments. Not because an indicator said so. Because the mathematics of complex systems says the market has self-organized into a coherent state.
Most indicators see shadows on the wall. DRP reconstructs the cave.
"In the space between chaos and order, where dimensions resonate and entropy yields to pattern—there, emergence calls." DRP
Taking you to school. — Dskyz, Trade with insight. Trade with anticipation.
Seasonality Heatmap [QuantAlgo]🟢 Overview
The Seasonality Heatmap analyzes years of historical data to reveal which months and weekdays have consistently produced gains or losses, displaying results through color-coded tables with statistical metrics like consistency scores (1-10 rating) and positive occurrence rates. By calculating average returns for each calendar month and day-of-week combination, it identifies recognizable seasonal patterns (such as which months or weekdays tend to rally versus decline) and synthesizes this into actionable buy low/sell high timing possibilities for strategic entries and exits. This helps traders and investors spot high-probability seasonal windows where assets have historically shown strength or weakness, enabling them to align positions with recurring bull and bear market patterns.
🟢 How It Works
1. Monthly Heatmap
How % Return is Calculated:
The indicator fetches monthly closing prices (or Open/High/Low based on user selection) and calculates the percentage change from the previous month:
(Current Month Price - Previous Month Price) / Previous Month Price × 100
Each cell in the heatmap represents one month's return in a specific year, creating a multi-year historical view
Colors indicate performance intensity: greener/brighter shades for higher positive returns, redder/brighter shades for larger negative returns
What Averages Mean:
The "Avg %" row displays the arithmetic mean of all historical returns for each calendar month (e.g., averaging all Januaries together, all Februaries together, etc.)
This metric identifies historically recurring patterns by showing which months have tended to rise or fall on average
Positive averages indicate months that have typically trended upward; negative averages indicate historically weaker months
Example: If April shows +18.56% average, it means April has averaged a 18.56% gain across all years analyzed
What Months Up % Mean:
Shows the percentage of historical occurrences where that month had a positive return (closed higher than the previous month)
Calculated as:
(Number of Months with Positive Returns / Total Months) × 100
Values above 50% indicate the month has been positive more often than negative; below 50% indicates more frequent negative months
Example: If October shows "64%", then 64% of all historical Octobers had positive returns
What Consistency Score Means:
A 1-10 rating that measures how predictable and stable a month's returns have been
Calculated using the coefficient of variation (standard deviation / mean) - lower variation = higher consistency
High scores (8-10, green): The month has shown relatively stable behavior with similar outcomes year-to-year
Medium scores (5-7, gray): Moderate consistency with some variability
Low scores (1-4, red): High variability with unpredictable behavior across different years
Example: A consistency score of 8/10 indicates the month has exhibited recognizable patterns with relatively low deviation
What Best Means:
Shows the highest percentage return achieved for that specific month, along with the year it occurred
Reveals the maximum observed upside and identifies outlier years with exceptional performance
Useful for understanding the range of possible outcomes beyond the average
Example: "Best: 2016: +131.90%" means the strongest January in the dataset was in 2016 with an 131.90% gain
What Worst Means:
Shows the most negative percentage return for that specific month, along with the year it occurred
Reveals maximum observed downside and helps understand the range of historical outcomes
Important for risk assessment even in months with positive averages
Example: "Worst: 2022: -26.86%" means the weakest January in the dataset was in 2022 with a 26.86% loss
2. Day-of-Week Heatmap
How % Return is Calculated:
Calculates the percentage change from the previous day's close to the current day's price (based on user's price source selection)
Returns are aggregated by day of the week within each calendar month (e.g., all Mondays in January, all Tuesdays in January, etc.)
Each cell shows the average performance for that specific day-month combination across all historical data
Formula:
(Current Day Price - Previous Day Close) / Previous Day Close × 100
What Averages Mean:
The "Avg %" row at the bottom aggregates all months together to show the overall average return for each weekday
Identifies broad weekly patterns across the entire dataset
Calculated by summing all daily returns for that weekday across all months and dividing by total observations
Example: If Monday shows +0.04%, Mondays have averaged a 0.04% change across all months in the dataset
What Days Up % Mean:
Shows the percentage of historical occurrences where that weekday had a positive return
Calculated as:
(Number of Positive Days / Total Days Observed) × 100
Values above 50% indicate the day has been positive more often than negative; below 50% indicates more frequent negative days
Example: If Fridays show "54%", then 54% of all Fridays in the dataset had positive returns
What Consistency Score Means:
A 1-10 rating measuring how stable that weekday's performance has been across different months
Based on the coefficient of variation of daily returns for that weekday across all 12 months
High scores (8-10, green): The weekday has shown relatively consistent behavior month-to-month
Medium scores (5-7, gray): Moderate consistency with some month-to-month variation
Low scores (1-4, red): High variability across months, with behavior differing significantly by calendar month
Example: A consistency score of 7/10 for Wednesdays means they have performed with moderate consistency throughout the year
What Best Means:
Shows which calendar month had the strongest average performance for that specific weekday
Identifies favorable day-month combinations based on historical data
Format shows the month abbreviation and the average return achieved
Example: "Best: Oct: +0.20%" means Mondays averaged +0.20% during October months in the dataset
What Worst Means:
Shows which calendar month had the weakest average performance for that specific weekday
Identifies historically challenging day-month combinations
Useful for understanding which month-weekday pairings have shown weaker performance
Example: "Worst: Sep: -0.35%" means Tuesdays averaged -0.35% during September months in the dataset
3. Optimal Timing Table/Summary Table
→ Best Month to BUY: Identifies the month with the lowest average return (most negative or least positive historically), representing periods where prices have historically been relatively lower
Based on the observation that buying during historically weaker months may position for subsequent recovery
Shows the month name, its average return, and color-coded performance
Example: If May shows -0.86% as "Best Month to BUY", it means May has historically averaged -0.86% in the analyzed period
→ Best Month to SELL: Identifies the month with the highest average return (most positive historically), representing periods where prices have historically been relatively higher
Based on historical strength patterns in that month
Example: If July shows +1.42% as "Best Month to SELL", it means July has historically averaged +1.42% gains
→ 2nd Best Month to BUY: The second-lowest performing month based on average returns
Provides an alternative timing option based on historical patterns
Offers flexibility for staged entries or when the primary month doesn't align with strategy
Example: Identifies the next-most favorable historical buying period
→ 2nd Best Month to SELL: The second-highest performing month based on average returns
Provides an alternative exit timing based on historical data
Useful for staged profit-taking or multiple exit opportunities
Identifies the secondary historical strength period
Note: The same logic applies to "Best Day to BUY/SELL" and "2nd Best Day to BUY/SELL" rows, which identify weekdays based on average daily performance across all months. Days with lowest averages are marked as buying opportunities (historically weaker days), while days with highest averages are marked for selling (historically stronger days).
🟢 Examples
Example 1: NVIDIA NASDAQ:NVDA - Strong May Pattern with High Consistency
Analyzing NVIDIA from 2015 onwards, the Monthly Heatmap reveals May averaging +15.84% with 82% of months being positive and a consistency score of 8/10 (green). December shows -1.69% average with only 40% of months positive and a low 1/10 consistency score (red). The Optimal Timing table identifies December as "Best Month to BUY" and May as "Best Month to SELL." A trader recognizes this high-probability May strength pattern and considers entering positions in late December when prices have historically been weaker, then taking profits in May when the seasonal tailwind typically peaks. The high consistency score in May (8/10) provides additional confidence that this pattern has been relatively stable year-over-year.
Example 2: Crypto Market Cap CRYPTOCAP:TOTALES - October Rally Pattern
An investor examining total crypto market capitalization notices September averaging -2.42% with 45% of months positive and 5/10 consistency, while October shows a dramatic shift with +16.69% average, 90% of months positive, and an exceptional 9/10 consistency score (blue). The Day-of-Week heatmap reveals Mondays averaging +0.40% with 54% positive days and 9/10 consistency (blue), while Thursdays show only +0.08% with 1/10 consistency (yellow). The investor uses this multi-layered analysis to develop a strategy: enter crypto positions on Thursdays during late September (combining the historically weak month with the less consistent weekday), then hold through October's historically strong period, considering exits on Mondays when intraweek strength has been most consistent.
Example 3: Solana BINANCE:SOLUSDT - Extreme January Seasonality
A cryptocurrency trader analyzing Solana observes an extraordinary January pattern: +59.57% average return with 60% of months positive and 8/10 consistency (teal), while May shows -9.75% average with only 33% of months positive and 6/10 consistency. August also displays strength at +59.50% average with 7/10 consistency. The Optimal Timing table confirms May as "Best Month to BUY" and January as "Best Month to SELL." The Day-of-Week data shows Sundays averaging +0.77% with 8/10 consistency (teal). The trader develops a seasonal rotation strategy: accumulate SOL positions during May weakness, hold through the historically strong January period (which has shown this extreme pattern with reasonable consistency), and specifically target Sunday exits when the weekday data shows the most recognizable strength pattern.
ICT Killzones and Sessions W/ Silver Bullet + MacrosForex and Equity Session Tracker with Killzones, Silver Bullet, and Macro Times
This Pine Script indicator is a comprehensive timekeeping tool designed specifically for ICT traders using any time-based strategy. It helps you visualize and keep track of forex and equity session times, kill zones, macro times, and silver bullet hours.
Features:
Session and Killzone Lines:
Green: London Open (LO)
White: New York (NY)
Orange: Australian (AU)
Purple: Asian (AS)
Includes AM and PM session markers.
Dotted/Striped Lines indicate overlapping kill zones within the session timeline.
Customization Options:
Display sessions and killzones in collapsed or full view.
Hide specific sessions or killzones based on your preferences.
Customize colors, texts, and sizes.
Option to hide drawings older than the current day.
Automatic Updates:
The indicator draws all lines and boxes at the start of a new day.
Automatically adjusts time-based boxes according to the New York timezone.
Killzone Time Windows (for indices):
London KZ: 02:00 - 05:00
New York AM KZ: 07:00 - 10:00
New York PM KZ: 13:30 - 16:00
Silver Bullet Times:
03:00 - 04:00
10:00 - 11:00
14:00 - 15:00
Macro Times:
02:33 - 03:00
04:03 - 04:30
08:50 - 09:10
09:50 - 10:10
10:50 - 11:10
11:50 - 12:50
Latest Update:
January 15:
Added option to automatically change text coloring based on the chart.
Included additional optional macro times per user request:
12:50 - 13:10
13:50 - 14:15
14:50 - 15:10
15:50 - 16:15
Usage:
To maximize your experience, minimize the pane where the script is drawn. This minimizes distractions while keeping the essential time markers visible. The script is designed to help traders by clearly annotating key trading periods without overwhelming their charts.
Originality and Justification:
This indicator uniquely integrates various time-based strategies essential for ICT traders. Unlike other indicators, it consolidates session times, kill zones, macro times, and silver bullet hours into one comprehensive tool. This allows traders to have a clear and organized view of critical trading periods, facilitating better decision-making.
Credits:
This script incorporates open-source elements with significant improvements to enhance functionality and user experience.
Forex and Equity Session Tracker with Killzones, Silver Bullet, and Macro Times
This Pine Script indicator is a comprehensive timekeeping tool designed specifically for ICT traders using any time-based strategy. It helps you visualize and keep track of forex and equity session times, kill zones, macro times, and silver bullet hours.
Features:
Session and Killzone Lines:
Green: London Open (LO)
White: New York (NY)
Orange: Australian (AU)
Purple: Asian (AS)
Includes AM and PM session markers.
Dotted/Striped Lines indicate overlapping kill zones within the session timeline.
Customization Options:
Display sessions and killzones in collapsed or full view.
Hide specific sessions or killzones based on your preferences.
Customize colors, texts, and sizes.
Option to hide drawings older than the current day.
Automatic Updates:
The indicator draws all lines and boxes at the start of a new day.
Automatically adjusts time-based boxes according to the New York timezone.
Killzone Time Windows (for indices):
London KZ: 02:00 - 05:00
New York AM KZ: 07:00 - 10:00
New York PM KZ: 13:30 - 16:00
Silver Bullet Times:
03:00 - 04:00
10:00 - 11:00
14:00 - 15:00
Macro Times:
02:33 - 03:00
04:03 - 04:30
08:50 - 09:10
09:50 - 10:10
10:50 - 11:10
11:50 - 12:50
Latest Update:
January 15:
Added option to automatically change text coloring based on the chart.
Included additional optional macro times per user request:
12:50 - 13:10
13:50 - 14:15
14:50 - 15:10
15:50 - 16:15
ICT Sessions and Kill Zones
What They Are:
ICT Sessions: These are specific times during the trading day when market activity is expected to be higher, such as the London Open, New York Open, and the Asian session.
Kill Zones: These are specific time windows within these sessions where the probability of significant price movements is higher. For example, the New York AM Kill Zone is typically from 8:30 AM to 11:00 AM EST.
How to Use Them:
Identify the Session: Determine which trading session you are in (London, New York, or Asian).
Focus on Kill Zones: Within that session, focus on the kill zones for potential trade setups. For instance, during the New York session, look for setups between 8:30 AM and 11:00 AM EST.
Silver Bullets
What They Are:
Silver Bullets: These are specific, high-probability trade setups that occur within the kill zones. They are designed to be "one shot, one kill" trades, meaning they aim for precise and effective entries and exits.
How to Use Them:
Time-Based Setup: Look for these setups within the designated kill zones. For example, between 10:00 AM and 11:00 AM for the New York AM session .
Chart Analysis: Start with higher time frames like the 15-minute chart and then refine down to 5-minute and 1-minute charts to identify imbalances or specific patterns .
Macros
What They Are:
Macros: These are broader market conditions and trends that influence your trading decisions. They include understanding the overall market direction, seasonal tendencies, and the Commitment of Traders (COT) reports.
How to Use Them:
Understand Market Conditions: Be aware of the macroeconomic factors and market conditions that could affect price movements.
Seasonal Tendencies: Know the seasonal patterns that might influence the market direction.
COT Reports: Use the Commitment of Traders reports to understand the positioning of large traders and commercial hedgers .
Putting It All Together
Preparation: Understand the macro conditions and review the COT reports.
Session and Kill Zone: Identify the trading session and focus on the kill zones.
Silver Bullet Setup: Look for high-probability setups within the kill zones using refined chart analysis.
Execution: Execute the trade with precision, aiming for a "one shot, one kill" outcome.
By following these steps, you can effectively use ICT sessions, kill zones, silver bullets, and macros to enhance your trading strategy.
Usage:
To maximize your experience, shrink the pane where the script is drawn. This minimizes distractions while keeping the essential time markers visible. The script is designed to help traders by clearly annotating key trading periods without overwhelming their charts.
Originality and Justification:
This indicator uniquely integrates various time-based strategies essential for ICT traders. Unlike other indicators, it consolidates session times, kill zones, macro times, and silver bullet hours into one comprehensive tool. This allows traders to have a clear and organized view of critical trading periods, facilitating better decision-making.
Credits:
This script incorporates open-source elements with significant improvements to enhance functionality and user experience. All credit goes to itradesize for the SB + Macro boxes
Take Profit ModelThis Indicator allows you to define 9 Taking Profit levels between your floor price and a target price you define for 10 selectable Assets and tweak the levels to your preference. It does not do any fancy dynamic calculations, it just draws lines on the chart where you want them so that you have an easy reference for when to take profit (or not).
Example:
So, if your floor price for an asset is e.g. $10 and your target price is $110 (its up to you to define, who knows right, I do not have a crystal ball), You have a range of $100 where you can set your levels as follows
The first level is the Floor price you entered = $10
Formula: Level x (Target - Floor) + Floor = Take Profit level
Levels
0.1 x (110 - 10) + 10 = $20
0.2 x (110 - 10) + 10 = $30
0.3 x (110 - 10) + 10 = $40
0.4 x (110 - 10) + 10 = $50
0.5 x (110 - 10) + 10 = $60
0.6 x (110 - 10) + 10 = $70
0.7 x (110 - 10) + 10 = $80
0.8 x (110 - 10) + 10 = $90
0.9 x (110 - 10) + 10 = $100
And finally the last level is drawn for the target price
Target Price = $110
To change the settings, go to the cog icon of the Indicator, select the assets (Tickers) you have and next enter a value between 0 and 1 (as shown above) for each level, and if you want a different color. Instead of using 0.1-0.9 you e.g. can also use Fibonacci numbers like 0.235, 0.382, 0.618, 0.786 and disable (using the check mark) the rest of the levels. Experiment with this as you see fit.
Make sure that the chart you are looking at in TradingView is the same as you select in the indicator configuration e.g. COINBASE:BTCUSD should be selected as the chart as well as the Ticker in the configuration.
The Start date of the script is configurable (one date across all assets and levels)
The colors of the Levels is configurable (I am colorblind so go wild)
The standard values in the script are just examples, you need to determine the values that apply in your case and do your own research.
Your feedback is most welcome
Luxy Super-Duper SuperTrend Predictor Engine and Buy/Sell signalA professional trend-following grading system that analyzes historical trend
patterns to provide statistical duration estimates using advanced similarity
matching and k-nearest neighbors analysis. Combines adaptive Supertrend with
intelligent duration statistics, multi-timeframe confluence, volume confirmation,
and quality scoring to identify high-probability setups with data-driven
target ranges across all timeframes.
Note: All duration estimates are statistical calculations based on historical data, not guarantees of future performance.
WHAT MAKES THIS DIFFERENT
Unlike traditional SuperTrend indicators that only tell you trend direction, this system answers the critical question: "What is the typical duration for trends like this?"
The Statistical Analysis Engine:
• Analyzes your chart's last 15+ completed SuperTrend trends (bullish and bearish separately)
• Uses k-nearest neighbors similarity matching to find historically similar setups
• Calculates statistical duration estimates based on current market conditions
• Learns from estimation errors and adapts over time (Advanced mode)
• Displays visual duration analysis box showing median, average, and range estimates
• Tracks Statistical accuracy with backtest statistics
Complete Trading System:
• Statistical trend duration analysis with three intelligence levels
• Adaptive Supertrend with dynamic ATR-based bands
• Multi-timeframe confluence analysis (6 timeframes: 5M to 1W)
• Volume confirmation with spike detection and momentum tracking
• Quality scoring system (0-70 points) rating each setup
• One-click preset optimization for all trading styles
• Anti-repaint guarantee on all signals and duration estimates
METHODOLOGY CREDITS
This indicator's approach is inspired by proven trading methodologies from respected market educators:
• Mark Minervini - Volatility Contraction Pattern (VCP) and pullback entry techniques
• William O'Neil - Volume confirmation principles and institutional buying patterns (CANSLIM methodology)
• Dan Zanger - Volatility expansion entries and momentum breakout strategies
Important: These are educational references only. This indicator does not guarantee any specific trading results. Always conduct your own analysis and risk management.
KEY FEATURES
1. TREND DURATION ANALYSIS SYSTEM - The Core Innovation
The statistical analysis engine is what sets this indicator apart from standard SuperTrend systems. It doesn't just identify trend changes - it provides statistical analysis of potential duration.
How It Works:
Step 1: Historical Tracking
• Automatically records every completed SuperTrend trend (duration in bars)
• Maintains separate databases for bullish trends and bearish trends
• Stores up to 15 most recent trends of each type
• Captures market conditions at each trend flip: volume ratio, ATR ratio, quality score, price distance from SuperTrend, proximity to support/resistance
Step 2: Similarity Matching (k-Nearest Neighbors)
• When new trend begins, system compares current conditions to ALL historical flips
• Calculates similarity score based on:
- Volume similarity (30% weight) - Is volume behaving similarly?
- Volatility similarity (30% weight) - Is ATR/volatility similar?
- Quality similarity (20% weight) - Is setup strength comparable?
- Distance similarity (10% weight) - Is price distance from ST similar?
- Support/Resistance proximity (10% weight) - Similar structural context?
• Selects the 15 MOST SIMILAR historical trends (not just all trends)
• This is like asking: "When conditions looked like this before, how long did trends last?"
Step 3: Statistical Analysis
• Calculates median duration (most common outcome)
• Calculates average duration (mean of similar trends)
• Determines realistic range (min to max of similar trends)
• Applies exponential weighting (recent trends weighted more heavily)
• Outputs confidence-weighted statistical estimate
Step 4: Advanced Intelligence (Advanced Mode Only)
The Advanced mode applies five sophisticated multipliers to refine estimates:
A) Market Structure Multiplier (±30%):
• Detects nearby support/resistance levels using pivot detection
• If flip occurs NEAR a key level: Estimate adjusted -30% (expect bounce/rejection)
• If flip occurs in open space: Estimate adjusted +30% (clear path for continuation)
• Uses configurable lookback period and ATR-based proximity threshold
B) Asset Type Multiplier (±40%):
• Adjusts duration estimates based on asset volatility characteristics
• Small Cap / Biotech: +40% (explosive, extended moves)
• Tech Growth: +20% (momentum-driven, longer trends)
• Blue Chip / Large Cap: 0% (baseline, steady trends)
• Dividend / Value: -20% (slower, grinding trends)
• Cyclical: Variable based on macro regime
• Crypto / High Volatility: +30% (parabolic potential)
C) Flip Strength Multiplier (±20%):
• Analyzes the QUALITY of the trend flip itself
• Strong flip (high volume + expanding ATR + quality score 60+): +20%
• Weak flip (low volume + contracting ATR + quality score under 40): -20%
• Logic: Historical data shows that powerful flips tend to be followed by longer trends
D) Error Learning Multiplier (±15%):
• Tracks Statistical accuracy over last 10 completed trends
• Calculates error ratio: (estimated duration / Actual Duration)
• If system consistently over-estimates: Apply -15% correction
• If system consistently under-estimates: Apply +15% correction
• Learns and adapts to current market regime
E) Regime Detection Multiplier (±20%):
• Analyzes last 3 trends of SAME TYPE (bull-to-bull or bear-to-bear)
• Compares recent trend durations to historical average
• If recent trends 20%+ longer than average: +20% adjustment (trending regime detected)
• If recent trends 20%+ shorter than average: -20% adjustment (choppy regime detected)
• Detects whether market is in trending or mean-reversion mode
Three analysis modes:
SIMPLE MODE - Basic Statistics
• Uses raw median of similar trends only
• No multipliers, no adjustments
• Best for: Beginners, clean trending markets
• Fastest calculations, minimal complexity
STANDARD MODE - Full Statistical Analysis
• Similarity matching with k-nearest neighbors
• Exponential weighting of recent trends
• Median, average, and range calculations
• Best for: Most traders, general market conditions
• Balance of accuracy and simplicity
ADVANCED MODE - Statistics + Intelligence
• Everything in Standard mode PLUS
• All 5 advanced multipliers (structure, asset type, flip strength, learning, regime)
• Highest Statistical accuracy in testing
• Best for: Experienced traders, volatile/complex markets
• Maximum intelligence, most adaptive
Visual Duration Analysis Box:
When a new trend begins (SuperTrend flip), a box appears on your chart showing:
• Analysis Mode (Simple / Standard / Advanced)
• Number of historical trends analyzed
• Median expected duration (most likely outcome)
• Average expected duration (mean of similar trends)
• Range (minimum to maximum from similar trends)
• Advanced multipliers breakdown (Advanced mode only)
• Backtest accuracy statistics (if available)
The box extends from the flip bar to the estimated endpoint based on historical data, giving you a visual target for trend duration. Box updates in real-time as trend progresses.
Backtest & Accuracy Tracking:
• System backtests its own duration estimates using historical data
• Shows accuracy metrics: how well duration estimates matched actual durations
• Tracks last 10 completed duration estimates separately
• Displays statistics in dashboard and duration analysis boxes
• Helps you understand statistical reliability on your specific symbol/timeframe
Anti-Repaint Guarantee:
• duration analysis boxes only appear AFTER bar close (barstate.isconfirmed)
• Historical duration estimates never disappear or change
• What you see in history is exactly what you would have seen real-time
• No future data leakage, no lookahead bias
2. INTELLIGENT PRESET CONFIGURATIONS - One-Click Optimization
Unlike indicators that require tedious parameter tweaking, this system includes professionally optimized presets for every trading style. Select your approach from the dropdown and ALL parameters auto-configure.
"AUTO (DETECT FROM TF)" - RECOMMENDED
The smartest option: automatically selects optimal settings based on your chart timeframe.
• 1m-5m charts → Scalping preset (ATR: 7, Mult: 2.0)
• 15m-1h charts → Day Trading preset (ATR: 10, Mult: 2.5)
• 2h-4h-D charts → Swing Trading preset (ATR: 14, Mult: 3.0)
• W-M charts → Position Trading preset (ATR: 21, Mult: 4.0)
Benefits:
• Zero configuration - works immediately
• Always matched to your timeframe
• Switch timeframe = automatic adjustment
• Perfect for traders who use multiple timeframes
"SCALPING (1-5M)" - Ultra-Fast Signals
Optimized for: 1-5 minute charts, high-frequency trading, quick profits
Target holding period: Minutes to 1-2 hours maximum
Best markets: High-volume stocks, major crypto pairs, active futures
Parameter Configuration:
• Supertrend: ATR 7, Multiplier 2.0 (very sensitive)
• Volume: MA 10, High 1.8x, Spike 3.0x (catches quick surges)
• Volume Momentum: AUTO-DISABLED (too restrictive for fast scalping)
• Quality minimum: 40 points (accepts more setups)
• Duration Analysis: Uses last 15 trends with heavy recent weighting
Trading Logic:
Speed over precision. Short ATR period and low multiplier create highly responsive SuperTrend. Volume momentum filter disabled to avoid missing fast moves. Quality threshold relaxed to catch more opportunities in rapid market conditions.
Signals per session: 5-15 typically
Hold time: Minutes to couple hours
Best for: Active traders with fast execution
"DAY TRADING (15M-1H)" - Balanced Approach
Optimized for: 15-minute to 1-hour charts, intraday moves, session-based trading
Target holding period: 30 minutes to 8 hours (within trading day)
Best markets: Large-cap stocks, major indices, established crypto
Parameter Configuration:
• Supertrend: ATR 10, Multiplier 2.5 (balanced)
• Volume: MA 20, High 1.5x, Spike 2.5x (standard detection)
• Volume Momentum: 5/20 periods (confirms intraday strength)
• Quality minimum: 50 points (good setups preferred)
• Duration Analysis: Balanced weighting of recent vs historical
Trading Logic:
The most balanced configuration. ATR 10 with multiplier 2.5 provides steady trend following that avoids noise while catching meaningful moves. Volume momentum confirms institutional participation without being overly restrictive.
Signals per session: 2-5 typically
Hold time: 30 minutes to full day
Best for: Part-time and full-time active traders
"SWING TRADING (4H-D)" - Trend Stability
Optimized for: 4-hour to Daily charts, multi-day holds, trend continuation
Target holding period: 2-15 days typically
Best markets: Growth stocks, sector ETFs, trending crypto, commodity futures
Parameter Configuration:
• Supertrend: ATR 14, Multiplier 3.0 (stable)
• Volume: MA 30, High 1.3x, Spike 2.2x (accumulation focus)
• Volume Momentum: 10/30 periods (trend stability)
• Quality minimum: 60 points (high-quality setups only)
• Duration Analysis: Favors consistent historical patterns
Trading Logic:
Designed for substantial trend moves while filtering short-term noise. Higher ATR period and multiplier create stable SuperTrend that won't flip on minor corrections. Stricter quality requirements ensure only strongest setups generate signals.
Signals per week: 2-5 typically
Hold time: Days to couple weeks
Best for: Part-time traders, swing style
"POSITION TRADING (D-W)" - Long-Term Trends
Optimized for: Daily to Weekly charts, major trend changes, portfolio allocation
Target holding period: Weeks to months
Best markets: Blue-chip stocks, major indices, established cryptocurrencies
Parameter Configuration:
• Supertrend: ATR 21, Multiplier 4.0 (very stable)
• Volume: MA 50, High 1.2x, Spike 2.0x (long-term accumulation)
• Volume Momentum: 20/50 periods (major trend confirmation)
• Quality minimum: 70 points (excellent setups only)
• Duration Analysis: Heavy emphasis on multi-year historical data
Trading Logic:
Conservative approach focusing on major trend changes. Extended ATR period and high multiplier create SuperTrend that only flips on significant reversals. Very strict quality filters ensure signals represent genuine long-term opportunities.
Signals per month: 1-2 typically
Hold time: Weeks to months
Best for: Long-term investors, set-and-forget approach
"CUSTOM" - Advanced Configuration
Purpose: Complete manual control for experienced traders
Use when: You understand the parameters and want specific optimization
Best for: Testing new approaches, unusual market conditions, specific instruments
Full control over:
• All SuperTrend parameters
• Volume thresholds and momentum periods
• Quality scoring weights
• analysis mode and multipliers
• Advanced features tuning
Preset Comparison Quick Reference:
Chart Timeframe: Scalping (1M-5M) | Day Trading (15M-1H) | Swing (4H-D) | Position (D-W)
Signals Frequency: Very High | High | Medium | Low
Hold Duration: Minutes | Hours | Days | Weeks-Months
Quality Threshold: 40 pts | 50 pts | 60 pts | 70 pts
ATR Sensitivity: Highest | Medium | Lower | Lowest
Time Investment: Highest | High | Medium | Lowest
Experience Level: Expert | Advanced | Intermediate | Beginner+
3. QUALITY SCORING SYSTEM (0-70 Points)
Every signal is rated in real-time across three dimensions:
Volume Confirmation (0-30 points):
• Volume Spike (2.5x+ average): 30 points
• High Volume (1.5x+ average): 20 points
• Above Average (1.0x+ average): 10 points
• Below Average: 0 points
Volatility Assessment (0-30 points):
• Expanding ATR (1.2x+ average): 30 points
• Rising ATR (1.0-1.2x average): 15 points
• Contracting/Stable ATR: 0 points
Volume Momentum (0-10 points):
• Strong Momentum (1.2x+ ratio): 10 points
• Rising Momentum (1.0-1.2x ratio): 5 points
• Weak/Neutral Momentum: 0 points
Score Interpretation:
60-70 points - EXCELLENT:
• All factors aligned
• High conviction setup
• Maximum position size (within risk limits)
• Primary trading opportunities
45-59 points - STRONG:
• Multiple confirmations present
• Above-average setup quality
• Standard position size
• Good trading opportunities
30-44 points - GOOD:
• Basic confirmations met
• Acceptable setup quality
• Reduced position size
• Wait for additional confirmation or trade smaller
Below 30 points - WEAK:
• Minimal confirmations
• Low probability setup
• Consider passing
• Only for aggressive traders in strong trends
Only signals meeting your minimum quality threshold (configurable per preset) generate alerts and labels.
4. MULTI-TIMEFRAME CONFLUENCE ANALYSIS
The system can simultaneously analyze trend alignment across 6 timeframes (optional feature):
Timeframes analyzed:
• 5-minute (scalping context)
• 15-minute (intraday momentum)
• 1-hour (day trading bias)
• 4-hour (swing context)
• Daily (primary trend)
• Weekly (macro trend)
Confluence Interpretation:
• 5-6/6 aligned - Very strong multi-timeframe agreement (highest confidence)
• 3-4/6 aligned - Moderate agreement (standard setup)
• 1-2/6 aligned - Weak agreement (caution advised)
Dashboard shows real-time alignment count with color-coding. Higher confluence typically correlates with longer, stronger trends.
5. VOLUME MOMENTUM FILTER - Institutional Money Flow
Unlike traditional volume indicators that just measure size, Volume Momentum tracks the RATE OF CHANGE in volume:
How it works:
• Compares short-term volume average (fast period) to long-term average (slow period)
• Ratio above 1.0 = Volume accelerating (money flowing IN)
• Ratio above 1.2 = Strong acceleration (institutional participation likely)
• Ratio below 0.8 = Volume decelerating (money flowing OUT)
Why it matters:
• Confirms trend with actual money flow, not just price
• Leading indicator (volume often leads price)
• Catches accumulation/distribution before breakouts
• More intuitive than complex mathematical filters
Integration with signals:
• Optional filter - can be enabled/disabled per preset
• When enabled: Only signals with rising volume momentum fire
• AUTO-DISABLED in Scalping mode (too restrictive for fast trading)
• Configurable fast/slow periods per trading style
6. ADAPTIVE SUPERTREND MULTIPLIER
Traditional SuperTrend uses fixed ATR multiplier. This system dynamically adjusts the multiplier (0.8x to 1.2x base) based on:
• Trend Strength: Price correlation over lookback period
• Volume Weight: Current volume relative to average
Benefits:
• Tighter bands in calm markets (less premature exits)
• Wider bands in volatile conditions (avoids whipsaws)
• Better adaptation to biotech, small-cap, and crypto volatility
• Optional - can be disabled for classic constant multiplier
7. VISUAL GRADIENT RIBBON
26-layer exponential gradient fill between price and SuperTrend line provides instant visual trend strength assessment:
Color System:
• Green shades - Bullish trend + volume confirmation (strongest)
• Blue shades - Bullish trend, normal volume
• Orange shades - Bearish trend + volume confirmation
• Red shades - Bearish trend (weakest)
Opacity varies based on:
• Distance from SuperTrend (farther = more opaque)
• Volume intensity (higher volume = stronger color)
The ribbon provides at-a-glance trend strength without cluttering your chart. Can be toggled on/off.
8. INTELLIGENT ALERT SYSTEM
Two-tier alert architecture for flexibility:
Automatic Alerts:
• Fire automatically on BUY and SELL signals
• Include full context: quality score, volume state, volume momentum
• One alert per bar close (alert.freq_once_per_bar_close)
• Message format: "BUY: Supertrend bullish + Quality: 65/70 | Volume: HIGH | Vol Momentum: STRONG (1.35x)"
Customizable Alert Conditions:
• Appear in TradingView's "Create Alert" dialog
• Three options: BUY Signal Only, SELL Signal Only, ANY Signal (BUY or SELL)
• Use TradingView placeholders: {{ticker}}, {{interval}}, {{close}}, {{time}}
• Fully customizable message templates
All alerts use barstate.isconfirmed - Zero repaint guarantee.
9. ANTI-REPAINT ARCHITECTURE
Every component guaranteed non-repainting:
• Entry signals: Only appear after bar close
• duration analysis boxes: Created only on confirmed SuperTrend flips
• Informative labels: Wait for bar confirmation
• Alerts: Fire once per closed bar
• Multi-timeframe data: Uses lookahead=barmerge.lookahead_off
What you see in history is exactly what you would have seen in real-time. No disappearing signals, no changed duration estimates.
HOW TO USE THE INDICATOR
QUICK START - 3 Steps to Trading:
Step 1: Select Your Trading Style
Open indicator settings → "Quick Setup" section → Trading Style Preset dropdown
Options:
• Auto (Detect from TF) - RECOMMENDED: Automatically configures based on your chart timeframe
• Scalping (1-5m) - For 1-5 minute charts, ultra-fast signals
• Day Trading (15m-1h) - For 15m-1h charts, balanced approach
• Swing Trading (4h-D) - For 4h-Daily charts, trend stability
• Position Trading (D-W) - For Daily-Weekly charts, long-term trends
• Custom - Manual configuration (advanced users only)
Choose "Auto" and you're done - all parameters optimize automatically.
Step 2: Understand the Signals
BUY Signal (Green Triangle Below Price):
• SuperTrend flipped bullish
• Quality score meets minimum threshold (varies by preset)
• Volume confirmation present (if filter enabled)
• Volume momentum rising (if filter enabled)
• duration analysis box shows expected trend duration
SELL Signal (Red Triangle Above Price):
• SuperTrend flipped bearish
• Quality score meets minimum threshold
• Volume confirmation present (if filter enabled)
• Volume momentum rising (if filter enabled)
• duration analysis box shows expected trend duration
Duration Analysis Box:
• Appears at SuperTrend flip (start of new trend)
• Shows median, average, and range duration estimates
• Extends to estimated endpoint based on historical data visually
• Updates mode-specific intelligence (Simple/Standard/Advanced)
Step 3: Use the Dashboard for Context
Dashboard (top-right corner) shows real-time metrics:
• Row 1 - Quality Score: Current setup rating (0-70)
• Row 2 - SuperTrend: Direction and current level
• Row 3 - Volume: Status (Spike/High/Normal/Low) with color
• Row 4 - Volatility: State (Expanding/Rising/Stable/Contracting)
• Row 5 - Volume Momentum: Ratio and trend
• Row 6 - Duration Statistics: Accuracy metrics and track record
Every cell has detailed tooltip - hover for full explanations.
SIGNAL INTERPRETATION BY QUALITY SCORE:
Excellent Setup (60-70 points):
• Quality Score: 60-70
• Volume: Spike or High
• Volatility: Expanding
• Volume Momentum: Strong (1.2x+)
• MTF Confluence (if enabled): 5-6/6
• Action: Primary trade - maximum position size (within risk limits)
• Statistical reliability: Highest - duration estimates most accurate
Strong Setup (45-59 points):
• Quality Score: 45-59
• Volume: High or Above Average
• Volatility: Rising
• Volume Momentum: Rising (1.0-1.2x)
• MTF Confluence (if enabled): 3-4/6
• Action: Standard trade - normal position size
• Statistical reliability: Good - duration estimates reliable
Good Setup (30-44 points):
• Quality Score: 30-44
• Volume: Above Average
• Volatility: Stable or Rising
• Volume Momentum: Neutral to Rising
• MTF Confluence (if enabled): 3-4/6
• Action: Cautious trade - reduced position size, wait for additional confirmation
• Statistical reliability: Moderate - duration estimates less certain
Weak Setup (Below 30 points):
• Quality Score: Below 30
• Volume: Low or Normal
• Volatility: Contracting or Stable
• Volume Momentum: Weak
• MTF Confluence (if enabled): 1-2/6
• Action: Pass or wait for improvement
• Statistical reliability: Low - duration estimates unreliable
USING duration analysis boxES FOR TRADE MANAGEMENT:
Entry Timing:
• Enter on SuperTrend flip (signal bar close)
• duration analysis box appears simultaneously
• Note the median duration - this is your expected hold time
Profit Targets:
• Conservative: Use MEDIAN duration as profit target (50% probability)
• Moderate: Use AVERAGE duration (mean of similar trends)
• Aggressive: Aim for MAX duration from range (best historical outcome)
Position Management:
• Scale out at median duration (take partial profits)
• Trail stop as trend extends beyond median
• Full exit at average duration or SuperTrend flip (whichever comes first)
• Re-evaluate if trend exceeds estimated range
analysis mode Selection:
• Simple: Clean trending markets, beginners, minimal complexity
• Standard: Most markets, most traders (recommended default)
• Advanced: Volatile markets, complex instruments, experienced traders seeking highest accuracy
Asset Type Configuration (Advanced Mode):
If using Advanced analysis mode, configure Asset Type for optimal accuracy:
• Small Cap: Stocks under $2B market cap, low liquidity
• Biotech / Speculative: Clinical-stage pharma, penny stocks, high-risk
• Blue Chip / Large Cap: S&P 500, mega-cap tech, stable large companies
• Tech Growth: High-growth tech (TSLA, NVDA, growth SaaS)
• Dividend / Value: Dividend aristocrats, value stocks, utilities
• Cyclical: Energy, materials, industrials (macro-driven)
• Crypto / High Volatility: Bitcoin, altcoins, highly volatile assets
Correct asset type selection improves Statistical accuracy by 15-20%.
RISK MANAGEMENT GUIDELINES:
1. Stop Loss Placement:
Long positions:
• Place stop below recent swing low OR
• Place stop below SuperTrend level (whichever is tighter)
• Use 1-2 ATR distance as guideline
• Recommended: SuperTrend level (built-in volatility adjustment)
Short positions:
• Place stop above recent swing high OR
• Place stop above SuperTrend level (whichever is tighter)
• Use 1-2 ATR distance as guideline
• Recommended: SuperTrend level
2. Position Sizing by Quality Score:
• Excellent (60-70): Maximum position size (2% risk per trade)
• Strong (45-59): Standard position size (1.5% risk per trade)
• Good (30-44): Reduced position size (1% risk per trade)
• Weak (Below 30): Pass or micro position (0.5% risk - learning trades only)
3. Exit Strategy Options:
Option A - Statistical Duration-Based Exit:
• Exit at median estimated duration (conservative)
• Exit at average estimated duration (moderate)
• Trail stop beyond average duration (aggressive)
Option B - Signal-Based Exit:
• Exit on opposite signal (SELL after BUY, or vice versa)
• Exit on SuperTrend flip (trend reversal)
• Exit if quality score drops below 30 mid-trend
Option C - Hybrid (Recommended):
• Take 50% profit at median estimated duration
• Trail stop on remaining 50% using SuperTrend as trailing level
• Full exit on SuperTrend flip or quality collapse
4. Trade Filtering:
For higher win-rate (fewer trades, better quality):
• Increase minimum quality score (try 60 for swing, 50 for day trading)
• Enable volume momentum filter (ensure institutional participation)
• Require higher MTF confluence (5-6/6 alignment)
• Use Advanced analysis mode with appropriate asset type
For more opportunities (more trades, lower quality threshold):
• Decrease minimum quality score (40 for day trading, 35 for scalping)
• Disable volume momentum filter
• Lower MTF confluence requirement
• Use Simple or Standard analysis mode
SETTINGS OVERVIEW
Quick Setup Section:
• Trading Style Preset: Auto / Scalping / Day Trading / Swing / Position / Custom
Dashboard & Display:
• Show Dashboard (ON/OFF)
• Dashboard Position (9 options: Top/Middle/Bottom + Left/Center/Right)
• Text Size (Auto/Tiny/Small/Normal/Large/Huge)
• Show Ribbon Fill (ON/OFF)
• Show SuperTrend Line (ON/OFF)
• Bullish Color (default: Green)
• Bearish Color (default: Red)
• Show Entry Labels - BUY/SELL signals (ON/OFF)
• Show Info Labels - Volume events (ON/OFF)
• Label Size (Auto/Tiny/Small/Normal/Large/Huge)
Supertrend Configuration:
• ATR Length (default varies by preset: 7-21)
• ATR Multiplier Base (default varies by preset: 2.0-4.0)
• Use Adaptive Multiplier (ON/OFF) - Dynamic 0.8x-1.2x adjustment
• Smoothing Factor (0.0-0.5) - EMA smoothing applied to bands
• Neutral Bars After Flip (0-10) - Hide ST immediately after flip
Volume Momentum:
• Enable Volume Momentum Filter (ON/OFF)
• Fast Period (default varies by preset: 3-20)
• Slow Period (default varies by preset: 10-50)
Volume Analysis:
• Volume MA Length (default varies by preset: 10-50)
• High Volume Threshold (default: 1.5x)
• Spike Threshold (default: 2.5x)
• Low Volume Threshold (default: 0.7x)
Quality Filters:
• Minimum Quality Score (0-70, varies by preset)
• Require Volume Confirmation (ON/OFF)
Trend Duration Analysis:
• Show Duration Analysis (ON/OFF) - Display duration analysis boxes
• analysis mode - Simple / Standard / Advanced
• Asset Type - 7 options (Small Cap, Biotech, Blue Chip, Tech Growth, Dividend, Cyclical, Crypto)
• Use Exponential Weighting (ON/OFF) - Recent trends weighted more
• Decay Factor (0.5-0.99) - How much more recent trends matter
• Structure Lookback (3-30) - Pivot detection period for support/resistance
• Proximity Threshold (xATR) - How close to level qualifies as "near"
• Enable Error Learning (ON/OFF) - System learns from estimation errors
• Memory Depth (3-20) - How many past errors to remember
Box Visual Settings:
• duration analysis box Border Color
• duration analysis box Background Color
• duration analysis box Text Color
• duration analysis box Border Width
• duration analysis box Transparency
Multi-Timeframe (Optional Feature):
• Enable MTF Confluence (ON/OFF)
• Minimum Alignment Required (0-6)
• Individual timeframe enable/disable toggles
• Custom timeframe selection options
All preset configurations override manual inputs except when "Custom" is selected.
ADVANCED FEATURES
1. Scalpel Mode (Optional)
Advanced pullback entry system that waits for healthy retracements within established trends before signaling entry:
• Monitors price distance from SuperTrend levels
• Requires pullback to configurable range (default: 30-50%)
• Ensures trend remains intact before entry signal
• Reduces whipsaw and false breakouts
• Inspired by Mark Minervini's VCP pullback entries
Best for: Swing traders and day traders seeking precision entries
Scalpers: Consider disabling for faster entries
2. Error Learning System (Advanced analysis mode Only)
The system learns from its own estimation errors:
• Tracks last 10-20 completed duration estimates (configurable memory depth)
• Calculates error ratio for each: estimated duration / Actual Duration
• If system consistently over-estimates: Applies negative correction (-15%)
• If system consistently under-estimates: Applies positive correction (+15%)
• Adapts to current market regime automatically
This self-correction mechanism improves accuracy over time as the system gathers more data on your specific symbol and timeframe.
3. Regime Detection (Advanced analysis mode Only)
Automatically detects whether market is in trending or choppy regime:
• Compares last 3 trends to historical average
• Recent trends 20%+ longer → Trending regime (+20% to estimates)
• Recent trends 20%+ shorter → Choppy regime (-20% to estimates)
• Applied separately to bullish and bearish trends
Helps duration estimates adapt to changing market conditions without manual intervention.
4. Exponential Weighting
Option to weight recent trends more heavily than distant history:
• Default decay factor: 0.9
• Recent trends get higher weight in statistical calculations
• Older trends gradually decay in importance
• Rationale: Recent market behavior more relevant than old data
• Can be disabled for equal weighting
5. Backtest Statistics
System backtests its own duration estimates using historical data:
• Walks through past trends chronologically
• Calculates what duration estimate WOULD have been at each flip
• Compares to actual duration that occurred
• Displays accuracy metrics in duration analysis boxes and dashboard
• Helps assess statistical reliability on your specific chart
Note: Backtest uses only data available AT THE TIME of each historical flip (no lookahead bias).
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
• Pine Script Version: v6
• Indicator Type: Overlay (draws on price chart)
• Max Boxes: 500 (for duration analysis box storage)
• Max Bars Back: 5000 (for comprehensive historical analysis)
• Security Calls: 1 (for MTF if enabled - optimized)
• Repainting: NO - All signals and duration estimates confirmed on bar close
• Lookahead Bias: NO - All HTF data properly offset, all duration estimates use only historical data
• Real-time Updates: YES - Dashboard and quality scores update live
• Alert Capable: YES - Both automatic alerts and customizable alert conditions
• Multi-Symbol: Works on stocks, crypto, forex, futures, indices
Performance Optimization:
• Conditional calculations (duration analysis can be disabled to reduce load)
• Efficient array management (circular buffers for trend storage)
• Streamlined gradient rendering (26 layers, can be toggled off)
• Smart label cooldown system (prevents label spam)
• Optimized similarity matching (analyzes only relevant trends)
Data Requirements:
• Minimum 50-100 bars for initial duration analysis (builds historical database)
• Optimal: 500+ bars for robust statistical analysis
• Longer history = more accurate duration estimates
• Works on any timeframe from 1 minute to monthly
KNOWN LIMITATIONS
• Trending Markets Only: Performs best in clear trends. May generate false signals in choppy/sideways markets (use quality score filtering and regime detection to mitigate)
• Lagging Nature: Like all trend-following systems, signals occur AFTER trend establishment, not at exact tops/bottoms. Use duration analysis boxes to set realistic profit targets.
• Initial Learning Period: Duration analysis system requires 10-15 completed trends to build reliable historical database. Early duration estimates less accurate (first few weeks on new symbol/timeframe).
• Visual Load: 26-layer gradient ribbon may slow performance on older devices. Disable ribbon if experiencing lag.
• Statistical accuracy Variables: Duration estimates are statistical estimates, not guarantees. Accuracy varies by:
- Market regime (trending vs choppy)
- Asset volatility characteristics
- Quality of historical pattern matches
- Timeframe traded (higher TF = more reliable)
• Not Best Suitable For:
- Ultra-short-term scalping (sub-1-minute charts)
- Mean-reversion strategies (designed for trend-following)
- Range-bound trading (requires trending conditions)
- News-driven spikes (estimates based on technical patterns, not fundamentals)
FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
Q: Does this indicator repaint?
A: Absolutely not. All signals, duration analysis boxes, labels, and alerts use barstate.isconfirmed checks. They only appear after the bar closes. What you see in history is exactly what you would have seen in real-time. Zero repaint guarantee.
Q: How accurate are the trend duration estimates?
A: Accuracy varies by mode, market conditions, and historical data quality:
• Simple mode: 60-70% accuracy (within ±20% of actual duration)
• Standard mode: 70-80% accuracy (within ±20% of actual duration)
• Advanced mode: 75-85% accuracy (within ±20% of actual duration)
Best accuracy achieved on:
• Higher timeframes (4H, Daily, Weekly)
• Trending markets (not choppy/sideways)
• Assets with consistent behavior (Blue Chip, Large Cap)
• After 20+ historical trends analyzed (builds robust database)
Remember: All duration estimates are statistical calculations based on historical patterns, not guarantees.
Q: Which analysis mode should I use?
A:
• Simple: Beginners, clean trending markets, want minimal complexity
• Standard: Most traders, general market conditions (RECOMMENDED DEFAULT)
• Advanced: Experienced traders, volatile/complex markets (biotech, small-cap, crypto), seeking maximum accuracy
Advanced mode requires correct Asset Type configuration for optimal results.
Q: What's the difference between the trading style presets?
A: Each preset optimizes ALL parameters for a specific trading approach:
• Scalping: Ultra-sensitive (ATR 7, Mult 2.0), more signals, shorter holds
• Day Trading: Balanced (ATR 10, Mult 2.5), moderate signals, intraday holds
• Swing Trading: Stable (ATR 14, Mult 3.0), fewer signals, multi-day holds
• Position Trading: Very stable (ATR 21, Mult 4.0), rare signals, week/month holds
Auto mode automatically selects based on your chart timeframe.
Q: Should I use Auto mode or manually select a preset?
A: Auto mode is recommended for most traders. It automatically matches settings to your timeframe and re-optimizes if you switch charts. Only use manual preset selection if:
• You want scalping settings on a 15m chart (overriding auto-detection)
• You want swing settings on a 1h chart (more conservative than auto would give)
• You're testing different approaches on same timeframe
Q: Can I use this for scalping and day trading?
A: Absolutely! The preset system is specifically designed for all trading styles:
• Select "Scalping (1-5m)" for 1-5 minute charts
• Select "Day Trading (15m-1h)" for 15m-1h charts
• Or use "Auto" mode and it configures automatically
Volume momentum filter is auto-disabled in Scalping mode for faster signals.
Q: What is Volume Momentum and why does it matter?
A: Volume Momentum compares short-term volume (fast MA) to long-term volume (slow MA). It answers: "Is money flowing into this asset faster now than historically?"
Why it matters:
• Volume often leads price (early warning system)
• Confirms institutional participation (smart money)
• No lag like price-based indicators
• More intuitive than complex mathematical filters
When the ratio is above 1.2, you have strong evidence that institutions are accumulating (bullish) or distributing (bearish).
Q: How do I set up alerts?
A: Two options:
Option 1 - Automatic Alerts:
1. Right-click on chart → Add Alert
2. Condition: Select this indicator
3. Choose "Any alert() function call"
4. Configure notification method (app, email, webhook)
5. You'll receive detailed alerts on every BUY and SELL signal
Option 2 - Customizable Alert Conditions:
1. Right-click on chart → Add Alert
2. Condition: Select this indicator
3. You'll see three options in dropdown:
- "BUY Signal" (long signals only)
- "SELL Signal" (short signals only)
- "ANY Signal" (both BUY and SELL)
4. Choose desired option and customize message template
5. Uses TradingView placeholders: {{ticker}}, {{close}}, {{time}}, etc.
All alerts fire only on confirmed bar close (no repaint).
Q: What is Scalpel Mode and should I use it?
A: Scalpel Mode waits for healthy pullbacks within established trends before signaling entry. It reduces whipsaws and improves entry timing.
Recommended ON for:
• Swing traders (want precision entries on pullbacks)
• Day traders (willing to wait for better prices)
• Risk-averse traders (prefer fewer but higher-quality entries)
Recommended OFF for:
• Scalpers (need immediate entries, can't wait for pullbacks)
• Momentum traders (want to enter on breakout, not pullback)
• Aggressive traders (prefer more opportunities over precision)
Q: Why do some duration estimates show wider ranges than others?
A: Range width reflects historical trend variability:
• Narrow range: Similar historical trends had consistent durations (high confidence)
• Wide range: Similar historical trends had varying durations (lower confidence)
Wide ranges often occur:
• Early in analysis (fewer historical trends to learn from)
• In volatile/choppy markets (inconsistent trend behavior)
• On lower timeframes (more noise, less consistency)
The median and average still provide useful targets even when range is wide.
Q: Can I customize the dashboard position and appearance?
A: Yes! Dashboard settings include:
• Position: 9 options (Top/Middle/Bottom + Left/Center/Right)
• Text Size: Auto, Tiny, Small, Normal, Large, Huge
• Show/Hide: Toggle entire dashboard on/off
Choose position that doesn't overlap important price action on your specific chart.
Q: Which timeframe should I trade on?
A: Depends on your trading style and time availability:
• 1-5 minute: Active scalping, requires constant monitoring
• 15m-1h: Day trading, check few times per session
• 4h-Daily: Swing trading, check once or twice daily
• Daily-Weekly: Position trading, check weekly
General principle: Higher timeframes produce:
• Fewer signals (less frequent)
• Higher quality setups (stronger confirmations)
• More reliable duration estimates (better statistical data)
• Less noise (clearer trends)
Start with Daily chart if new to trading. Move to lower timeframes as you gain experience.
Q: Does this work on all markets (stocks, crypto, forex)?
A: Yes, it works on all markets with trending characteristics:
Excellent for:
• Stocks (especially growth and momentum names)
• Crypto (BTC, ETH, major altcoins)
• Futures (indices, commodities)
• Forex majors (EUR/USD, GBP/USD, etc.)
Best results on:
• Trending markets (not range-bound)
• Liquid instruments (tight spreads, good fills)
• Volatile assets (clear trend development)
Less effective on:
• Range-bound/sideways markets
• Ultra-low volatility instruments
• Illiquid small-caps (use caution)
Configure Asset Type (in Advanced analysis mode) to match your instrument for best accuracy.
Q: How many signals should I expect per day/week?
A: Highly variable based on:
By Timeframe:
• 1-5 minute: 5-15 signals per session
• 15m-1h: 2-5 signals per day
• 4h-Daily: 2-5 signals per week
• Daily-Weekly: 1-2 signals per month
By Market Volatility:
• High volatility = more SuperTrend flips = more signals
• Low volatility = fewer flips = fewer signals
By Quality Filter:
• Higher threshold (60-70) = fewer but better signals
• Lower threshold (30-40) = more signals, lower quality
By Volume Momentum Filter:
• Enabled = Fewer signals (only volume-confirmed)
• Disabled = More signals (all SuperTrend flips)
Adjust quality threshold and filters to match your desired signal frequency.
Q: What's the difference between entry labels and info labels?
A:
Entry Labels (BUY/SELL):
• Your primary trading signals
• Based on SuperTrend flip + all confirmations (quality, volume, momentum)
• Include quality score and confirmation icons
• These are actionable entry points
Info Labels (Volume Spike):
• Additional market context
• Show volume events that may support or contradict trend
• 8-bar cooldown to prevent spam
• NOT necessarily entry points - contextual information only
Control separately: Can show entry labels without info labels (recommended for clean charts).
Q: Can I combine this with other indicators?
A: Absolutely! This works well with:
• RSI: For divergences and overbought/oversold conditions
• Support/Resistance: Confluence with key levels
• Fibonacci Retracements: Pullback targets in Scalpel Mode
• Price Action Patterns: Flags, pennants, cup-and-handle
• MACD: Additional momentum confirmation
• Bollinger Bands: Volatility context
This indicator provides trend direction and duration estimates - complement with other tools for entry refinement and additional confluence.
Q: Why did I get a low-quality signal? Can I filter them out?
A: Yes! Increase the Minimum Quality Score in settings.
If you're seeing signals with quality below your preference:
• Day Trading: Set minimum to 50
• Swing Trading: Set minimum to 60
• Position Trading: Set minimum to 70
Only signals meeting the threshold will appear. This reduces frequency but improves win-rate.
Q: How do I interpret the MTF Confluence count?
A: Shows how many of 6 timeframes agree with current trend:
• 6/6 aligned: Perfect agreement (extremely rare, highest confidence)
• 5/6 aligned: Very strong alignment (high confidence)
• 4/6 aligned: Good alignment (standard quality setup)
• 3/6 aligned: Moderate alignment (acceptable)
• 2/6 aligned: Weak alignment (caution)
• 1/6 aligned: Very weak (likely counter-trend)
Higher confluence typically correlates with longer, stronger trends. However, MTF analysis is optional - you can disable it and rely solely on quality scoring.
Q: Is this suitable for beginners?
A: Yes, but requires foundational knowledge:
You should understand:
• Basic trend-following concepts (higher highs, higher lows)
• Risk management principles (position sizing, stop losses)
• How to read candlestick charts
• What volume and volatility mean
Beginner-friendly features:
• Auto preset mode (zero configuration)
• Quality scoring (tells you signal strength)
• Dashboard tooltips (hover for explanations)
• duration analysis boxes (visual profit targets)
Recommended for beginners:
1. Start with "Auto" or "Swing Trading" preset on Daily chart
2. Use Standard Analysis Mode (not Advanced)
3. Set minimum quality to 60 (fewer but better signals)
4. Paper trade first for 2-4 weeks
5. Study methodology references (Minervini, O'Neil, Zanger)
Q: What is the Asset Type setting and why does it matter?
A: Asset Type (in Advanced analysis mode) adjusts duration estimates based on volatility characteristics:
• Small Cap: Explosive moves, extended trends (+30-40%)
• Biotech / Speculative: Parabolic potential, news-driven (+40%)
• Blue Chip / Large Cap: Baseline, steady trends (0% adjustment)
• Tech Growth: Momentum-driven, longer trends (+20%)
• Dividend / Value: Slower, grinding trends (-20%)
• Cyclical: Macro-driven, variable (±10%)
• Crypto / High Volatility: Parabolic potential (+30%)
Correct configuration improves Statistical accuracy by 15-20%. Using Blue Chip settings on a biotech stock may underestimate trend length (you'll exit too early).
Q: Can I backtest this indicator?
A: Yes! TradingView's Strategy Tester works with this indicator's signals.
To backtest:
1. Note the entry conditions (SuperTrend flip + quality threshold + filters)
2. Create a strategy script using same logic
3. Run Strategy Tester on historical data
Additionally, the indicator includes BUILT-IN duration estimate validation:
• System backtests its own duration estimates
• Shows accuracy metrics in dashboard and duration analysis boxes
• Helps assess reliability on your specific symbol/timeframe
Q: Why does Volume Momentum auto-disable in Scalping mode?
A: Scalping requires ultra-fast entries to catch quick moves. Volume Momentum filter adds friction by requiring volume confirmation before signaling, which can cause missed opportunities in rapid scalping.
Scalping preset is optimized for speed and frequency - the filter is counterproductive for that style. It remains enabled for Day Trading, Swing Trading, and Position Trading presets where patience improves results.
You can manually enable it in Custom mode if desired.
Q: How much historical data do I need for accurate duration estimates?
A:
Minimum: 50-100 bars (indicator will function but duration estimates less reliable)
Recommended: 500+ bars (robust statistical database)
Optimal: 1000+ bars (maximum Statistical accuracy)
More history = more completed trends = better pattern matching = more accurate duration estimates.
New symbols or newly-switched timeframes will have lower Statistical accuracy initially. Allow 2-4 weeks for the system to build historical database.
IMPORTANT DISCLAIMERS
No Guarantee of Profit:
This indicator is an educational tool and does not guarantee any specific trading results. All trading involves substantial risk of loss. Duration estimates are statistical calculations based on historical patterns and are not guarantees of future performance.
Past Performance:
Historical backtest results and Statistical accuracy statistics do not guarantee future performance. Market conditions change constantly. What worked historically may not work in current or future markets.
Not Financial Advice:
This indicator provides technical analysis signals and statistical duration estimates only. It is not financial, investment, or trading advice. Always consult with a qualified financial advisor before making investment decisions.
Risk Warning:
Trading stocks, options, futures, forex, and cryptocurrencies involves significant risk. You can lose all of your invested capital. Never trade with money you cannot afford to lose. Only risk capital you can lose without affecting your lifestyle.
Testing Required:
Always test this indicator on a demo account or with paper trading before risking real capital. Understand how it works in different market conditions. Verify Statistical accuracy on your specific instruments and timeframes before trusting it with real money.
User Responsibility:
You are solely responsible for your trading decisions. The developer assumes no liability for trading losses, incorrect duration estimates, software errors, or any other damages incurred while using this indicator.
Statistical Estimation Limitations:
Trend Duration estimates are statistical estimates based on historical pattern matching. They are NOT guarantees. Actual trend durations may differ significantly from duration estimates due to unforeseen news events, market regime changes, or lack of historical precedent for current conditions.
CREDITS & ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
Methodology Inspiration:
• Mark Minervini - Volatility Contraction Pattern (VCP) concepts and pullback entry techniques
• William O'Neil - Volume analysis principles and CANSLIM institutional buying patterns
• Dan Zanger - Momentum breakout strategies and volatility expansion entries
Technical Components:
• SuperTrend calculation - Classic ATR-based trend indicator (public domain)
• Statistical analysis - Standard median, average, range calculations
• k-Nearest Neighbors - Classic machine learning similarity matching concept
• Multi-timeframe analysis - Standard request.security implementation in Pine Script
For questions, feedback, or support, please comment below or send a private message.
Happy Trading!
Stochastic [Paifc0de]Stochastic — clean stochastic oscillator with visual masking, neutral markers, and basic filters
What it does
This indicator plots a standard stochastic oscillator (%K with smoothing and %D) and adds practical quality-of-life features for lower timeframes: optional visual masking when %K hugs overbought/oversold, neutral K–D cross markers, session-gated edge triangles (K crossing 20/80), and simple filters (minimum %K slope, minimum |K–D| gap, optional %D slope agreement, mid-zone mute, and a cooldown between markers). Display values are clamped to 0–100 to keep the panel scale stable. The tool is for research/education and does not generate entries/exits or financial advice.
Default preset: 20 / 10 / 10
K Length = 20
Classic lookback used in many textbooks. On intraday charts it balances responsiveness and stability: short enough to react to momentum shifts, long enough to avoid constant whipsaws. In practice it captures ~the last 20 bars’ position of close within the high–low range.
K Smoothing = 10
A 10-period SMA applied to the raw %K moderates the “saw-tooth” effect that raw stochastic can exhibit in choppy phases. The smoothing reduces over-reaction to micro spikes while preserving the main rhythm of swings; visually, %K becomes a continuous path that is easier to read.
D Length = 10
%D is the moving average of smoothed %K. With 10, %D becomes a clearly slower guide line. The larger separation between %K(10-SMA) and %D(10-SMA of %K) produces cleaner crosses and fewer spurious toggles than micro settings (e.g., 3/3/3). On M5–M15 this pair often yields readable cross cycles without flooding the chart.
How the 20/10/10 trio behaves
In persistent trends, %K will spend more time near 20 or 80; the 10-period smoothing delays flips slightly and emphasizes only meaningful turn attempts.
In ranges, %K oscillates around mid-zone (40–60). With 10/10 smoothing, cross signals cluster less densely; combining with the |K–D| gap filter helps keep only decisive crosses.
If your symbol is unusually volatile or illiquid, reduce K Length (e.g., 14) or reduce K Smoothing (e.g., 7) to keep responsiveness. If crosses feel late, decrease D Length (e.g., 7). If noise is excessive, increase K Smoothing first, then consider raising D Length.
Visuals
OB/OS lines: default 80/20 reference levels and a midline at 50.
Masking near edges: %K can be temporarily hidden when it is pressing an edge, approaching it with low slope, or going nearly flat near the boundary. This keeps the panel readable during “stuck at the edge” phases.
Soft glow (optional): highlights %K’s active path; can be turned off.
Light/Dark palette: quick toggle to match your chart theme.
Scale safety: all plotted values (lines, fills, markers) are clamped to 0–100 to prevent the axis from expanding beyond the stochastic range.
Markers and filters
Neutral K–D cross markers: circles in the mid-zone when %K crosses %D.
Edge triangles: show when %K crosses 20 or 80; can be restricted to a session window (02:00–12:00 ET).
Filters (optional):
Min %K slope: require a minimum absolute slope so very flat crosses are ignored.
Min |K–D| gap: demand separation between lines at the cross moment.
%D slope agreement: keep crosses that align with %D’s direction.
Mid-zone mute: suppress crosses inside a user-defined 40–60 band (defaults).
Cooldown: minimum bars between successive markers.
Parameters (quick guide)
K Length / K Smoothing / D Length: core stochastic settings. Start with 20/10/10; tune K Smoothing first if you see too much jitter.
Overbought / Oversold (80/20): adjust for assets that tend to trend (raise to 85/15) or mean-revert (lower to 75/25).
Slope & gap filters: increase on very noisy symbols; reduce if you miss too many crosses.
Session window (triangles only): use if you want edge markers only during active hours.
Marker size and offset: cosmetic; they do not affect calculations.
Alerts
K–D Cross Up (filtered) and K–D Cross Down (filtered): fire when a cross passes your filters/cooldown.
Edge Up / Edge Down: fire when %K crosses the 20/80 levels.
All alerts confirm on bar close.
Notes & attribution
Original implementation and integration by Paifc0de; no third-party code is copied.
This indicator is for research/education and does not provide entries/exits or financial advice.
维加斯双通道策略Vegas Channel Comprehensive Strategy Description
Strategy Overview
A comprehensive trading strategy based on the Vegas Dual Channel indicator, supporting dynamic position sizing and fund management. The strategy employs a multi-signal fusion mechanism including classic price crossover signals, breakout signals, and retest signals, combined with trend filtering, RSI+MACD filtering, and volume filtering to ensure signal reliability.
Core Features
Dynamic Position Sizing: Continue adding positions on same-direction signals, close all positions on opposite signals
Smart Take Profit/Stop Loss: ATR-based dynamic TP/SL, updated with each new signal
Fund Management: Supports dynamic total amount management for compound growth
Time Filtering: Configurable trading time ranges
Risk Control: Maximum order limit to prevent over-leveraging
Leverage Usage Instructions
Important: This strategy does not use TradingView's margin functionality
Setup Method
Total Amount = Actual Funds × Leverage Multiplier
Example: Have 100U actual funds, want to use 10x leverage → Set total amount to 100 × 10 = 1000U
Trading Amount Calculation
Each trade percentage is calculated based on leveraged amount
Example: Set 10% → Actually trade 100U margin × 10x leverage = 1000U trading amount
Maximum Orders Configuration
Must be used in conjunction with leveraged amount
Example: 1000U total amount, 10% per trade, maximum 10 orders = maximum use of 1000U
Note: Do not exceed 100% of total amount to avoid over-leveraging
Parameter Configuration Recommendations
Leverage Configuration Examples
Actual funds 100U, 5x leverage, total amount setting 500U, 10% per trade, 50U per trade, recommended maximum orders 10
Actual funds 100U, 10x leverage, total amount setting 1000U, 10% per trade, 100U per trade, recommended maximum orders 10
Actual funds 100U, 20x leverage, total amount setting 2000U, 5% per trade, 100U per trade, recommended maximum orders 20
Risk Control
Conservative: 5-10x leverage, 10% per trade, maximum 5-8 orders
Aggressive: 10-20x leverage, 5-10% per trade, maximum 10-15 orders
Extreme: 20x+ leverage, 2-5% per trade, maximum 20+ orders
Strategy Advantages
Signal Reliability: Multiple filtering mechanisms reduce false signals
Capital Efficiency: Dynamic fund management for compound growth
Risk Controllable: Maximum order limits prevent liquidation
Flexible Configuration: Supports various leverage and fund allocation schemes
Time Control: Configurable trading hours to avoid high-risk periods
Usage Notes
Ensure total amount is set correctly (actual funds × leverage multiplier)
Maximum orders should not exceed the range allowed by total funds
Recommend starting with conservative configuration and gradually adjusting parameters
Regularly monitor strategy performance and adjust parameters timely
维加斯通道综合策略说明
策略概述
基于维加斯双通道指标的综合交易策略，支持动态加仓和资金管理。策略采用多信号融合机制，包括经典价穿信号、突破信号和回踩信号，结合趋势过滤、RSI+MACD过滤和成交量过滤，确保信号的可靠性。
核心功能
动态加仓：同向信号继续加仓，反向信号全部平仓
智能止盈止损：基于ATR的动态止盈止损，每次新信号更新
资金管理：支持动态总金额管理，实现复利增长
时间过滤：可设置交易时间范围
风险控制：最大订单数限制，防止过度加仓
杠杆使用说明
重要：本策略不使用TradingView的保证金功能
设置方法
总资金 = 实际资金 × 杠杆倍数
示例：实际有100U，想使用10倍杠杆 → 总资金设置为 100 × 10 = 1000U
交易金额计算
每笔交易百分比基于杠杆后的金额计算
示例：设置10% → 实际交易 100U保证金 × 10倍杠杆 = 1000U交易金额
最大订单数配置
必须配合杠杆后的金额使用
示例：1000U总资金，10%单笔，最大10单 = 最多使用1000U
注意：不要超过总资金的100%，避免过度杠杆
参数配置建议
杠杆配置示例
实际资金100U，5倍杠杆，总资金设置500U，单笔百分比10%，单笔金额50U，建议最大订单数10单
实际资金100U，10倍杠杆，总资金设置1000U，单笔百分比10%，单笔金额100U，建议最大订单数10单
实际资金100U，20倍杠杆，总资金设置2000U，单笔百分比5%，单笔金额100U，建议最大订单数20单
风险控制
保守型：5-10倍杠杆，10%单笔，最大5-8单
激进型：10-20倍杠杆，5-10%单笔，最大10-15单
极限型：20倍以上杠杆，2-5%单笔，最大20单以上
策略优势
信号可靠性：多重过滤机制，减少假信号
资金效率：动态资金管理，实现复利增长
风险可控：最大订单数限制，防止爆仓
灵活配置：支持多种杠杆和资金配置方案
时间控制：可设置交易时间，避开高风险时段
使用注意事项
确保总资金设置正确（实际资金×杠杆倍数）
最大订单数不要超过总资金允许的范围
建议从保守配置开始，逐步调整参数
定期监控策略表现，及时调整参数
Get_rich_aggressively_v5# 🚀 GET RICH AGGRESSIVELY v5 - TIER SYSTEM
### Precision Futures Scalping | NQ • ES • YM • GC • BTC
### *Leave Every Trade With Money*
---
## 📋 QUICK CHEATSHEET
```
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ GRA v5 SIGNAL REQUIREMENTS │
├─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│ ✓ TIER MET Points ≥ 10 (B), ≥ 50 (A), ≥ 100 (S) │
│ ✓ VOLUME ≥ 1.3x average │
│ ✓ DELTA ≥ 55% dominance (buyers OR sellers) │
│ ✓ DIRECTION Candle color = Delta direction │
│ ✓ SESSION In London (3-5AM) or NY (9:30-11:30AM) if filter ON │
├─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│ TIER ACTIONS │
├─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│ 🥇 S-TIER (100+ pts) │ HOLD LONGER │ Big institutional move │
│ 🥈 A-TIER (50-99 pts) │ HOLD A BIT │ Medium move, trail to BE │
│ 🥉 B-TIER (10-49 pts) │ CLOSE QUICK │ Scalp 5-10 pts, exit fast │
│ ❌ NO TIER (< 10 pts) │ NO TRADE │ Not enough conviction │
├─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│ SESSION PRIORITY │
├─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│ 🔵 LONDON OPEN 03:00-05:00 ET │ IB forms 03:00-04:00 │
│ 🟢 NY OPEN 09:30-11:30 ET │ IB forms 09:30-10:30 │
│ 📊 IB BREAKOUT Close beyond IB + Impulse + 1.3x Vol = HIGH CONVICTION│
├─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│ VOLUME PROFILE ZONES │
├─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│ 🔵 HVN (Blue BG) High volume = Support/Resistance, expect consolidation │
│ 🟡 LVN (Yellow BG) Low volume = Breakout acceleration, fast moves │
│ 🟣 POC Point of Control = Institutional fair value │
│ 🟣 VAH/VAL Value Area edges = S/R zones │
├─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│ MARKET STATE DECODER │
├─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│ TREND UP │ Price > EMA20 + CVD rising │ Trade WITH the trend │
│ TREND DN │ Price < EMA20 + CVD falling │ Trade WITH the trend │
│ RETRACE │ Price/CVD diverging │ Pullback, prepare for entry │
│ RANGE │ No clear direction │ Reduce size or skip │
├─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│ 💎 HIGH CONVICTION UPGRADE │
├─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│ Purple diamond (◆) appears when: │
│ • Strong delta (≥65%) + Strong volume (≥2x) + Market in imbalance │
│ → Consider upgrading tier (B→A, A→S) for position sizing │
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
```
---
## 🎯 THE TIER SYSTEM
The tier system classifies candles by **point movement** to determine trade management:
| Tier | Points | Action | Expected R:R |
|:----:|:------:|:------:|:------------:|
| 🥇 **S-TIER** | 100+ | HOLD LONGER | 2:1+ |
| 🥈 **A-TIER** | 50-99 | HOLD A BIT | 1.5:1 |
| 🥉 **B-TIER** | 10-49 | CLOSE QUICK | 1:1 |
| ❌ **NO TIER** | < 10 | NO TRADE | — |
---
## ✅ SIGNAL REQUIREMENTS
**ALL conditions must be TRUE for a signal:**
```
SIGNAL = TIER + VOLUME + DELTA + DIRECTION + SESSION
☐ Points ≥ 10 (minimum B-tier)
☐ Volume ≥ 1.3x average
☐ Delta dominance ≥ 55%
☐ Candle direction = Delta direction
☐ In session (if filter ON)
ANY FALSE = NO SIGNAL = NO TRADE
```
---
## 📊 VOLUME DOMINANCE ANALYSIS
This is the **core edge** of GRA v5. We use intrabar analysis to determine who is in control:
```
VOLUME ANALYSIS BREAKDOWN
Total Volume = Buy Volume + Sell Volume
Buy Volume: Who pushed price UP within the bar
Sell Volume: Who pushed price DOWN within the bar
Delta = Buy Volume - Sell Volume
Buy Dominance = Buy Volume / Total Volume
Sell Dominance = Sell Volume / Total Volume
≥ 55% = ONE SIDE IN CONTROL
≥ 65% = STRONG DOMINANCE (high conviction)
```
**Direction Confirmation Matrix:**
| Candle | Delta | Signal |
|:-------|:------|:-------|
| 🟢 Bullish | 55%+ Buyers | ✅ LONG |
| 🟢 Bullish | 55%+ Sellers | ❌ Trap |
| 🔴 Bearish | 55%+ Sellers | ✅ SHORT |
| 🔴 Bearish | 55%+ Buyers | ❌ Trap |
---
## 🕐 SESSION CONTEXT
### Initial Balance (IB) Framework
The **first hour** of each session establishes the IB range. Institutions use this for the day's framework.
```
SESSION WINDOWS (Eastern Time):
LONDON:
├── IB Period: 03:00 - 04:00 ← Range established
├── Trade Window: 03:00 - 05:00 ← Best signals
└── Extension Targets: 1.5x, 2.0x
NY:
├── IB Period: 09:30 - 10:30 ← Range established
├── Trade Window: 09:30 - 11:30 ← Best signals
└── Extension Targets: 1.5x, 2.0x
```
### IB Breakout Signals
```
L▲ / L▼ = London IB Breakout (Blue)
N▲ / N▼ = NY IB Breakout (Orange)
Confirmation Required:
☐ Close beyond IB level (not just wick)
☐ Impulse candle (body > 60% of range)
☐ Volume > 1.3x average
```
**IB Statistics:**
- 97% of days break either IB high or low
- 1.5x extension = first profit target
- 2.0x extension = full range target
- ~66% of London sessions sweep Asian high/low first
---
## 📈 VIRTUAL VOLUME PROFILE ZONES
GRA v5 calculates volume profile zones **without drawing the profile**, giving you the key levels:
### Zone Types
| Zone | Background | Meaning | Action |
|:-----|:-----------|:--------|:-------|
| **HVN** | 🔵 Blue | High Volume Node | S/R zone, expect consolidation |
| **LVN** | 🟡 Yellow | Low Volume Node | Breakout zone, fast acceleration |
| **POC** | 🟣 Purple dots | Point of Control | Institutional fair value |
| **VAH/VAL** | 🟣 Purple lines | Value Area edges | S/R boundaries |
### How to Use
```
ENTERING A TRADE:
At HVN:
├── Expect price to consolidate
├── Look for rejection/absorption
└── Better for reversals
At LVN:
├── Expect fast price movement
├── Don't fight the direction
└── Better for breakouts
Near POC:
├── Institutional fair value
├── Strong magnet effect
└── Watch for volume at POC
```
---
## 🔄 MARKET STATE DETECTION
GRA v5 classifies the market into four states using **CVD + Price Action**:
```
CVD Direction
↑ Rising ↓ Falling
┌─────────────┬─────────────┐
Price > EMA20 │ TREND UP │ RETRACE │
│ (Go Long) │ (Pullback) │
├─────────────┼─────────────┤
Price < EMA20 │ RETRACE │ TREND DN │
│ (Pullback) │ (Go Short) │
└─────────────┴─────────────┘
```
| State | Meaning | Action |
|:------|:--------|:-------|
| **TREND UP** | Buyers in control | Trade long, follow signals |
| **TREND DN** | Sellers in control | Trade short, follow signals |
| **RETRACE** | Pullback against trend | Prepare for continuation entry |
| **RANGE** | No clear direction | Reduce size or wait |
---
## 💎 HIGH CONVICTION UPGRADES
When extra conditions align, GRA v5 marks the signal with a **purple diamond**:
```
HIGH CONVICTION = Base Signal + Strong Delta (65%+) + Strong Volume (2x+) + Imbalance State
```
**Action:** Consider upgrading tier for position sizing:
- B-Tier → A-Tier management
- A-Tier → S-Tier management
---
## 📋 TRADING BY TIER
### 🥇 S-TIER (100+ points)
| | |
|:--|:--|
| **Entry** | Candle close |
| **Target** | IB extension / Next S/R |
| **Management** | HOLD LONGER |
**Rules:**
- Watch next candle - continues? HOLD
- Same tier same direction? ADD
- Opposite tier signal? EXIT on close
- Never close early unless reversal signal
### 🥈 A-TIER (50-99 points)
| | |
|:--|:--|
| **Entry** | Candle close |
| **Target** | 1.5x initial risk minimum |
| **Management** | HOLD A BIT |
**Rules:**
- Target 1.5:1 R:R minimum
- Trail to breakeven after 1:1
- If stalls, take profit
- Upgrade to S-tier management if high conviction
### 🥉 B-TIER (10-49 points)
| | |
|:--|:--|
| **Entry** | Candle close |
| **Target** | 5-10 points MAX |
| **Management** | CLOSE QUICK |
**Rules:**
- Exit in 1-3 candles
- DO NOT hold for more
- Any doubt = EXIT
- Quick scalp mentality
---
## ⚙️ SETTINGS BY INSTRUMENT
| Setting | NQ/ES | YM | GC | BTC |
|:--------|:-----:|:--:|:--:|:---:|
| **Timeframe** | 1-5 min | 1-5 min | 5-15 min | 1-15 min |
| **S-Tier** | 100 pts | 100 pts | 15 pts | 500 pts |
| **A-Tier** | 50 pts | 50 pts | 8 pts | 250 pts |
| **B-Tier** | 10 pts | 15 pts | 3 pts | 50 pts |
| **Min Volume** | 1.3x | 1.3x | 1.5x | 1.3x |
| **Delta %** | 55% | 55% | 58% | 55% |
| **Best Time** | 9:30-11:30 ET | 9:30-11:30 ET | 3-5AM & 8:30-10:30 ET | 24/7 |
---
## 📊 TABLE LEGEND
The info panel displays real-time market data:
| Row | Shows | Colors |
|:----|:------|:-------|
| **Pts** | Candle points | Gold/Green/Yellow by tier |
| **Tier** | S/A/B/X | Gold/Green/Yellow/White |
| **Vol** | Volume ratio | Yellow (2x+) / Green (1.3x+) / Red |
| **Delta** | Buy/Sell % | Green (buy) / Red (sell) / White |
| **CVD** | Direction | Green ▲ / Red ▼ |
| **State** | Market state | Green/Red/Orange/Gray |
| **Sess** | Session | Yellow if active |
| **Zone** | VP zone | Blue/Yellow/Purple |
| **Sig** | Signal | Green/Red if active |
---
## 🔔 ALERTS
| Alert | When | Action |
|:------|:-----|:-------|
| **S-TIER LONG/SHORT** | S-tier signal | Hold longer |
| **A-TIER LONG/SHORT** | A-tier signal | Hold a bit |
| **B-TIER LONG/SHORT** | B-tier signal | Close quick |
| **LON IB BREAK UP/DN** | London IB breakout | Major session move |
| **NY IB BREAK UP/DN** | NY IB breakout | Major session move |
| **HIGH CONVICTION** | Upgraded signal | Consider larger size |
| **LONDON/NY OPEN** | Session start | Get ready |
---
## 💰 THE GOLDEN RULE
> ### **LEAVE EVERY TRADE WITH MONEY**
>
> | Situation | Rule |
> |:----------|:-----|
> | B-Tier | Small win > Small loss |
> | A-Tier | Trail to BE, lock profit |
> | S-Tier | Let it run to target |
> | No Signal | NO TRADE |
> | Wrong Side | EXIT immediately |
>
> **Capital preserved = Trade tomorrow**
---
## ⚠️ DISCLAIMER
> Risk management is **YOUR** responsibility.
> Never risk more than 1-2% per trade.
> Paper trade until you understand the signals.
> Past performance ≠ future results.
---
### Get Rich. Stay Rich. Trade Aggressively. 🚀
**Get Rich Aggressively v5**
*Precision Futures Scalping*
Bifurcation Zone - CAEBifurcation Zone — Cognitive Adversarial Engine (BZ-CAE)
Bifurcation Zone — CAE (BZ-CAE) is a next-generation divergence detection system enhanced by a Cognitive Adversarial Engine that evaluates both sides of every potential trade before presenting signals. Unlike traditional divergence indicators that show every price-oscillator disagreement regardless of context, BZ-CAE applies comprehensive market-state intelligence to identify only the divergences that occur in favorable conditions with genuine probability edges.
The system identifies structural bifurcation points — critical junctures where price and momentum disagree, signaling potential reversals or continuations — then validates these opportunities through five interconnected intelligence layers: Trend Conviction Scoring , Directional Momentum Alignment , Multi-Factor Exhaustion Modeling , Adversarial Validation , and Confidence Scoring . The result is a selective, context-aware signal system that filters noise and highlights high-probability setups.
This is not a "buy the arrow" indicator. It's a decision support framework that teaches you how to read market state, evaluate divergence quality, and make informed trading decisions based on quantified intelligence rather than hope.
What Sets BZ-CAE Apart: Technical Architecture
The Problem With Traditional Divergence Indicators
Most divergence indicators operate on a simple rule: if price makes a higher high and RSI makes a lower high, show a bearish signal. If price makes a lower low and RSI makes a higher low, show a bullish signal. This creates several critical problems:
Context Blindness : They show counter-trend signals in powerful trends that rarely reverse, leading to repeated losses as you fade momentum.
Signal Spam : Every minor price-oscillator disagreement generates an alert, overwhelming you with low-quality setups and creating analysis paralysis.
No Quality Ranking : All signals are treated identically. A marginal divergence in choppy conditions receives the same visual treatment as a high-conviction setup at a major exhaustion point.
Single-Sided Evaluation : They ask "Is this a good long?" without checking if the short case is overwhelmingly stronger, leading you into obvious bad trades.
Static Configuration : You manually choose RSI 14 or Stochastic 14 and hope it works, with no systematic way to validate if that's optimal for your instrument.
BZ-CAE's Solution: Cognitive Adversarial Intelligence
BZ-CAE solves these problems through an integrated five-layer intelligence architecture:
1. Trend Conviction Score (TCS) — 0 to 1 Scale
Most indicators check if ADX is above 25 to determine "trending" conditions. This binary approach misses nuance. TCS is a weighted composite metric:
Formula : 0.35 × normalize(ADX, 10, 35) + 0.35 × structural_strength + 0.30 × htf_alignment
Structural Strength : 10-bar SMA of consecutive directional bars. Captures persistence — are bulls or bears consistently winning?
HTF Alignment : Multi-timeframe EMA stacking (20/50/100/200). When all EMAs align in the same direction, you're in institutional trend territory.
Purpose : Quantifies how "locked in" the trend is. When TCS exceeds your threshold (default 0.80), the system knows to avoid counter-trend trades unless other factors override.
Interpretation :
TCS > 0.85: Very strong trend — counter-trading is extremely high risk
TCS 0.70-0.85: Strong trend — favor continuation, require exhaustion for reversals
TCS 0.50-0.70: Moderate trend — context matters, both directions viable
TCS < 0.50: Weak/choppy — reversals more viable, range-bound conditions
2. Directional Momentum Alignment (DMA) — ATR-Normalized
Formula : (EMA21 - EMA55) / ATR14
This isn't just "price above EMA" — it's a regime-aware momentum gauge. The same $100 price movement reads completely differently in high-volatility crypto versus low-volatility forex. By normalizing with ATR, DMA adapts its interpretation to current market conditions.
Purpose : Quantifies the directional "force" behind current price action. Positive = bullish push, negative = bearish push. Magnitude = strength.
Interpretation :
DMA > 0.7: Strong bullish momentum — bearish divergences risky
DMA 0.3 to 0.7: Moderate bullish bias
DMA -0.3 to 0.3: Balanced/choppy conditions
DMA -0.7 to -0.3: Moderate bearish bias
DMA < -0.7: Strong bearish momentum — bullish divergences risky
3. Multi-Factor Exhaustion Modeling — 0 to 1 Probability
Single-metric exhaustion detection (like "RSI > 80") misses complex market states. BZ-CAE aggregates five independent exhaustion signals:
Volume Spikes : Current volume versus 50-bar average
2.5x average: 0.25 weight
2.0x average: 0.15 weight
1.5x average: 0.10 weight
Divergence Present : The fact that a divergence exists contributes 0.30 weight — structural momentum disagreement is itself an exhaustion signal.
RSI Extremes : Captures oscillator climax zones
RSI > 80 or < 20: 0.25 weight
RSI > 75 or < 25: 0.15 weight
Pin Bar Detection : Identifies rejection candles (2:1 wick-to-body ratio, indicating failed breakout attempts): 0.15 weight
Extended Runs : Consecutive bars above/below EMA20 without pullback
30+ bars: 0.15 weight (market hasn't paused to consolidate)
Total exhaustion score is the sum of all applicable weights, capped at 1.0.
Purpose : Detects when strong trends become vulnerable to reversal. High exhaustion can override trend filters, allowing counter-trend trades at genuine turning points that basic indicators would miss.
Interpretation :
Exhaustion > 0.75: High probability of climax — yellow background shading alerts you visually
Exhaustion 0.50-0.75: Moderate overextension — watch for confirmation
Exhaustion < 0.50: Fresh move — trend can continue, counter-trend trades higher risk
4. Adversarial Validation — Game Theory Applied to Trading
This is BZ-CAE's signature innovation. Before approving any signal, the engine quantifies BOTH sides of the trade simultaneously:
For Bullish Divergences , it calculates:
Bull Case Score (0-1+) :
Distance below EMA20 (pullback quality): up to 0.25
Bullish EMA alignment (close > EMA20 > EMA50): 0.25
Oversold RSI (< 40): 0.25
Volume confirmation (> 1.2x average): 0.25
Bear Case Score (0-1+) :
Price below EMA50 (structural weakness): 0.30
Very oversold RSI (< 30, indicating knife-catching): 0.20
Differential = Bull Case - Bear Case
If differential < -0.10 (default threshold), the bear case is dominating — signal is BLOCKED or ANNOTATED.
For Bearish Divergences , the logic inverts (Bear Case vs Bull Case).
Purpose : Prevents trades where you're fighting obvious strength in the opposite direction. This is institutional-grade risk management — don't just evaluate your trade, evaluate the counter-trade simultaneously.
Why This Matters : You might see a bullish divergence at a local low, but if price is deeply below major support EMAs with strong bearish momentum, you're catching a falling knife. The adversarial check catches this and blocks the signal.
5. Confidence Scoring — 0 to 1 Quality Assessment
Every signal that passes initial filters receives a comprehensive quality score:
Formula :
0.30 × normalize(TCS) // Trend context
+ 0.25 × normalize(|DMA|) // Momentum magnitude
+ 0.20 × pullback_quality // Entry distance from EMA20
+ 0.15 × state_quality // ADX + alignment + structure
+ 0.10 × divergence_strength // Slope separation magnitude
+ adversarial_bonus (0-0.30) // Your side's advantage
Purpose : Ranks setup quality for filtering and position sizing decisions. You can set a minimum confidence threshold (default 0.35) to ensure only quality setups reach your chart.
Interpretation :
Confidence > 0.70: Premium setup — consider increased position size
Confidence 0.50-0.70: Good quality — standard size
Confidence 0.35-0.50: Acceptable — reduced size or skip if conservative
Confidence < 0.35: Marginal — blocked in Filtering mode, annotated in Advisory mode
CAE Operating Modes: Learning vs Enforcement
Off : Disables all CAE logic. Raw divergence pipeline only. Use for baseline comparison.
Advisory : Shows ALL signals regardless of CAE evaluation, but annotates signals that WOULD be blocked with specific warnings (e.g., "Bull: strong downtrend (TCS=0.87)" or "Adversarial bearish"). This is your learning mode — see CAE's decision logic in action without missing educational opportunities.
Filtering : Actively blocks low-quality signals. Only setups that pass all enabled gates (Trend Filter, Adversarial Validation, Confidence Gating) reach your chart. This is your live trading mode — trust the system to enforce discipline.
CAE Filter Gates: Three-Layer Protection
When CAE is enabled, signals must pass through three independent gates (each can be toggled on/off):
Gate 1: Strong Trend Filter
If TCS ≥ tcs_threshold (default 0.80)
And signal is counter-trend (bullish in downtrend or bearish in uptrend)
And exhaustion < exhaustion_required (default 0.50)
Then: BLOCK signal
Logic: Don't fade strong trends unless the move is clearly overextended
Gate 2: Adversarial Validation
Calculate both bull case and bear case scores
If opposing case dominates by more than adv_threshold (default 0.10)
Then: BLOCK signal
Logic: Avoid trades where you're fighting obvious strength in the opposite direction
Gate 3: Confidence Gating
Calculate composite confidence score (0-1)
If confidence < min_confidence (default 0.35)
Then: In Filtering mode, BLOCK signal; in Advisory mode, ANNOTATE with warning
Logic: Only take setups with minimum quality threshold
All three gates work together. A signal must pass ALL enabled gates to fire.
Visual Intelligence System
Bifurcation Zones (Supply/Demand Blocks)
When a divergence signal fires, BZ-CAE draws a semi-transparent box extending 15 bars forward from the signal pivot:
Demand Zones (Bullish) : Theme-colored box (cyan in Cyberpunk, blue in Professional, etc.) labeled "Demand" — marks where smart money likely placed buy orders as price diverged at the low.
Supply Zones (Bearish) : Theme-colored box (magenta in Cyberpunk, orange in Professional) labeled "Supply" — marks where smart money likely placed sell orders as price diverged at the high.
Theory : Divergences represent institutional disagreement with the crowd. The crowd pushed price to an extreme (new high or low), but momentum (oscillator) is waning, indicating smart money is taking the opposite side. These zones mark order placement areas that become future support/resistance.
Use Cases :
Exit targets: Take profit when price returns to opposite-side zone
Re-entry levels: If price returns to your entry zone, consider adding
Stop placement: Place stops just beyond your zone (below demand, above supply)
Auto-Cleanup : System keeps the last 20 zones to prevent chart clutter.
Adversarial Bar Coloring — Real-Time Market Debate Heatmap
Each bar is colored based on the Bull Case vs Bear Case differential:
Strong Bull Advantage (diff > 0.3): Full theme bull color (e.g., cyan)
Moderate Bull Advantage (diff > 0.1): 50% transparency bull
Neutral (diff -0.1 to 0.1): Gray/neutral theme
Moderate Bear Advantage (diff < -0.1): 50% transparency bear
Strong Bear Advantage (diff < -0.3): Full theme bear color (e.g., magenta)
This creates a real-time visual heatmap showing which side is "winning" the market debate. When bars flip from cyan to magenta (or vice versa), you're witnessing a shift in adversarial advantage — a leading indicator of potential momentum changes.
Exhaustion Shading
When exhaustion score exceeds 0.75, the chart background displays a semi-transparent yellow highlight. This immediate visual warning alerts you that the current move is at high risk of reversal, even if trend indicators remain strong.
Visual Themes — Six Aesthetic Options
Cyberpunk : Cyan/Magenta/Yellow — High contrast, neon aesthetic, excellent for dark-themed trading environments
Professional : Blue/Orange/Green — Corporate color palette, suitable for presentations and professional documentation
Ocean : Teal/Red/Cyan — Aquatic palette, calming for extended monitoring sessions
Fire : Orange/Red/Coral — Warm aggressive colors, high energy
Matrix : Green/Red/Lime — Code aesthetic, homage to classic hacker visuals
Monochrome : White/Gray — Minimal distraction, maximum focus on price action
All visual elements (signal markers, zones, bar colors, dashboard) adapt to your selected theme.
Divergence Engine — Core Detection System
What Are Divergences?
Divergences occur when price action and momentum indicators disagree, creating structural tension that often resolves in a change of direction:
Regular Divergence (Reversal Signal) :
Bearish Regular : Price makes higher high, oscillator makes lower high → Potential trend reversal down
Bullish Regular : Price makes lower low, oscillator makes higher low → Potential trend reversal up
Hidden Divergence (Continuation Signal) :
Bearish Hidden : Price makes lower high, oscillator makes higher high → Downtrend continuation
Bullish Hidden : Price makes higher low, oscillator makes lower low → Uptrend continuation
Both types can be enabled/disabled independently in settings.
Pivot Detection Methods
BZ-CAE uses symmetric pivot detection with separate lookback and lookforward periods (default 5/5):
Pivot High : Bar where high > all highs within lookback range AND high > all highs within lookforward range
Pivot Low : Bar where low < all lows within lookback range AND low < all lows within lookforward range
This ensures structural validity — the pivot must be a clear local extreme, not just a minor wiggle.
Divergence Validation Requirements
For a divergence to be confirmed, it must satisfy:
Slope Disagreement : Price slope and oscillator slope must move in opposite directions (for regular divs) or same direction with inverted highs/lows (for hidden divs)
Minimum Slope Change : |osc_slope| > min_slope_change / 100 (default 1.0) — filters weak, marginal divergences
Maximum Lookback Range : Pivots must be within max_lookback bars (default 60) — prevents ancient, irrelevant divergences
ATR-Normalized Strength : Divergence strength = min(|price_slope| × |osc_slope| × 10, 1.0) — quantifies the magnitude of disagreement in volatility context
Regular divergences receive 1.0× weight; hidden divergences receive 0.8× weight (slightly less reliable historically).
Oscillator Options — Five Professional Indicators
RSI (Relative Strength Index) : Classic overbought/oversold momentum indicator. Best for: General purpose divergence detection across all instruments.
Stochastic : Range-bound %K momentum comparing close to high-low range. Best for: Mean reversion strategies and range-bound markets.
CCI (Commodity Channel Index) : Measures deviation from statistical mean, auto-normalized to 0-100 scale. Best for: Cyclical instruments and commodities.
MFI (Money Flow Index) : Volume-weighted RSI incorporating money flow. Best for: Volume-driven markets like stocks and crypto.
Williams %R : Inverse stochastic looking back over period, auto-adjusted to 0-100. Best for: Reversal detection at extremes.
Each oscillator has adjustable length (2-200, default 14) and smoothing (1-20, default 1). You also set overbought (50-100, default 70) and oversold (0-50, default 30) thresholds.
Signal Timing Modes — Understanding Repainting
BZ-CAE offers two timing policies with complete transparency about repainting behavior:
Realtime (1-bar, peak-anchored)
How It Works :
Detects peaks 1 bar ago using pattern: high > high AND high > high
Signal prints on the NEXT bar after peak detection (bar_index)
Visual marker anchors to the actual PEAK bar (bar_index - 1, offset -1)
Signal locks in when bar CONFIRMS (closes)
Repainting Behavior :
On the FORMING bar (before close), the peak condition may change as new prices arrive
Once bar CLOSES (barstate.isconfirmed), signal is locked permanently
This is preview/early warning behavior by design
Best For :
Active monitoring and immediate alerts
Learning the system (seeing signals develop in real-time)
Responsive entry if you're watching the chart live
Confirmed (lookforward)
How It Works :
Uses Pine Script's built-in ta.pivothigh() and ta.pivotlow() functions
Requires full pivot validation period (lookback + lookforward bars)
Signal prints pivot_lookforward bars after the actual peak (default 5-bar delay)
Visual marker anchors to the actual peak bar (offset -pivot_lookforward)
No Repainting Behavior
Best For :
Backtesting and historical analysis
Conservative entries requiring full confirmation
Automated trading systems
Swing trading with larger timeframes
Tradeoff :
Delayed entry by pivot_lookforward bars (typically 5 bars)
On a 5-minute chart, this is a 25-minute delay
On a 4-hour chart, this is a 20-hour delay
Recommendation : Use Confirmed for backtesting to verify system performance honestly. Use Realtime for live monitoring only if you're actively watching the chart and understand pre-confirmation repainting behavior.
Signal Spacing System — Anti-Spam Architecture
Even after CAE filtering, raw divergences can cluster. The spacing system enforces separation:
Three Independent Filters
1. Min Bars Between ANY Signals (default 12):
Prevents rapid-fire clustering across both directions
If last signal (bull or bear) was within N bars, block new signal
Ensures breathing room between all setups
2. Min Bars Between SAME-SIDE Signals (default 24, optional enforcement):
Prevents bull-bull or bear-bear spam
Separate tracking for bullish and bearish signal timelines
Toggle enforcement on/off
3. Min ATR Distance From Last Signal (default 0, optional):
Requires price to move N × ATR from last signal location
Ensures meaningful price movement between setups
0 = disabled, 0.5-2.0 = typical range for enabled
All three filters work independently. A signal must pass ALL enabled filters to proceed.
Practical Guidance :
Scalping (1-5m) : Any 6-10, Same-side 12-20, ATR 0-0.5
Day Trading (15m-1H) : Any 12, Same-side 24, ATR 0-1.0
Swing Trading (4H-D) : Any 20-30, Same-side 40-60, ATR 1.0-2.0
Dashboard — Real-Time Control Center
The dashboard (toggleable, four corner positions, three sizes) provides comprehensive system intelligence:
Oscillator Section
Current oscillator type and value
State: OVERBOUGHT / OVERSOLD / NEUTRAL (color-coded)
Length parameter
Cognitive Engine Section
TCS (Trend Conviction Score) :
Current value with emoji state indicator
🔥 = Strong trend (>0.75)
📊 = Moderate trend (0.50-0.75)
〰️ = Weak/choppy (<0.50)
Color: Red if above threshold (trend filter active), yellow if moderate, green if weak
DMA (Directional Momentum Alignment) :
Current value with emoji direction indicator
🐂 = Bullish momentum (>0.5)
⚖️ = Balanced (-0.5 to 0.5)
🐻 = Bearish momentum (<-0.5)
Color: Green if bullish, red if bearish
Exhaustion :
Current value with emoji warning indicator
⚠️ = High exhaustion (>0.75)
🟡 = Moderate (0.50-0.75)
✓ = Low (<0.50)
Color: Red if high, yellow if moderate, green if low
Pullback :
Quality of current distance from EMA20
Values >0.6 are ideal entry zones (not too close, not too far)
Bull Case / Bear Case (if Adversarial enabled):
Current scores for both sides of the market debate
Differential with emoji indicator:
📈 = Bull advantage (>0.2)
➡️ = Balanced (-0.2 to 0.2)
📉 = Bear advantage (<-0.2)
Last Signal Metrics Section (New Feature)
When a signal fires, this section captures and displays:
Signal type (BULL or BEAR)
Bars elapsed since signal
Confidence % at time of signal
TCS value at signal time
DMA value at signal time
Purpose : Provides a historical reference for learning. You can see what the market state looked like when the last signal fired, helping you correlate outcomes with conditions.
Statistics Section
Total Signals : Lifetime count across session
Blocked Signals : Count and percentage (filter effectiveness metric)
Bull Signals : Total bullish divergences
Bear Signals : Total bearish divergences
Purpose : System health monitoring. If blocked % is very high (>60%), filters may be too strict. If very low (<10%), filters may be too loose.
Advisory Annotations
When CAE Mode = Advisory, this section displays warnings for signals that would be blocked in Filtering mode:
Examples:
"Bull spacing: wait 8 bars"
"Bear: strong uptrend (TCS=0.87)"
"Adversarial bearish"
"Low confidence 32%"
Multiple warnings can stack, separated by " | ". This teaches you CAE's decision logic transparently.
How to Use BZ-CAE — Complete Workflow
Phase 1: Initial Setup (First Session)
Apply BZ-CAE to your chart
Select your preferred Visual Theme (Cyberpunk recommended for visibility)
Set Signal Timing to "Confirmed (lookforward)" for learning
Choose your Oscillator Type (RSI recommended for general use, length 14)
Set Overbought/Oversold to 70/30 (standard)
Enable both Regular Divergence and Hidden Divergence
Set Pivot Lookback/Lookforward to 5/5 (balanced structure)
Enable CAE Intelligence
Set CAE Mode to "Advisory" (learning mode)
Enable all three CAE filters: Strong Trend Filter , Adversarial Validation , Confidence Gating
Enable Show Dashboard , position Top Right, size Normal
Enable Draw Bifurcation Zones and Adversarial Bar Coloring
Phase 2: Learning Period (Weeks 1-2)
Goal : Understand how CAE evaluates market state and filters signals.
Activities :
Watch the dashboard during signals :
Note TCS values when counter-trend signals fail — this teaches you the trend strength threshold for your instrument
Observe exhaustion patterns at actual turning points — learn when overextension truly matters
Study adversarial differential at signal times — see when opposing cases dominate
Review blocked signals (orange X-crosses):
In Advisory mode, you see everything — signals that would pass AND signals that would be blocked
Check the advisory annotations to understand why CAE would block
Track outcomes: Were the blocks correct? Did those signals fail?
Use Last Signal Metrics :
After each signal, check the dashboard capture of confidence, TCS, and DMA
Journal these values alongside trade outcomes
Identify patterns: Do confidence >0.70 signals work better? Does your instrument respect TCS >0.85?
Understand your instrument's "personality" :
Trending instruments (indices, major forex) may need TCS threshold 0.85-0.90
Choppy instruments (low-cap stocks, exotic pairs) may work best with TCS 0.70-0.75
High-volatility instruments (crypto) may need wider spacing
Low-volatility instruments may need tighter spacing
Phase 3: Calibration (Weeks 3-4)
Goal : Optimize settings for your specific instrument, timeframe, and style.
Calibration Checklist :
Min Confidence Threshold :
Review confidence distribution in your signal journal
Identify the confidence level below which signals consistently fail
Set min_confidence slightly above that level
Day trading : 0.35-0.45
Swing trading : 0.40-0.55
Scalping : 0.30-0.40
TCS Threshold :
Find the TCS level where counter-trend signals consistently get stopped out
Set tcs_threshold at or slightly below that level
Trending instruments : 0.85-0.90
Mixed instruments : 0.80-0.85
Choppy instruments : 0.75-0.80
Exhaustion Override Level :
Identify exhaustion readings that marked genuine reversals
Set exhaustion_required just below the average
Typical range : 0.45-0.55
Adversarial Threshold :
Default 0.10 works for most instruments
If you find CAE is too conservative (blocking good trades), raise to 0.15-0.20
If signals are still getting caught in opposing momentum, lower to 0.07-0.09
Spacing Parameters :
Count bars between quality signals in your journal
Set min bars ANY to ~60% of that average
Set min bars SAME-SIDE to ~120% of that average
Scalping : Any 6-10, Same 12-20
Day trading : Any 12, Same 24
Swing : Any 20-30, Same 40-60
Oscillator Selection :
Try different oscillators for 1-2 weeks each
Track win rate and average winner/loser by oscillator type
RSI : Best for general use, clear OB/OS
Stochastic : Best for range-bound, mean reversion
MFI : Best for volume-driven markets
CCI : Best for cyclical instruments
Williams %R : Best for reversal detection
Phase 4: Live Deployment
Goal : Disciplined execution with proven, calibrated system.
Settings Changes :
Switch CAE Mode from Advisory to Filtering
System now actively blocks low-quality signals
Only setups passing all gates reach your chart
Keep Signal Timing on Confirmed for conservative entries
OR switch to Realtime if you're actively monitoring and want faster entries (accept pre-confirmation repaint risk)
Use your calibrated thresholds from Phase 3
Enable high-confidence alerts: "⭐ High Confidence Bullish/Bearish" (>0.70)
Trading Discipline Rules :
Respect Blocked Signals :
If CAE blocks a trade you wanted to take, TRUST THE SYSTEM
Don't manually override — if you consistently disagree, return to Phase 2/3 calibration
The block exists because market state failed intelligence checks
Confidence-Based Position Sizing :
Confidence >0.70: Standard or increased size (e.g., 1.5-2.0% risk)
Confidence 0.50-0.70: Standard size (e.g., 1.0% risk)
Confidence 0.35-0.50: Reduced size (e.g., 0.5% risk) or skip if conservative
TCS-Based Management :
High TCS + counter-trend signal: Use tight stops, quick exits (you're fading momentum)
Low TCS + reversal signal: Use wider stops, trail aggressively (genuine reversal potential)
Exhaustion Awareness :
Exhaustion >0.75 (yellow shading): Market is overextended, reversal risk is elevated — consider early exit or tighter trailing stops even on winning trades
Exhaustion <0.30: Continuation bias — hold for larger move, wide trailing stops
Adversarial Context :
Strong differential against you (e.g., bullish signal with bear diff <-0.2): Use very tight stops, consider skipping
Strong differential with you (e.g., bullish signal with bull diff >0.2): Trail aggressively, this is your tailwind
Practical Settings by Timeframe & Style
Scalping (1-5 Minute Charts)
Objective : High frequency, tight stops, quick reversals in fast-moving markets.
Oscillator :
Type: RSI or Stochastic (fast response to quick moves)
Length: 9-11 (more responsive than standard 14)
Smoothing: 1 (no lag)
OB/OS: 65/35 (looser thresholds ensure frequent crossings in fast conditions)
Divergence :
Pivot Lookback/Lookforward: 3/3 (tight structure, catch small swings)
Max Lookback: 40-50 bars (recent structure only)
Min Slope Change: 0.8-1.0 (don't be overly strict)
CAE :
Mode: Advisory first (learn), then Filtering
Min Confidence: 0.30-0.35 (lower bar for speed, accept more signals)
TCS Threshold: 0.70-0.75 (allow more counter-trend opportunities)
Exhaustion Required: 0.45-0.50 (moderate override)
Strong Trend Filter: ON (still respect major intraday trends)
Adversarial: ON (critical for scalping protection — catches bad entries quickly)
Spacing :
Min Bars ANY: 6-10 (fast pace, many setups)
Min Bars SAME-SIDE: 12-20 (prevent clustering)
Min ATR Distance: 0 or 0.5 (loose)
Timing : Realtime (speed over precision, but understand repaint risk)
Visuals :
Signal Size: Tiny (chart clarity in busy conditions)
Show Zones: Optional (can clutter on low timeframes)
Bar Coloring: ON (helps read momentum shifts quickly)
Dashboard: Small size (corner reference, not main focus)
Key Consideration : Scalping generates noise. Even with CAE, expect lower win rate (45-55%) but aim for favorable R:R (2:1 or better). Size conservatively.
Day Trading (15-Minute to 1-Hour Charts)
Objective : Balance quality and frequency. Standard divergence trading approach.
Oscillator :
Type: RSI or MFI (proven reliability, volume confirmation with MFI)
Length: 14 (industry standard, well-studied)
Smoothing: 1-2
OB/OS: 70/30 (classic levels)
Divergence :
Pivot Lookback/Lookforward: 5/5 (balanced structure)
Max Lookback: 60 bars
Min Slope Change: 1.0 (standard strictness)
CAE :
Mode: Filtering (enforce discipline from the start after brief Advisory learning)
Min Confidence: 0.35-0.45 (quality filter without being too restrictive)
TCS Threshold: 0.80-0.85 (respect strong trends)
Exhaustion Required: 0.50 (balanced override threshold)
Strong Trend Filter: ON
Adversarial: ON
Confidence Gating: ON (all three filters active)
Spacing :
Min Bars ANY: 12 (breathing room between all setups)
Min Bars SAME-SIDE: 24 (prevent bull/bear clusters)
Min ATR Distance: 0-1.0 (optional refinement, typically 0.5-1.0)
Timing : Confirmed (1-bar delay for reliability, no repainting)
Visuals :
Signal Size: Tiny or Small
Show Zones: ON (useful reference for exits/re-entries)
Bar Coloring: ON (context awareness)
Dashboard: Normal size (full visibility)
Key Consideration : This is the "sweet spot" timeframe for BZ-CAE. Market structure is clear, CAE has sufficient data, and signal frequency is manageable. Expect 55-65% win rate with proper execution.
Swing Trading (4-Hour to Daily Charts)
Objective : Quality over quantity. High conviction only. Larger stops and targets.
Oscillator :
Type: RSI or CCI (robust on higher timeframes, smooth longer waves)
Length: 14-21 (capture larger momentum swings)
Smoothing: 1-3
OB/OS: 70/30 or 75/25 (strict extremes)
Divergence :
Pivot Lookback/Lookforward: 5/5 or 7/7 (structural purity, major swings only)
Max Lookback: 80-100 bars (broader historical context)
Min Slope Change: 1.2-1.5 (require strong, undeniable divergence)
CAE :
Mode: Filtering (strict enforcement, premium setups only)
Min Confidence: 0.40-0.55 (high bar for entry)
TCS Threshold: 0.85-0.95 (very strong trend protection — don't fade established HTF trends)
Exhaustion Required: 0.50-0.60 (higher bar for override — only extreme exhaustion justifies counter-trend)
Strong Trend Filter: ON (critical on HTF)
Adversarial: ON (avoid obvious bad trades)
Confidence Gating: ON (quality gate essential)
Spacing :
Min Bars ANY: 20-30 (substantial separation)
Min Bars SAME-SIDE: 40-60 (significant breathing room)
Min ATR Distance: 1.0-2.0 (require meaningful price movement)
Timing : Confirmed (purity over speed, zero repaint for swing accuracy)
Visuals :
Signal Size: Small or Normal (clear markers on zoomed-out view)
Show Zones: ON (important HTF levels)
Bar Coloring: ON (long-term trend awareness)
Dashboard: Normal or Large (comprehensive analysis)
Key Consideration : Swing signals are rare but powerful. Expect 2-5 signals per month per instrument. Win rate should be 60-70%+ due to stringent filtering. Position size can be larger given confidence.
Dashboard Interpretation Reference
TCS (Trend Conviction Score) States
0.00-0.50: Weak/Choppy
Emoji: 〰️
Color: Green/cyan
Meaning: No established trend. Range-bound or consolidating. Both reversal and continuation signals viable.
Action: Reversals (regular divs) are safer. Use wider profit targets (market has room to move). Consider mean reversion strategies.
0.50-0.75: Moderate Trend
Emoji: 📊
Color: Yellow/neutral
Meaning: Developing trend but not locked in. Context matters significantly.
Action: Check DMA and exhaustion. If DMA confirms trend and exhaustion is low, favor continuation (hidden divs). If exhaustion is high, reversals are viable.
0.75-0.85: Strong Trend
Emoji: 🔥
Color: Orange/warning
Meaning: Well-established trend with persistence. Counter-trend is high risk.
Action: Require exhaustion >0.50 for counter-trend entries. Favor continuation signals. Use tight stops on counter-trend attempts.
0.85-1.00: Very Strong Trend
Emoji: 🔥🔥
Color: Red/danger (if counter-trading)
Meaning: Locked-in institutional trend. Extremely high risk to fade.
Action: Avoid counter-trend unless exhaustion >0.75 (yellow shading). Focus exclusively on continuation opportunities. Momentum is king here.
DMA (Directional Momentum Alignment) Zones
-2.0 to -1.0: Strong Bearish Momentum
Emoji: 🐻🐻
Color: Dark red
Meaning: Powerful downside force. Sellers are in control.
Action: Bullish divergences are counter-momentum (high risk). Bearish divergences are with-momentum (lower risk). Size down on longs.
-0.5 to 0.5: Neutral/Balanced
Emoji: ⚖️
Color: Gray/neutral
Meaning: No strong directional bias. Choppy or consolidating.
Action: Both directions have similar probability. Focus on confidence score and adversarial differential for edge.
1.0 to 2.0: Strong Bullish Momentum
Emoji: 🐂🐂
Color: Bright green/cyan
Meaning: Powerful upside force. Buyers are in control.
Action: Bearish divergences are counter-momentum (high risk). Bullish divergences are with-momentum (lower risk). Size down on shorts.
Exhaustion States
0.00-0.50: Fresh Move
Emoji: ✓
Color: Green
Meaning: Trend is healthy, not overextended. Room to run.
Action: Counter-trend trades are premature. Favor continuation. Hold winners for larger moves. Avoid early exits.
0.50-0.75: Mature Move
Emoji: 🟡
Color: Yellow
Meaning: Move is aging. Watch for signs of climax.
Action: Tighten trailing stops on winning trades. Be ready for reversals. Don't add to positions aggressively.
0.75-0.85: High Exhaustion
Emoji: ⚠️
Color: Orange
Background: Yellow shading appears
Meaning: Move is overextended. Reversal risk elevated significantly.
Action: Counter-trend reversals are higher probability. Consider early exits on with-trend positions. Size up on reversal divergences (if CAE allows).
0.85-1.00: Critical Exhaustion
Emoji: ⚠️⚠️
Color: Red
Background: Yellow shading intensifies
Meaning: Climax conditions. Reversal imminent or underway.
Action: Aggressive reversal trades justified. Exit all with-trend positions. This is where major turns occur.
Confidence Score Tiers
0.00-0.30: Low Quality
Color: Red
Status: Blocked in Filtering mode
Action: Skip entirely. Setup lacks fundamental quality across multiple factors.
0.30-0.50: Moderate Quality
Color: Yellow/orange
Status: Marginal — passes in Filtering only if >min_confidence
Action: Reduced position size (0.5-0.75% risk). Tight stops. Conservative profit targets. Skip if you're selective.
0.50-0.70: High Quality
Color: Green/cyan
Status: Good setup across most quality factors
Action: Standard position size (1.0-1.5% risk). Normal stops and targets. This is your bread-and-butter trade.
0.70-1.00: Premium Quality
Color: Bright green/gold
Status: Exceptional setup — all factors aligned
Visual: Double confidence ring appears
Action: Consider increased position size (1.5-2.0% risk, maximum). Wider stops. Larger targets. High probability of success. These are rare — capitalize when they appear.
Adversarial Differential Interpretation
Bull Differential > 0.3 :
Visual: Strong cyan/green bar colors
Meaning: Bull case strongly dominates. Buyers have clear advantage.
Action: Bullish divergences favored (with-advantage). Bearish divergences face headwind (reduce size or skip). Momentum is bullish.
Bull Differential 0.1 to 0.3 :
Visual: Moderate cyan/green transparency
Meaning: Moderate bull advantage. Buyers have edge but not overwhelming.
Action: Both directions viable. Slight bias toward longs.
Differential -0.1 to 0.1 :
Visual: Gray/neutral bars
Meaning: Balanced debate. No clear advantage either side.
Action: Rely on other factors (confidence, TCS, exhaustion) for direction. Adversarial is neutral.
Bear Differential -0.3 to -0.1 :
Visual: Moderate red/magenta transparency
Meaning: Moderate bear advantage. Sellers have edge but not overwhelming.
Action: Both directions viable. Slight bias toward shorts.
Bear Differential < -0.3 :
Visual: Strong red/magenta bar colors
Meaning: Bear case strongly dominates. Sellers have clear advantage.
Action: Bearish divergences favored (with-advantage). Bullish divergences face headwind (reduce size or skip). Momentum is bearish.
Last Signal Metrics — Post-Trade Analysis
After a signal fires, dashboard captures:
Type : BULL or BEAR
Bars Ago : How long since signal (updates every bar)
Confidence : What was the quality score at signal time
TCS : What was trend conviction at signal time
DMA : What was momentum alignment at signal time
Use Case : Post-trade journaling and learning.
Example: "BULL signal 12 bars ago. Confidence: 68%, TCS: 0.42, DMA: -0.85"
Analysis : This was a bullish reversal (regular div) with good confidence, weak trend (TCS), but strong bearish momentum (DMA). The bet was that momentum would reverse — a counter-momentum play requiring exhaustion confirmation. Check if exhaustion was high at that time to justify the entry.
Track patterns:
Do your best trades have confidence >0.65?
Do low-TCS signals (<0.50) work better for you?
Are you more successful with-momentum (DMA aligned with signal) or counter-momentum?
Troubleshooting Guide
Problem: No Signals Appearing
Symptoms : Chart loads, dashboard shows metrics, but no divergence signals fire.
Diagnosis Checklist :
Check dashboard oscillator value : Is it crossing OB/OS levels (70/30)? If oscillator stays in 40-60 range constantly, it can't reach extremes needed for divergence detection.
Are pivots forming? : Look for local swing highs/lows on your chart. If price is in tight consolidation, pivots may not meet lookback/lookforward requirements.
Is spacing too tight? : Check "Last Signal" metrics — how many bars since last signal? If <12 and your min_bars_ANY is 12, spacing filter is blocking.
Is CAE blocking everything? : Check dashboard Statistics section — what's the blocked signal count? High blocks indicate overly strict filters.
Solutions :
Loosen OB/OS Temporarily :
Try 65/35 to verify divergence detection works
If signals appear, the issue was threshold strictness
Gradually tighten back to 67/33, then 70/30 as appropriate
Lower Min Confidence :
Try 0.25-0.30 (diagnostic level)
If signals appear, filter was too strict
Raise gradually to find sweet spot (0.35-0.45 typical)
Disable Strong Trend Filter Temporarily :
Turn off in CAE settings
If signals appear, TCS threshold was blocking everything
Re-enable and lower TCS_threshold to 0.70-0.75
Reduce Min Slope Change :
Try 0.7-0.8 (from default 1.0)
Allows weaker divergences through
Helpful on low-volatility instruments
Widen Spacing :
Set min_bars_ANY to 6-8
Set min_bars_SAME_SIDE to 12-16
Reduces time between allowed signals
Check Timing Mode :
If using Confirmed, remember there's a pivot_lookforward delay (5+ bars)
Switch to Realtime temporarily to verify system is working
Realtime has no delay but repaints
Verify Oscillator Settings :
Length 14 is standard but might not fit all instruments
Try length 9-11 for faster response
Try length 18-21 for slower, smoother response
Problem: Too Many Signals (Signal Spam)
Symptoms : Dashboard shows 50+ signals in Statistics, confidence scores mostly <0.40, signals clustering close together.
Solutions :
Raise Min Confidence :
Try 0.40-0.50 (quality filter)
Blocks bottom-tier setups
Targets top 50-60% of divergences only
Tighten OB/OS :
Use 70/30 or 75/25
Requires more extreme oscillator readings
Reduces false divergences in mid-range
Increase Min Slope Change :
Try 1.2-1.5 (from default 1.0)
Requires stronger, more obvious divergences
Filters marginal slope disagreements
Raise TCS Threshold :
Try 0.85-0.90 (from default 0.80)
Stricter trend filter blocks more counter-trend attempts
Favors only strongest trend alignment
Enable ALL CAE Gates :
Turn on Trend Filter + Adversarial + Confidence
Triple-layer protection
Blocks aggressively — expect 20-40% reduction in signals
Widen Spacing :
min_bars_ANY: 15-20 (from 12)
min_bars_SAME_SIDE: 30-40 (from 24)
Creates substantial breathing room
Switch to Confirmed Timing :
Removes realtime preview noise
Ensures full pivot validation
5-bar delay filters many false starts
Problem: Signals in Strong Trends Get Stopped Out
Symptoms : You take a bullish divergence in a downtrend (or bearish in uptrend), and it immediately fails. Dashboard showed high TCS at the time.
Analysis : This is INTENDED behavior — CAE is protecting you from low-probability counter-trend trades.
Understanding :
Check Last Signal Metrics in dashboard — what was TCS when signal fired?
If TCS was >0.85 and signal was counter-trend, CAE correctly identified it as high risk
Strong trends rarely reverse cleanly without major exhaustion
Your losses here are the system working as designed (blocking bad odds)
If You Want to Override (Not Recommended) :
Lower TCS_threshold to 0.70-0.75 (allows more counter-trend)
Lower exhaustion_required to 0.40 (easier override)
Disable Strong Trend Filter entirely (very risky)
Better Approach :
TRUST THE FILTER — it's preventing costly mistakes
Wait for exhaustion >0.75 (yellow shading) before counter-trending strong TCS
Focus on continuation signals (hidden divs) in high-TCS environments
Use Advisory mode to see what CAE is blocking and learn from outcomes
Problem: Adversarial Blocking Seems Wrong
Symptoms : You see a divergence that "looks good" visually, but CAE blocks with "Adversarial bearish/bullish" warning.
Diagnosis :
Check dashboard Bull Case and Bear Case scores at that moment
Look at Differential value
Check adversarial bar colors — was there strong coloring against your intended direction?
Understanding :
Adversarial catches "obvious" opposing momentum that's easy to miss
Example: Bullish divergence at a local low, BUT price is deeply below EMA50, bearish momentum is strong, and RSI shows knife-catching conditions
Bull Case might be 0.20 while Bear Case is 0.55
Differential = -0.35, far beyond threshold
Block is CORRECT — you'd be fighting overwhelming opposing flow
If You Disagree Consistently
Review blocked signals on chart — scroll back and check outcomes
Did those blocked signals actually work, or did they fail as adversarial predicted?
Raise adv_threshold to 0.15-0.20 (more permissive, allows closer battles)
Disable Adversarial Validation temporarily (diagnostic) to isolate its effect
Use Advisory mode to learn adversarial patterns over 50-100 signals
Remember : Adversarial is conservative BY DESIGN. It prevents "obvious" bad trades where you're fighting strong strength the other way.
Problem: Dashboard Not Showing or Incomplete
Solutions :
Toggle "Show Dashboard" to ON in settings
Try different dashboard sizes (Small/Normal/Large)
Try different positions (Top Left/Right, Bottom Left/Right) — might be off-screen
Some sections require CAE Enable = ON (Cognitive Engine section won't appear if CAE is disabled)
Statistics section requires at least 1 lifetime signal to populate
Check that visual theme is set (dashboard colors adapt to theme)
Problem: Performance Lag, Chart Freezing
Symptoms : Chart loading is slow, indicator calculations cause delays, pinch-to-zoom lags.
Diagnosis : Visual features are computationally expensive, especially adversarial bar coloring (recalculates every bar).
Solutions (In Order of Impact) :
Disable Adversarial Bar Coloring (MOST EXPENSIVE):
Turn OFF "Adversarial Bar Coloring" in settings
This is the single biggest performance drain
Immediate improvement
Reduce Vertical Lines :
Lower "Keep last N vertical lines" to 20-30
Or set to 0 to disable entirely
Moderate improvement
Disable Bifurcation Zones :
Turn OFF "Draw Bifurcation Zones"
Reduces box drawing calculations
Moderate improvement
Set Dashboard Size to Small :
Smaller dashboard = fewer cells = less rendering
Minor improvement
Use Shorter Max Lookback :
Reduce max_lookback to 40-50 (from 60+)
Fewer bars to scan for divergences
Minor improvement
Disable Exhaustion Shading :
Turn OFF "Show Market State"
Removes background coloring calculations
Minor improvement
Extreme Performance Mode :
Disable ALL visual enhancements
Keep only triangle markers
Dashboard Small or OFF
Use Minimal theme if available
Problem: Realtime Signals Repainting
Symptoms : You see a signal appear, but on next bar it disappears or moves.
Explanation :
Realtime mode detects peaks 1 bar ago: high > high AND high > high
On the FORMING bar (before close), this condition can change as new prices arrive
Example: At 10:05, high (10:04 bar) was 100, current high is 99 → peak detected
At 10:05:30, new high of 101 arrives → peak condition breaks → signal disappears
At 10:06 (bar close), final high is 101 → no peak at 10:04 anymore → signal gone permanently
This is expected behavior for realtime responsiveness. You get preview/early warning, but it's not locked until bar confirms.
Solutions :
Use Confirmed Timing :
Switch to "Confirmed (lookforward)" mode
ZERO repainting — pivot must be fully validated
5-bar delay (pivot_lookforward)
What you see in history is exactly what would have appeared live
Accept Realtime Repaint as Tradeoff :
Keep Realtime mode for speed and alerts
Understand that pre-confirmation signals may vanish
Only trade signals that CONFIRM at bar close (check barstate.isconfirmed)
Use for live monitoring, NOT for backtesting
Trade Only After Confirmation :
In Realtime mode, wait 1 full bar after signal appears before entering
If signal survives that bar close, it's locked
This adds 1-bar delay but removes repaint risk
Recommendation : Use Confirmed for backtesting and conservative trading. Use Realtime only for active monitoring with full understanding of preview behavior.
Risk Management Integration
BZ-CAE is a signal generation system, not a complete trading strategy. You must integrate proper risk management:
Position Sizing by Confidence
Confidence 0.70-1.00 (Premium) :
Risk: 1.5-2.0% of account (MAXIMUM)
Reasoning: High-quality setup across all factors
Still cap at 2% — even premium setups can fail
Confidence 0.50-0.70 (High Quality) :
Risk: 1.0-1.5% of account
Reasoning: Standard good setup
Your bread-and-butter risk level
Confidence 0.35-0.50 (Moderate Quality) :
Risk: 0.5-1.0% of account
Reasoning: Marginal setup, passes minimum threshold
Reduce size or skip if you're selective
Confidence <0.35 (Low Quality) :
Risk: 0% (blocked in Filtering mode)
Reasoning: Insufficient quality factors
System protects you by not showing these
Stop Placement Strategies
For Reversal Signals (Regular Divergences) :
Place stop beyond the divergence pivot plus buffer
Bullish : Stop below the divergence low - 1.0-1.5 × ATR
Bearish : Stop above the divergence high + 1.0-1.5 × ATR
Reasoning: If price breaks the pivot, divergence structure is invalidated
For Continuation Signals (Hidden Divergences) :
Place stop beyond recent swing in opposite direction
Bullish continuation : Stop below recent swing low (not the divergence pivot itself)
Bearish continuation : Stop above recent swing high
Reasoning: You're trading with trend, allow more breathing room
ATR-Based Stops :
1.5-2.0 × ATR is standard
Scale by timeframe:
Scalping (1-5m): 1.0-1.5 × ATR (tight)
Day trading (15m-1H): 1.5-2.0 × ATR (balanced)
Swing (4H-D): 2.0-3.0 × ATR (wide)
Never Use Fixed Dollar/Pip Stops :
Markets have different volatility
50-pip stop on EUR/USD ≠ 50-pip stop on GBP/JPY
Always normalize by ATR or pivot structure
Profit Targets and Scaling
Primary Target :
2-3 × ATR from entry (minimum 2:1 reward-risk)
Example : Entry at 100, ATR = 2, stop at 97 (1.5 × ATR) → target at 106 (3 × ATR) = 2:1 R:R
Scaling Out Strategy :
Take 50% off at 1.5 × ATR (secure partial profit)
Move stop to breakeven
Trail remaining 50% with 1.0 × ATR trailing stop
Let winners run if trend persists
Targets by Confidence :
High Confidence (>0.70) : Aggressive targets (3-4 × ATR), trail wider (1.5 × ATR)
Standard Confidence (0.50-0.70) : Normal targets (2-3 × ATR), standard trail (1.0 × ATR)
Low Confidence (0.35-0.50) : Conservative targets (1.5-2 × ATR), tight trail (0.75 × ATR)
Use Bifurcation Zones :
If opposite-side zone is visible on chart (from previous signal), use it as target
Example : Bullish signal at 100, prior supply zone at 110 → use 110 as target
Zones mark institutional resistance/support
Exhaustion-Based Exits :
If you're in a trade and exhaustion >0.75 develops (yellow shading), consider early exit
Market is overextended — reversal risk is high
Take profit even if target not reached
Trade Management by TCS
High TCS + Counter-Trend Trade (Risky) :
Use very tight stops (1.0-1.5 × ATR)
Conservative targets (1.5-2 × ATR)
Quick exit if trade doesn't work immediately
You're fading momentum — respect it
Low TCS + Reversal Trade (Safer) :
Use wider stops (2.0-2.5 × ATR)
Aggressive targets (3-4 × ATR)
Trail with patience
Genuine reversal potential in weak trend
High TCS + Continuation Trade (Safest) :
Standard stops (1.5-2.0 × ATR)
Very aggressive targets (4-5 × ATR)
Trail wide (1.5-2.0 × ATR)
You're with institutional momentum — let it run
Educational Value — Learning Machine Intelligence
BZ-CAE is designed as a learning platform, not just a tool:
Advisory Mode as Teacher
Most indicators are binary: signal or no signal. You don't learn WHY certain setups are better.
BZ-CAE's Advisory mode shows you EVERY potential divergence, then annotates the ones that would be blocked in Filtering mode with specific reasons:
"Bull: strong downtrend (TCS=0.87)" teaches you that TCS >0.85 makes counter-trend very risky
"Adversarial bearish" teaches you that the opposing case was dominating
"Low confidence 32%" teaches you that the setup lacked quality across multiple factors
"Bull spacing: wait 8 bars" teaches you that signals need breathing room
After 50-100 signals in Advisory mode, you internalize the CAE's decision logic. You start seeing these factors yourself BEFORE the indicator does.
Dashboard Transparency
Most "intelligent" indicators are black boxes — you don't know how they make decisions.
BZ-CAE shows you ALL metrics in real-time:
TCS tells you trend strength
DMA tells you momentum alignment
Exhaustion tells you overextension
Adversarial shows both sides of the debate
Confidence shows composite quality
You learn to interpret market state holistically, a skill applicable to ANY trading system beyond this indicator.
Divergence Quality Education
Not all divergences are equal. BZ-CAE teaches you which conditions produce high-probability setups:
Quality divergence : Regular bullish div at a low, TCS <0.50 (weak trend), exhaustion >0.75 (overextended), positive adversarial differential, confidence >0.70
Low-quality divergence : Regular bearish div at a high, TCS >0.85 (strong uptrend), exhaustion <0.30 (not overextended), negative adversarial differential, confidence <0.40
After using the system, you can evaluate divergences manually with similar intelligence.
Risk Management Discipline
Confidence-based position sizing teaches you to adjust risk based on setup quality, not emotions:
Beginners often size all trades identically
Or worse, size UP on marginal setups to "make up" for losses
BZ-CAE forces systematic sizing: premium setups get larger size, marginal setups get smaller size
This creates a probabilistic approach where your edge compounds over time.
What This Indicator Is NOT
Complete transparency about limitations and positioning:
Not a Prediction System
BZ-CAE does not predict future prices. It identifies structural divergences (price-momentum disagreements) and assesses current market state (trend, exhaustion, adversarial conditions). It tells you WHEN conditions favor a potential reversal or continuation, not WHAT WILL HAPPEN.
Markets are probabilistic. Even premium-confidence setups fail ~30-40% of the time. The system improves your probability distribution over many trades — it doesn't eliminate risk.
Not Fully Automated
This is a decision support tool, not a trading robot. You must:
Execute trades manually based on signals
Manage positions (stops, targets, trailing)
Apply discretionary judgment (news events, liquidity, context)
Integrate with your broader strategy and risk rules
The confidence scores guide position sizing, but YOU determine final risk allocation based on your account size, risk tolerance, and portfolio context.
Not Beginner-Friendly
BZ-CAE requires understanding of:
Divergence trading concepts (regular vs hidden, reversal vs continuation)
Market state interpretation (trend vs range, momentum, exhaustion)
Basic technical analysis (pivots, support/resistance, EMAs)
Risk management fundamentals (position sizing, stops, R:R)
This is designed for intermediate to advanced traders willing to invest time learning the system. If you want "buy the arrow" simplicity, this isn't the tool.
Not a Holy Grail
There is no perfect indicator. BZ-CAE filters noise and improves signal quality significantly, but:
Losing trades are inevitable (even at 70% win rate, 30% still fail)
Market conditions change rapidly (yesterday's strong trend becomes today's chop)
Black swan events occur (fundamentals override technicals)
Execution matters (slippage, fees, emotional discipline)
The system provides an EDGE, not a guarantee. Your job is to execute that edge consistently with proper risk management over hundreds of trades.
Not Financial Advice
BZ-CAE is an educational and analytical tool. All trading decisions are your responsibility. Past performance (backtested or live) does not guarantee future results. Only risk capital you can afford to lose. Consult a licensed financial advisor for investment advice specific to your situation.
Ideal Market Conditions
Best Performance Characteristics
Liquid Instruments :
Major forex pairs (EUR/USD, GBP/USD, USD/JPY)
Large-cap stocks and index ETFs (SPY, QQQ, AAPL, MSFT)
High-volume crypto (BTC, ETH)
Major commodities (Gold, Oil, Natural Gas)
Reasoning: Clean price structure, clear pivots, meaningful oscillator behavior
Trending with Consolidations :
Markets that trend for 20-40 bars, then consolidate 10-20 bars, repeat
Creates divergences at consolidation boundaries (reversals) and within trends (continuations)
Both regular and hidden divs find opportunities
5-Minute to Daily Timeframes :
Below 5m: too much noise, false pivots, CAE metrics unstable
Above daily: too few signals, edge diminishes (fundamentals dominate)
Sweet spot: 15m to 4H for most traders
Consistent Volume and Participation :
Regular trading sessions (not holidays or thin markets)
Predictable volatility patterns
Avoid instruments with sudden gaps or circuit breakers
Challenging Conditions
Extremely Low Liquidity :
Penny stocks, exotic forex pairs, low-volume crypto
Erratic pivots, unreliable oscillator readings
CAE metrics can't assess market state properly
Very Low Timeframes (1-Minute or Below) :
Dominated by market microstructure noise
Divergences are everywhere but meaningless
CAE filtering helps but still unreliable
Extended Sideways Consolidation :
100+ bars of tight range with no clear pivots
Oscillator hugs midpoint (45-55 range)
No divergences to detect
Fundamentally-Driven Gap Markets :
Earnings releases, economic data, geopolitical events
Price gaps over stops and targets
Technical structure breaks down
Recommendation: Disable trading around known events
Calculation Methodology — Technical Depth
For users who want to understand the math:
Oscillator Computation
Each oscillator type calculates differently, but all normalize to 0-100:
RSI : ta.rsi(close, length) — Standard Relative Strength Index
Stochastic : ta.stoch(high, low, close, length) — %K calculation
CCI : (ta.cci(hlc3, length) + 100) / 2 — Normalized from -100/+100 to 0-100
MFI : ta.mfi(hlc3, length) — Volume-weighted RSI equivalent
Williams %R : ta.wpr(length) + 100 — Inverted stochastic adjusted to 0-100
Smoothing: If smoothing > 1, apply ta.sma(oscillator, smoothing)
Divergence Detection Algorithm
Identify Pivots :
Price high pivot: ta.pivothigh(high, lookback, lookforward)
Price low pivot: ta.pivotlow(low, lookback, lookforward)
Oscillator high pivot: ta.pivothigh(osc, lookback, lookforward)
Oscillator low pivot: ta.pivotlow(osc, lookback, lookforward)
Store Recent Pivots :
Maintain arrays of last 10 pivots with bar indices
When new pivot confirmed, unshift to array, pop oldest if >10
Scan for Slope Disagreements :
Loop through last 5 pivots
For each pair (current pivot, historical pivot):
Check if within max_lookback bars
Calculate slopes: (current - historical) / bars_between
Regular bearish: price_slope > 0, osc_slope < 0, |osc_slope| > min_threshold
Regular bullish: price_slope < 0, osc_slope > 0, |osc_slope| > min_threshold
Hidden bearish: price_slope < 0, osc_slope > 0, osc_slope > min_threshold
Hidden bullish: price_slope > 0, osc_slope < 0, |osc_slope| > min_threshold
Important Disclaimers and Terms
Performance Disclosure
Past performance, whether backtested or live-traded, does not guarantee future results. Markets change. What works today may not work tomorrow. Hypothetical or simulated performance results have inherent limitations and do not represent actual trading.
Risk of Loss
Trading involves substantial risk of loss. Only trade with risk capital you can afford to lose entirely. The high degree of leverage often available in trading can work against you as well as for you. Leveraged trading may result in losses exceeding your initial deposit.
Not Financial Advice
BZ-CAE is an educational and analytical tool for technical analysis. It is not financial advice, investment advice, or a recommendation to buy or sell any security or instrument. All trading decisions are your sole responsibility. Consult a licensed financial advisor for advice specific to your circumstances.
Technical Indicator Limitations
BZ-CAE is a technical analysis tool based on price and volume data. It does not account for:
Fundamental analysis (earnings, economic data, financial health)
Market sentiment and positioning
Geopolitical events and news
Liquidity conditions and market microstructure changes
Regulatory changes or exchange rules
Integrate with broader analysis and strategy. Do not rely solely on technical indicators for trading decisions.
Repainting Acknowledgment
As disclosed throughout this documentation:
Realtime mode may repaint on forming bars before confirmation (by design for preview functionality)
Confirmed mode has zero repainting (fully validated pivots only)
Choose timing mode appropriate for your use case. Understand the tradeoffs.
Testing Recommendation
ALWAYS test on demo/paper accounts before committing real capital. Validate the indicator's behavior on your specific instruments and timeframes. Learn the system thoroughly in Advisory mode before using Filtering mode.
Learning Resources :
In-indicator tooltips (hover over setting names for detailed explanations)
This comprehensive publishing statement (save for reference)
User guide in script comments (top of code)
Final Word — Philosophy of BZ-CAE
BZ-CAE is not designed to replace your judgment — it's designed to enhance it.
The indicator identifies structural inflection points (bifurcations) where price and momentum disagree. The Cognitive Engine evaluates market state to determine if this disagreement is meaningful or noise. The Adversarial model debates both sides of the trade to catch obvious bad setups. The Confidence system ranks quality so you can choose your risk appetite.
But YOU still execute. YOU still manage risk. YOU still learn from outcomes.
This is intelligence amplification, not intelligence replacement.
Use Advisory mode to learn how expert traders evaluate market state. Use Filtering mode to enforce discipline when emotions run high. Use the dashboard to develop a systematic approach to reading markets. Use confidence scores to size positions probabilistically.
The system provides an edge. Your job is to execute that edge with discipline, patience, and proper risk management over hundreds of trades.
Markets are probabilistic. No system wins every trade. But a systematic edge + disciplined execution + proper risk management compounds over time. That's the path to consistent profitability. BZ-CAE gives you the edge. The discipline and risk management are on you.
Taking you to school. — Dskyz, Trade with insight. Trade with anticipation.
Kripto Fema ind/ This Pine Script™ code is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public License 2.0 at mozilla.org
// © Femayakup
//@version=5
indicator(title = "Kripto Fema ind", shorttitle="Kripto Fema ind", overlay=true, format=format.price, precision=2,max_lines_count = 500, max_labels_count = 500, max_bars_back=500)
showEma200 = input(true, title="EMA 200")
showPmax = input(true, title="Pmax")
showLinreg = input(true, title="Linreg")
showMavilim = input(true, title="Mavilim")
showNadaray = input(true, title="Nadaraya Watson")
ma(source, length, type) =>
switch type
"SMA" => ta.sma(source, length)
"EMA" => ta.ema(source, length)
"SMMA (RMA)" => ta.rma(source, length)
"WMA" => ta.wma(source, length)
"VWMA" => ta.vwma(source, length)
//Ema200
timeFrame = input.timeframe(defval = '240',title= 'EMA200 TimeFrame',group = 'EMA200 Settings')
len200 = input.int(200, minval=1, title="Length",group = 'EMA200 Settings')
src200 = input(close, title="Source",group = 'EMA200 Settings')
offset200 = input.int(title="Offset", defval=0, minval=-500, maxval=500,group = 'EMA200 Settings')
out200 = ta.ema(src200, len200)
higherTimeFrame = request.security(syminfo.tickerid,timeFrame,out200 ,barmerge.gaps_on,barmerge.lookahead_on)
ema200Plot = showEma200 ? higherTimeFrame : na
plot(ema200Plot, title="EMA200", offset=offset200)
//Linreq
group1 = "Linreg Settings"
lengthInput = input.int(100, title="Length", minval = 1, maxval = 5000,group = group1)
sourceInput = input.source(close, title="Source")
useUpperDevInput = input.bool(true, title="Upper Deviation", inline = "Upper Deviation", group = group1)
upperMultInput = input.float(2.0, title="", inline = "Upper Deviation", group = group1)
useLowerDevInput = input.bool(true, title="Lower Deviation", inline = "Lower Deviation", group = group1)
lowerMultInput = input.float(2.0, title="", inline = "Lower Deviation", group = group1)
group2 = "Linreg Display Settings"
showPearsonInput = input.bool(true, "Show Pearson's R", group = group2)
extendLeftInput = input.bool(false, "Extend Lines Left", group = group2)
extendRightInput = input.bool(true, "Extend Lines Right", group = group2)
extendStyle = switch
extendLeftInput and extendRightInput => extend.both
extendLeftInput => extend.left
extendRightInput => extend.right
=> extend.none
group3 = "Linreg Color Settings"
colorUpper = input.color(color.new(color.blue, 85), "Linreg Renk", inline = group3, group = group3)
colorLower = input.color(color.new(color.red, 85), "", inline = group3, group = group3)
calcSlope(source, length) =>
max_bars_back(source, 5000)
if not barstate.islast or length <= 1
else
sumX = 0.0
sumY = 0.0
sumXSqr = 0.0
sumXY = 0.0
for i = 0 to length - 1 by 1
val = source
per = i + 1.0
sumX += per
sumY += val
sumXSqr += per * per
sumXY += val * per
slope = (length * sumXY - sumX * sumY) / (length * sumXSqr - sumX * sumX)
average = sumY / length
intercept = average - slope * sumX / length + slope
= calcSlope(sourceInput, lengthInput)
startPrice = i + s * (lengthInput - 1)
endPrice = i
var line baseLine = na
if na(baseLine) and not na(startPrice) and showLinreg
baseLine := line.new(bar_index - lengthInput + 1, startPrice, bar_index, endPrice, width=1, extend=extendStyle, color=color.new(colorLower, 0))
else
line.set_xy1(baseLine, bar_index - lengthInput + 1, startPrice)
line.set_xy2(baseLine, bar_index, endPrice)
na
calcDev(source, length, slope, average, intercept) =>
upDev = 0.0
dnDev = 0.0
stdDevAcc = 0.0
dsxx = 0.0
dsyy = 0.0
dsxy = 0.0
periods = length - 1
daY = intercept + slope * periods / 2
val = intercept
for j = 0 to periods by 1
price = high - val
if price > upDev
upDev := price
price := val - low
if price > dnDev
dnDev := price
price := source
dxt = price - average
dyt = val - daY
price -= val
stdDevAcc += price * price
dsxx += dxt * dxt
dsyy += dyt * dyt
dsxy += dxt * dyt
val += slope
stdDev = math.sqrt(stdDevAcc / (periods == 0 ? 1 : periods))
pearsonR = dsxx == 0 or dsyy == 0 ? 0 : dsxy / math.sqrt(dsxx * dsyy)
= calcDev(sourceInput, lengthInput, s, a, i)
upperStartPrice = startPrice + (useUpperDevInput ? upperMultInput * stdDev : upDev)
upperEndPrice = endPrice + (useUpperDevInput ? upperMultInput * stdDev : upDev)
var line upper = na
lowerStartPrice = startPrice + (useLowerDevInput ? -lowerMultInput * stdDev : -dnDev)
lowerEndPrice = endPrice + (useLowerDevInput ? -lowerMultInput * stdDev : -dnDev)
var line lower = na
if na(upper) and not na(upperStartPrice) and showLinreg
upper := line.new(bar_index - lengthInput + 1, upperStartPrice, bar_index, upperEndPrice, width=1, extend=extendStyle, color=color.new(colorUpper, 0))
else
line.set_xy1(upper, bar_index - lengthInput + 1, upperStartPrice)
line.set_xy2(upper, bar_index, upperEndPrice)
na
if na(lower) and not na(lowerStartPrice) and showLinreg
lower := line.new(bar_index - lengthInput + 1, lowerStartPrice, bar_index, lowerEndPrice, width=1, extend=extendStyle, color=color.new(colorUpper, 0))
else
line.set_xy1(lower, bar_index - lengthInput + 1, lowerStartPrice)
line.set_xy2(lower, bar_index, lowerEndPrice)
na
showLinregPlotUpper = showLinreg ? upper : na
showLinregPlotLower = showLinreg ? lower : na
showLinregPlotBaseLine = showLinreg ? baseLine : na
linefill.new(showLinregPlotUpper, showLinregPlotBaseLine, color = colorUpper)
linefill.new(showLinregPlotBaseLine, showLinregPlotLower, color = colorLower)
// Pearson's R
var label r = na
label.delete(r )
if showPearsonInput and not na(pearsonR) and showLinreg
r := label.new(bar_index - lengthInput + 1, lowerStartPrice, str.tostring(pearsonR, "#.################"), color = color.new(color.white, 100), textcolor=color.new(colorUpper, 0), size=size.normal, style=label.style_label_up)
//Mavilim
group4 = "Mavilim Settings"
mavilimold = input(false, title="Show Previous Version of MavilimW?",group=group4)
fmal=input(3,"First Moving Average length",group = group4)
smal=input(5,"Second Moving Average length",group = group4)
tmal=fmal+smal
Fmal=smal+tmal
Ftmal=tmal+Fmal
Smal=Fmal+Ftmal
M1= ta.wma(close, fmal)
M2= ta.wma(M1, smal)
M3= ta.wma(M2, tmal)
M4= ta.wma(M3, Fmal)
M5= ta.wma(M4, Ftmal)
MAVW= ta.wma(M5, Smal)
col1= MAVW>MAVW
col3= MAVWpmaxsrc ? pmaxsrc-pmaxsrc : 0
vdd1=pmaxsrc
ma = 0.0
if mav == "SMA"
ma := ta.sma(pmaxsrc, length)
ma
if mav == "EMA"
ma := ta.ema(pmaxsrc, length)
ma
if mav == "WMA"
ma := ta.wma(pmaxsrc, length)
ma
if mav == "TMA"
ma := ta.sma(ta.sma(pmaxsrc, math.ceil(length / 2)), math.floor(length / 2) + 1)
ma
if mav == "VAR"
ma := VAR
ma
if mav == "WWMA"
ma := WWMA
ma
if mav == "ZLEMA"
ma := ZLEMA
ma
if mav == "TSF"
ma := TSF
ma
ma
MAvg=getMA(pmaxsrc, length)
longStop = Normalize ? MAvg - Multiplier*atr/close : MAvg - Multiplier*atr
longStopPrev = nz(longStop , longStop)
longStop := MAvg > longStopPrev ? math.max(longStop, longStopPrev) : longStop
shortStop = Normalize ? MAvg + Multiplier*atr/close : MAvg + Multiplier*atr
shortStopPrev = nz(shortStop , shortStop)
shortStop := MAvg < shortStopPrev ? math.min(shortStop, shortStopPrev) : shortStop
dir = 1
dir := nz(dir , dir)
dir := dir == -1 and MAvg > shortStopPrev ? 1 : dir == 1 and MAvg < longStopPrev ? -1 : dir
PMax = dir==1 ? longStop: shortStop
plot(showsupport ? MAvg : na, color=#fbff04, linewidth=2, title="EMA9")
pALL=plot(PMax, color=color.new(color.red, transp = 0), linewidth=2, title="PMax")
alertcondition(ta.cross(MAvg, PMax), title="Cross Alert", message="PMax - Moving Avg Crossing!")
alertcondition(ta.crossover(MAvg, PMax), title="Crossover Alarm", message="Moving Avg BUY SIGNAL!")
alertcondition(ta.crossunder(MAvg, PMax), title="Crossunder Alarm", message="Moving Avg SELL SIGNAL!")
alertcondition(ta.cross(pmaxsrc, PMax), title="Price Cross Alert", message="PMax - Price Crossing!")
alertcondition(ta.crossover(pmaxsrc, PMax), title="Price Crossover Alarm", message="PRICE OVER PMax - BUY SIGNAL!")
alertcondition(ta.crossunder(pmaxsrc, PMax), title="Price Crossunder Alarm", message="PRICE UNDER PMax - SELL SIGNAL!")
buySignalk = ta.crossover(MAvg, PMax)
plotshape(buySignalk and showsignalsk ? PMax*0.995 : na, title="Buy", text="Buy", location=location.absolute, style=shape.labelup, size=size.tiny, color=color.new(color.green, transp = 0), textcolor=color.white)
sellSignallk = ta.crossunder(MAvg, PMax)
plotshape(sellSignallk and showsignalsk ? PMax*1.005 : na, title="Sell", text="Sell", location=location.absolute, style=shape.labeldown, size=size.tiny, color=color.new(color.red, transp = 0), textcolor=color.white)
// buySignalc = ta.crossover(pmaxsrc, PMax)
// plotshape(buySignalc and showsignalsc ? PMax*0.995 : na, title="Buy", text="Buy", location=location.absolute, style=shape.labelup, size=size.tiny, color=#0F18BF, textcolor=color.white)
// sellSignallc = ta.crossunder(pmaxsrc, PMax)
// plotshape(sellSignallc and showsignalsc ? PMax*1.005 : na, title="Sell", text="Sell", location=location.absolute, style=shape.labeldown, size=size.tiny, color=#0F18BF, textcolor=color.white)
// mPlot = plot(ohlc4, title="", style=plot.style_circles, linewidth=0,display=display.none)
longFillColor = highlighting ? (MAvg>PMax ? color.new(color.green, transp = 90) : na) : na
shortFillColor = highlighting ? (MAvg math.exp(-(math.pow(x, 2)/(h * h * 2)))
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------}
//Append lines
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------{
n = bar_index
var ln = array.new_line(0)
if barstate.isfirst and repaint
for i = 0 to 499
array.push(ln,line.new(na,na,na,na))
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------}
//End point method
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------{
var coefs = array.new_float(0)
var den = 0.
if barstate.isfirst and not repaint
for i = 0 to 499
w = gauss(i, h)
coefs.push(w)
den := coefs.sum()
out = 0.
if not repaint
for i = 0 to 499
out += src * coefs.get(i)
out /= den
mae = ta.sma(math.abs(src - out), 499) * mult
upperN = out + mae
lowerN = out - mae
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------}
//Compute and display NWE
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------{
float y2 = na
float y1 = na
nwe = array.new(0)
if barstate.islast and repaint
sae = 0.
//Compute and set NWE point
for i = 0 to math.min(499,n - 1)
sum = 0.
sumw = 0.
//Compute weighted mean
for j = 0 to math.min(499,n - 1)
w = gauss(i - j, h)
sum += src * w
sumw += w
y2 := sum / sumw
sae += math.abs(src - y2)
nwe.push(y2)
sae := sae / math.min(499,n - 1) * mult
for i = 0 to math.min(499,n - 1)
if i%2 and showNadaray
line.new(n-i+1, y1 + sae, n-i, nwe.get(i) + sae, color = upCss)
line.new(n-i+1, y1 - sae, n-i, nwe.get(i) - sae, color = dnCss)
if src > nwe.get(i) + sae and src < nwe.get(i) + sae and showNadaray
label.new(n-i, src , '▼', color = color(na), style = label.style_label_down, textcolor = dnCss, textalign = text.align_center)
if src < nwe.get(i) - sae and src > nwe.get(i) - sae and showNadaray
label.new(n-i, src , '▲', color = color(na), style = label.style_label_up, textcolor = upCss, textalign = text.align_center)
y1 := nwe.get(i)
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------}
//Dashboard
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------{
var tb = table.new(position.top_right, 1, 1
, bgcolor = #1e222d
, border_color = #373a46
, border_width = 1
, frame_color = #373a46
, frame_width = 1)
if repaint
tb.cell(0, 0, 'Repainting Mode Enabled', text_color = color.white, text_size = size.small)
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------}
//Plot
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------}
// plot(repaint ? na : out + mae, 'Upper', upCss)
// plot(repaint ? na : out - mae, 'Lower', dnCss)
//Crossing Arrows
// plotshape(ta.crossunder(close, out - mae) ? low : na, "Crossunder", shape.labelup, location.absolute, color(na), 0 , text = '▲', textcolor = upCss, size = size.tiny)
// plotshape(ta.crossover(close, out + mae) ? high : na, "Crossover", shape.labeldown, location.absolute, color(na), 0 , text = '▼', textcolor = dnCss, size = size.tiny)
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------}
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
enableD = input (true, "DIVERGANCE ON/OFF" , group="INDICATORS ON/OFF")
//DIVERGANCE
prd1 = input.int (defval=5 , title='PIVOT PERIOD' , minval=1, maxval=50 , group="DIVERGANCE")
source = input.string(defval='HIGH/LOW' , title='SOURCE FOR PIVOT POINTS' , options= , group="DIVERGANCE")
searchdiv = input.string(defval='REGULAR/HIDDEN', title='DIVERGANCE TYPE' , options= , group="DIVERGANCE")
showindis = input.string(defval='FULL' , title='SHOW INDICATORS NAME' , options= , group="DIVERGANCE")
showlimit = input.int(1 , title='MINIMUM NUMBER OF DIVERGANCES', minval=1, maxval=11 , group="DIVERGANCE")
maxpp = input.int (defval=20 , title='MAXIMUM PIVOT POINTS TO CHECK', minval=1, maxval=20 , group="DIVERGANCE")
maxbars = input.int (defval=200 , title='MAXIMUM BARS TO CHECK' , minval=30, maxval=200 , group="DIVERGANCE")
showlast = input (defval=false , title='SHOW ONLY LAST DIVERGANCE' , group="DIVERGANCE")
dontconfirm = input (defval=false , title="DON'T WAIT FOR CONFORMATION" , group="DIVERGANCE")
showlines = input (defval=false , title='SHOW DIVERGANCE LINES' , group="DIVERGANCE")
showpivot = input (defval=false , title='SHOW PIVOT POINTS' , group="DIVERGANCE")
calcmacd = input (defval=true , title='MACD' , group="DIVERGANCE")
calcmacda = input (defval=true , title='MACD HISTOGRAM' , group="DIVERGANCE")
calcrsi = input (defval=true , title='RSI' , group="DIVERGANCE")
calcstoc = input (defval=true , title='STOCHASTIC' , group="DIVERGANCE")
calccci = input (defval=true , title='CCI' , group="DIVERGANCE")
calcmom = input (defval=true , title='MOMENTUM' , group="DIVERGANCE")
calcobv = input (defval=true , title='OBV' , group="DIVERGANCE")
calcvwmacd = input (true , title='VWMACD' , group="DIVERGANCE")
calccmf = input (true , title='CHAIKIN MONEY FLOW' , group="DIVERGANCE")
calcmfi = input (true , title='MONEY FLOW INDEX' , group="DIVERGANCE")
calcext = input (false , title='CHECK EXTERNAL INDICATOR' , group="DIVERGANCE")
externalindi = input (defval=close , title='EXTERNAL INDICATOR' , group="DIVERGANCE")
pos_reg_div_col = input (defval=#ffffff , title='POSITIVE REGULAR DIVERGANCE' , group="DIVERGANCE")
neg_reg_div_col = input (defval=#00def6 , title='NEGATIVE REGULAR DIVERGANCE' , group="DIVERGANCE")
pos_hid_div_col = input (defval=#00ff0a , title='POSITIVE HIDDEN DIVERGANCE' , group="DIVERGANCE")
neg_hid_div_col = input (defval=#ff0015 , title='NEGATIVE HIDDEN DIVERGANCE' , group="DIVERGANCE")
reg_div_l_style_ = input.string(defval='SOLID' , title='REGULAR DIVERGANCE LINESTYLE' , options= , group="DIVERGANCE")
hid_div_l_style_ = input.string(defval='SOLID' , title='HIDDEN DIVERGANCE LINESTYLE' , options= , group="DIVERGANCE")
reg_div_l_width = input.int (defval=2 , title='REGULAR DIVERGANCE LINEWIDTH' , minval=1, maxval=5 , group="DIVERGANCE")
hid_div_l_width = input.int (defval=2 , title='HIDDEN DIVERGANCE LINEWIDTH' , minval=1, maxval=5 , group="DIVERGANCE")
showmas = input.bool (defval=false , title='SHOW MOVING AVERAGES (50 & 200)', inline='MA' , group="DIVERGANCE")
cma1col = input.color (defval=#ffffff , title='' , inline='MA' , group="DIVERGANCE")
cma2col = input.color (defval=#00def6 , title='' , inline='MA' , group="DIVERGANCE")
//PLOTS
plot(showmas ? ta.sma(close, 50) : na, color=showmas ? cma1col : na)
plot(showmas ? ta.sma(close, 200) : na, color=showmas ? cma2col : na)
var reg_div_l_style = reg_div_l_style_ == 'SOLID' ? line.style_solid : reg_div_l_style_ == 'DASHED' ? line.style_dashed : line.style_dotted
var hid_div_l_style = hid_div_l_style_ == 'SOLID' ? line.style_solid : hid_div_l_style_ == 'DASHED' ? line.style_dashed : line.style_dotted
rsi = ta.rsi(close, 14)
= ta.macd(close, 12, 26, 9)
moment = ta.mom(close, 10)
cci = ta.cci(close, 10)
Obv = ta.obv
stk = ta.sma(ta.stoch(close, high, low, 14), 3)
maFast = ta.vwma(close, 12)
maSlow = ta.vwma(close, 26)
vwmacd = maFast - maSlow
Cmfm = (close - low - (high - close)) / (high - low)
Cmfv = Cmfm * volume
cmf = ta.sma(Cmfv, 21) / ta.sma(volume, 21)
Mfi = ta.mfi(close, 14)
var indicators_name = array.new_string(11)
var div_colors = array.new_color(4)
if barstate.isfirst and enableD
array.set(indicators_name, 0, showindis == "DON'T SHOW" ? '' : '')
array.set(indicators_name, 1, showindis == "DON'T SHOW" ? '' : '')
array.set(indicators_name, 2, showindis == "DON'T SHOW" ? '' : '')
array.set(indicators_name, 3, showindis == "DON'T SHOW" ? '' : '')
array.set(indicators_name, 4, showindis == "DON'T SHOW" ? '' : '')
array.set(indicators_name, 5, showindis == "DON'T SHOW" ? '' : '')
array.set(indicators_name, 6, showindis == "DON'T SHOW" ? '' : '')
array.set(indicators_name, 7, showindis == "DON'T SHOW" ? '' : '')
array.set(indicators_name, 8, showindis == "DON'T SHOW" ? '' : '')
array.set(indicators_name, 9, showindis == "DON'T SHOW" ? '' : '')
array.set(indicators_name, 10, showindis == "DON'T SHOW" ? '' : '')
array.set(div_colors, 0, pos_reg_div_col)
array.set(div_colors, 1, neg_reg_div_col)
array.set(div_colors, 2, pos_hid_div_col)
array.set(div_colors, 3, neg_hid_div_col)
float ph1 = ta.pivothigh(source == 'CLOSE' ? close : high, prd1, prd1)
float pl1 = ta.pivotlow(source == 'CLOSE' ? close : low, prd1, prd1)
plotshape(ph1 and showpivot, text='H', style=shape.labeldown, color=color.new(color.white, 100), textcolor=#00def6, location=location.abovebar, offset=-prd1)
plotshape(pl1 and showpivot, text='L', style=shape.labelup, color=color.new(color.white, 100), textcolor=#ffffff, location=location.belowbar, offset=-prd1)
var int maxarraysize = 20
var ph_positions = array.new_int(maxarraysize, 0)
var pl_positions = array.new_int(maxarraysize, 0)
var ph_vals = array.new_float(maxarraysize, 0.)
var pl_vals = array.new_float(maxarraysize, 0.)
if ph1
array.unshift(ph_positions, bar_index)
array.unshift(ph_vals, ph1)
if array.size(ph_positions) > maxarraysize
array.pop(ph_positions)
array.pop(ph_vals)
if pl1
array.unshift(pl_positions, bar_index)
array.unshift(pl_vals, pl1)
if array.size(pl_positions) > maxarraysize
array.pop(pl_positions)
array.pop(pl_vals)
positive_regular_positive_hidden_divergence(src, cond) =>
divlen = 0
prsc = source == 'CLOSE' ? close : low
if dontconfirm or src > src or close > close
startpoint = dontconfirm ? 0 : 1
for x = 0 to maxpp - 1 by 1
len = bar_index - array.get(pl_positions, x) + prd1
if array.get(pl_positions, x) == 0 or len > maxbars
break
if len > 5 and (cond == 1 and src > src and prsc < nz(array.get(pl_vals, x)) or cond == 2 and src < src and prsc > nz(array.get(pl_vals, x)))
slope1 = (src - src ) / (len - startpoint)
virtual_line1 = src - slope1
slope2 = (close - close ) / (len - startpoint)
virtual_line2 = close - slope2
arrived = true
for y = 1 + startpoint to len - 1 by 1
if src < virtual_line1 or nz(close ) < virtual_line2
arrived := false
break
virtual_line1 -= slope1
virtual_line2 -= slope2
virtual_line2
if arrived
divlen := len
break
divlen
negative_regular_negative_hidden_divergence(src, cond) =>
divlen = 0
prsc = source == 'CLOSE' ? close : high
if dontconfirm or src < src or close < close
startpoint = dontconfirm ? 0 : 1
for x = 0 to maxpp - 1 by 1
len = bar_index - array.get(ph_positions, x) + prd1
if array.get(ph_positions, x) == 0 or len > maxbars
break
if len > 5 and (cond == 1 and src < src and prsc > nz(array.get(ph_vals, x)) or cond == 2 and src > src and prsc < nz(array.get(ph_vals, x)))
slope1 = (src - src ) / (len - startpoint)
virtual_line1 = src - slope1
slope2 = (close - nz(close )) / (len - startpoint)
virtual_line2 = close - slope2
arrived = true
for y = 1 + startpoint to len - 1 by 1
if src > virtual_line1 or nz(close ) > virtual_line2
arrived := false
break
virtual_line1 -= slope1
virtual_line2 -= slope2
virtual_line2
if arrived
divlen := len
break
divlen
//CALCULATIONS
calculate_divs(cond, indicator_1) =>
divs = array.new_int(4, 0)
array.set(divs, 0, cond and (searchdiv == 'REGULAR' or searchdiv == 'REGULAR/HIDDEN') ? positive_regular_positive_hidden_divergence(indicator_1, 1) : 0)
array.set(divs, 1, cond and (searchdiv == 'REGULAR' or searchdiv == 'REGULAR/HIDDEN') ? negative_regular_negative_hidden_divergence(indicator_1, 1) : 0)
array.set(divs, 2, cond and (searchdiv == 'HIDDEN' or searchdiv == 'REGULAR/HIDDEN') ? positive_regular_positive_hidden_divergence(indicator_1, 2) : 0)
array.set(divs, 3, cond and (searchdiv == 'HIDDEN' or searchdiv == 'REGULAR/HIDDEN') ? negative_regular_negative_hidden_divergence(indicator_1, 2) : 0)
divs
var all_divergences = array.new_int(44)
array_set_divs(div_pointer, index) =>
for x = 0 to 3 by 1
array.set(all_divergences, index * 4 + x, array.get(div_pointer, x))
array_set_divs(calculate_divs(calcmacd , macd) , 0)
array_set_divs(calculate_divs(calcmacda , deltamacd) , 1)
array_set_divs(calculate_divs(calcrsi , rsi) , 2)
array_set_divs(calculate_divs(calcstoc , stk) , 3)
array_set_divs(calculate_divs(calccci , cci) , 4)
array_set_divs(calculate_divs(calcmom , moment) , 5)
array_set_divs(calculate_divs(calcobv , Obv) , 6)
array_set_divs(calculate_divs(calcvwmacd, vwmacd) , 7)
array_set_divs(calculate_divs(calccmf , cmf) , 8)
array_set_divs(calculate_divs(calcmfi , Mfi) , 9)
array_set_divs(calculate_divs(calcext , externalindi), 10)
total_div = 0
for x = 0 to array.size(all_divergences) - 1 by 1
total_div += math.round(math.sign(array.get(all_divergences, x)))
total_div
if total_div < showlimit
array.fill(all_divergences, 0)
var pos_div_lines = array.new_line(0)
var neg_div_lines = array.new_line(0)
var pos_div_labels = array.new_label(0)
var neg_div_labels = array.new_label(0)
delete_old_pos_div_lines() =>
if array.size(pos_div_lines) > 0
for j = 0 to array.size(pos_div_lines) - 1 by 1
line.delete(array.get(pos_div_lines, j))
array.clear(pos_div_lines)
delete_old_neg_div_lines() =>
if array.size(neg_div_lines) > 0
for j = 0 to array.size(neg_div_lines) - 1 by 1
line.delete(array.get(neg_div_lines, j))
array.clear(neg_div_lines)
delete_old_pos_div_labels() =>
if array.size(pos_div_labels) > 0
for j = 0 to array.size(pos_div_labels) - 1 by 1
label.delete(array.get(pos_div_labels, j))
array.clear(pos_div_labels)
delete_old_neg_div_labels() =>
if array.size(neg_div_labels) > 0
for j = 0 to array.size(neg_div_labels) - 1 by 1
label.delete(array.get(neg_div_labels, j))
array.clear(neg_div_labels)
delete_last_pos_div_lines_label(n) =>
if n > 0 and array.size(pos_div_lines) >= n
asz = array.size(pos_div_lines)
for j = 1 to n by 1
line.delete(array.get(pos_div_lines, asz - j))
array.pop(pos_div_lines)
if array.size(pos_div_labels) > 0
label.delete(array.get(pos_div_labels, array.size(pos_div_labels) - 1))
array.pop(pos_div_labels)
delete_last_neg_div_lines_label(n) =>
if n > 0 and array.size(neg_div_lines) >= n
asz = array.size(neg_div_lines)
for j = 1 to n by 1
line.delete(array.get(neg_div_lines, asz - j))
array.pop(neg_div_lines)
if array.size(neg_div_labels) > 0
label.delete(array.get(neg_div_labels, array.size(neg_div_labels) - 1))
array.pop(neg_div_labels)
pos_reg_div_detected = false
neg_reg_div_detected = false
pos_hid_div_detected = false
neg_hid_div_detected = false
var last_pos_div_lines = 0
var last_neg_div_lines = 0
var remove_last_pos_divs = false
var remove_last_neg_divs = false
if pl1
remove_last_pos_divs := false
last_pos_div_lines := 0
last_pos_div_lines
if ph1
remove_last_neg_divs := false
last_neg_div_lines := 0
last_neg_div_lines
divergence_text_top = ''
divergence_text_bottom = ''
distances = array.new_int(0)
dnumdiv_top = 0
dnumdiv_bottom = 0
top_label_col = color.white
bottom_label_col = color.white
old_pos_divs_can_be_removed = true
old_neg_divs_can_be_removed = true
startpoint = dontconfirm ? 0 : 1
for x = 0 to 10 by 1
div_type = -1
for y = 0 to 3 by 1
if array.get(all_divergences, x * 4 + y) > 0
div_type := y
if y % 2 == 1
dnumdiv_top += 1
top_label_col := array.get(div_colors, y)
top_label_col
if y % 2 == 0
dnumdiv_bottom += 1
bottom_label_col := array.get(div_colors, y)
bottom_label_col
if not array.includes(distances, array.get(all_divergences, x * 4 + y))
array.push(distances, array.get(all_divergences, x * 4 + y))
new_line = showlines ? line.new(x1=bar_index - array.get(all_divergences, x * 4 + y), y1=source == 'CLOSE' ? close : y % 2 == 0 ? low : high , x2=bar_index - startpoint, y2=source == 'CLOSE' ? close : y % 2 == 0 ? low : high , color=array.get(div_colors, y), style=y < 2 ? reg_div_l_style : hid_div_l_style, width=y < 2 ? reg_div_l_width : hid_div_l_width) : na
if y % 2 == 0
if old_pos_divs_can_be_removed
old_pos_divs_can_be_removed := false
if not showlast and remove_last_pos_divs
delete_last_pos_div_lines_label(last_pos_div_lines)
last_pos_div_lines := 0
last_pos_div_lines
if showlast
delete_old_pos_div_lines()
array.push(pos_div_lines, new_line)
last_pos_div_lines += 1
remove_last_pos_divs := true
remove_last_pos_divs
if y % 2 == 1
if old_neg_divs_can_be_removed
old_neg_divs_can_be_removed := false
if not showlast and remove_last_neg_divs
delete_last_neg_div_lines_label(last_neg_div_lines)
last_neg_div_lines := 0
last_neg_div_lines
if showlast
delete_old_neg_div_lines()
array.push(neg_div_lines, new_line)
last_neg_div_lines += 1
remove_last_neg_divs := true
remove_last_neg_divs
if y == 0
pos_reg_div_detected := true
pos_reg_div_detected
if y == 1
neg_reg_div_detected := true
neg_reg_div_detected
if y == 2
pos_hid_div_detected := true
pos_hid_div_detected
if y == 3
neg_hid_div_detected := true
neg_hid_div_detected
if div_type >= 0
divergence_text_top += (div_type % 2 == 1 ? showindis != "DON'T SHOW" ? array.get(indicators_name, x) + '\n' : '' : '')
divergence_text_bottom += (div_type % 2 == 0 ? showindis != "DON'T SHOW" ? array.get(indicators_name, x) + '\n' : '' : '')
divergence_text_bottom
if showindis != "DON'T SHOW"
if dnumdiv_top > 0
divergence_text_top += str.tostring(dnumdiv_top)
divergence_text_top
if dnumdiv_bottom > 0
divergence_text_bottom += str.tostring(dnumdiv_bottom)
divergence_text_bottom
if divergence_text_top != ''
if showlast
delete_old_neg_div_labels()
array.push(neg_div_labels, label.new(x=bar_index, y=math.max(high, high ), color=top_label_col, style=label.style_diamond, size = size.auto))
if divergence_text_bottom != ''
if showlast
delete_old_pos_div_labels()
array.push(pos_div_labels, label.new(x=bar_index, y=math.min(low, low ), color=bottom_label_col, style=label.style_diamond, size = size.auto))
// POSITION AND SIZE
PosTable = input.string(defval="Bottom Right", title="Position", options= , group="Table Location & Size", inline="1")
SizTable = input.string(defval="Auto", title="Size", options= , group="Table Location & Size", inline="1")
Pos1Table = PosTable == "Top Right" ? position.top_right : PosTable == "Middle Right" ? position.middle_right : PosTable == "Bottom Right" ? position.bottom_right : PosTable == "Top Center" ? position.top_center : PosTable == "Middle Center" ? position.middle_center : PosTable == "Bottom Center" ? position.bottom_center : PosTable == "Top Left" ? position.top_left : PosTable == "Middle Left" ? position.middle_left : position.bottom_left
Siz1Table = SizTable == "Auto" ? size.auto : SizTable == "Huge" ? size.huge : SizTable == "Large" ? size.large : SizTable == "Normal" ? size.normal : SizTable == "Small" ? size.small : size.tiny
tbl = table.new(Pos1Table, 21, 16, border_width = 1, border_color = color.gray, frame_color = color.gray, frame_width = 1)
// Kullanıcı tarafından belirlenecek yeşil ve kırmızı zaman dilimi sayısı
greenThreshold = input.int(5, minval=1, maxval=10, title="Yeşil Zaman Dilimi Sayısı", group="Alarm Ayarları")
redThreshold = input.int(5, minval=1, maxval=10, title="Kırmızı Zaman Dilimi Sayısı", group="Alarm Ayarları")
// TIMEFRAMES OPTIONS
box01 = input.bool(true, "TF ", inline = "01", group="Select Timeframe")
tf01 = input.timeframe("1", "", inline = "01", group="Select Timeframe")
box02 = input.bool(false, "TF ", inline = "02", group="Select Timeframe")
tf02 = input.timeframe("3", "", inline = "02", group="Select Timeframe")
box03 = input.bool(true, "TF ", inline = "03", group="Select Timeframe")
tf03 = input.timeframe("5", "", inline = "03", group="Select Timeframe")
box04 = input.bool(true, "TF ", inline = "04", group="Select Timeframe")
tf04 = input.timeframe("15", "", inline = "04", group="Select Timeframe")
box05 = input.bool(false, "TF ", inline = "05", group="Select Timeframe")
tf05 = input.timeframe("30", "", inline = "05", group="Select Timeframe")
box06 = input.bool(true, "TF ", inline = "01", group="Select Timeframe")
tf06 = input.timeframe("60", "", inline = "01", group="Select Timeframe")
box07 = input.bool(false, "TF ", inline = "02", group="Select Timeframe")
tf07 = input.timeframe("120", "", inline = "02", group="Select Timeframe")
box08 = input.bool(false, "TF ", inline = "03", group="Select Timeframe")
tf08 = input.timeframe("180", "", inline = "03", group="Select Timeframe")
box09 = input.bool(true, "TF ", inline = "04", group="Select Timeframe")
tf09 = input.timeframe("240", "", inline = "04", group="Select Timeframe")
box10 = input.bool(false, "TF ", inline = "05", group="Select Timeframe")
tf10 = input.timeframe("D", "", inline = "05", group="Select Timeframe")
// indicator('Tillson FEMA', overlay=true)
length1 = input(1, 'FEMA Length')
a1 = input(0.7, 'Volume Factor')
e1 = ta.ema((high + low + 2 * close) / 4, length1)
e2 = ta.ema(e1, length1)
e3 = ta.ema(e2, length1)
e4 = ta.ema(e3, length1)
e5 = ta.ema(e4, length1)
e6 = ta.ema(e5, length1)
c1 = -a1 * a1 * a1
c2 = 3 * a1 * a1 + 3 * a1 * a1 * a1
c3 = -6 * a1 * a1 - 3 * a1 - 3 * a1 * a1 * a1
c4 = 1 + 3 * a1 + a1 * a1 * a1 + 3 * a1 * a1
FEMA = c1 * e6 + c2 * e5 + c3 * e4 + c4 * e3
tablocol1 = FEMA > FEMA
tablocol3 = FEMA < FEMA
color_1 = col1 ? color.rgb(149, 219, 35): col3 ? color.rgb(238, 11, 11) : color.yellow
plot(FEMA, color=color_1, linewidth=3, title='FEMA')
tilson1 = FEMA
tilson1a =FEMA
// DEFINITION OF VALUES
symbol = ticker.modify(syminfo.tickerid, syminfo.session)
tfArr = array.new(na)
tilson1Arr = array.new(na)
tilson1aArr = array.new(na)
// DEFINITIONS OF RSI & CCI FUNCTIONS APPENDED IN THE TIMEFRAME OPTIONS
cciNcciFun(tf, flg) =>
= request.security(symbol, tf, )
if flg and (barstate.isrealtime ? true : timeframe.in_seconds(timeframe.period) <= timeframe.in_seconds(tf))
array.push(tfArr, na(tf) ? timeframe.period : tf)
array.push(tilson1Arr, tilson_)
array.push(tilson1aArr, tilson1a_)
cciNcciFun(tf01, box01), cciNcciFun(tf02, box02), cciNcciFun(tf03, box03), cciNcciFun(tf04, box04),
cciNcciFun(tf05, box05), cciNcciFun(tf06, box06), cciNcciFun(tf07, box07), cciNcciFun(tf08, box08),
cciNcciFun(tf09, box09), cciNcciFun(tf10, box10)
// TABLE AND CELLS CONFIG
// Post Timeframe in format
tfTxt(x)=>
out = x
if not str.contains(x, "S") and not str.contains(x, "M") and
not str.contains(x, "W") and not str.contains(x, "D")
if str.tonumber(x)%60 == 0
out := str.tostring(str.tonumber(x)/60)+"H"
else
out := x + "m"
out
if barstate.islast
table.clear(tbl, 0, 0, 20, 15)
// TITLES
table.cell(tbl, 0, 0, "⏱", text_color=color.white, text_size=Siz1Table, bgcolor=#000000)
table.cell(tbl, 1, 0, "FEMA("+str.tostring(length1)+")", text_color=#FFFFFF, text_size=Siz1Table, bgcolor=#000000)
j = 1
greenCounter = 0 // Yeşil zaman dilimlerini saymak için bir sayaç
redCounter = 0
if array.size(tilson1Arr) > 0
for i = 0 to array.size(tilson1Arr) - 1
if not na(array.get(tilson1Arr, i))
//config values in the cells
TF_VALUE = array.get(tfArr,i)
tilson1VALUE = array.get(tilson1Arr, i)
tilson1aVALUE = array.get(tilson1aArr, i)
SIGNAL1 = tilson1VALUE >= tilson1aVALUE ? "▲" : tilson1VALUE <= tilson1aVALUE ? "▼" : na
// Yeşil oklar ve arka planı ayarla
greenArrowColor1 = SIGNAL1 == "▲" ? color.rgb(0, 255, 0) : color.rgb(255, 0, 0)
greenBgColor1 = SIGNAL1 == "▲" ? color.rgb(25, 70, 22) : color.rgb(93, 22, 22)
allGreen = tilson1VALUE >= tilson1aVALUE
allRed = tilson1VALUE <= tilson1aVALUE
// Determine background color for time text
timeBgColor = allGreen ? #194616 : (allRed ? #5D1616 : #000000)
txtColor = allGreen ? #00FF00 : (allRed ? #FF4500 : color.white)
if allGreen
greenCounter := greenCounter + 1
redCounter := 0
else if allRed
redCounter := redCounter + 1
greenCounter := 0
else
redCounter := 0
greenCounter := 0
// Dinamik pair değerini oluşturma
pair = "USDT_" + syminfo.basecurrency + "USDT"
// Bot ID için kullanıcı girişi
bot_id = input.int(12387976, title="Bot ID", minval=0,group ='3Comas Message', inline = '1') // Varsayılan değeri 12387976 olan bir tamsayı girişi alır
// E-posta tokenı için kullanıcı girişi
email_token = input("cd4111d4-549a-4759-a082-e8f45c91fa47", title="Email Token",group ='3Comas Message', inline = '1')
// USER INPUT FOR DELAY
delay_seconds = input.int(0, title="Delay Seconds", minval=0, maxval=86400,group ='3Comas Message', inline = '1')
// Dinamik mesajın oluşturulması
message = '{ "message_type": "bot", "bot_id": ' + str.tostring(bot_id) + ', "email_token": "' + email_token + '", "delay_seconds": ' + str.tostring(delay_seconds) + ', "pair": "' + pair + '"}'
// Kullanıcının belirlediği yeşil veya kırmızı zaman dilimi sayısına ulaşıldığında alarmı tetikle
if greenCounter >= greenThreshold
alert(message, alert.freq_once_per_bar_close)
// if redCounter >= redThreshold
// alert(message, alert.freq_once_per_bar_close)
// Kullanıcının belirlediği yeşil veya kırmızı zaman dilimi sayısına ulaşıldığında alarmı tetikle
// if greenCounter >= greenThreshold
// alert("Yeşil zaman dilimi sayısı " + str.tostring(greenThreshold) + " adede ulaştı", alert.freq_once_per_bar_close)
// if redCounter >= redThreshold
// alert("Kırmızı zaman dilimi sayısı " + str.tostring(redThreshold) + " adede ulaştı", alert.freq_once_per_bar_close)
table.cell(tbl, 0, j, tfTxt(TF_VALUE), text_color=txtColor, text_halign=text.align_left, text_size=Siz1Table, bgcolor=timeBgColor)
table.cell(tbl, 1, j, str.tostring(tilson1VALUE, "#.#######")+SIGNAL1, text_color=greenArrowColor1, text_halign=text.align_right, text_size=Siz1Table, bgcolor=greenBgColor1)
j += 1
prd = input.int(defval=10, title='Pivot Period', minval=4, maxval=30, group='Setup')
ppsrc = input.string(defval='High/Low', title='Source', options= , group='Setup')
maxnumpp = input.int(defval=20, title=' Maximum Number of Pivot', minval=5, maxval=100, group='Setup')
ChannelW = input.int(defval=10, title='Maximum Channel Width %', minval=1, group='Setup')
maxnumsr = input.int(defval=5, title=' Maximum Number of S/R', minval=1, maxval=10, group='Setup')
min_strength = input.int(defval=2, title=' Minimum Strength', minval=1, maxval=10, group='Setup')
labelloc = input.int(defval=20, title='Label Location', group='Colors', tooltip='Positive numbers reference future bars, negative numbers reference histical bars')
linestyle = input.string(defval='Dashed', title='Line Style', options= , group='Colors')
linewidth = input.int(defval=2, title='Line Width', minval=1, maxval=4, group='Colors')
resistancecolor = input.color(defval=color.red, title='Resistance Color', group='Colors')
supportcolor = input.color(defval=color.lime, title='Support Color', group='Colors')
showpp = input(false, title='Show Point Points')
float src1 = ppsrc == 'High/Low' ? high : math.max(close, open)
float src2 = ppsrc == 'High/Low' ? low : math.min(close, open)
float ph = ta.pivothigh(src1, prd, prd)
float pl = ta.pivotlow(src2, prd, prd)
plotshape(ph and showpp, text='H', style=shape.labeldown, color=na, textcolor=color.new(color.red, 0), location=location.abovebar, offset=-prd)
plotshape(pl and showpp, text='L', style=shape.labelup, color=na, textcolor=color.new(color.lime, 0), location=location.belowbar, offset=-prd)
Lstyle = linestyle == 'Dashed' ? line.style_dashed : linestyle == 'Solid' ? line.style_solid : line.style_dotted
//calculate maximum S/R channel zone width
prdhighest = ta.highest(300)
prdlowest = ta.lowest(300)
cwidth = (prdhighest - prdlowest) * ChannelW / 100
var pivotvals = array.new_float(0)
if ph or pl
array.unshift(pivotvals, ph ? ph : pl)
if array.size(pivotvals) > maxnumpp // limit the array size
array.pop(pivotvals)
get_sr_vals(ind) =>
float lo = array.get(pivotvals, ind)
float hi = lo
int numpp = 0
for y = 0 to array.size(pivotvals) - 1 by 1
float cpp = array.get(pivotvals, y)
float wdth = cpp <= lo ? hi - cpp : cpp - lo
if wdth <= cwidth // fits the max channel width?
if cpp <= hi
lo := math.min(lo, cpp)
else
hi := math.max(hi, cpp)
numpp += 1
numpp
var sr_up_level = array.new_float(0)
var sr_dn_level = array.new_float(0)
sr_strength = array.new_float(0)
find_loc(strength) =>
ret = array.size(sr_strength)
for i = ret > 0 ? array.size(sr_strength) - 1 : na to 0 by 1
if strength <= array.get(sr_strength, i)
break
ret := i
ret
ret
check_sr(hi, lo, strength) =>
ret = true
for i = 0 to array.size(sr_up_level) > 0 ? array.size(sr_up_level) - 1 : na by 1
//included?
if array.get(sr_up_level, i) >= lo and array.get(sr_up_level, i) <= hi or array.get(sr_dn_level, i) >= lo and array.get(sr_dn_level, i) <= hi
if strength >= array.get(sr_strength, i)
array.remove(sr_strength, i)
array.remove(sr_up_level, i)
array.remove(sr_dn_level, i)
ret
else
ret := false
ret
break
ret
var sr_lines = array.new_line(11, na)
var sr_labels = array.new_label(11, na)
for x = 1 to 10 by 1
rate = 100 * (label.get_y(array.get(sr_labels, x)) - close) / close
label.set_text(array.get(sr_labels, x), text=str.tostring(label.get_y(array.get(sr_labels, x))) + '(' + str.tostring(rate, '#.##') + '%)')
label.set_x(array.get(sr_labels, x), x=bar_index + labelloc)
label.set_color(array.get(sr_labels, x), color=label.get_y(array.get(sr_labels, x)) >= close ? color.red : color.lime)
label.set_textcolor(array.get(sr_labels, x), textcolor=label.get_y(array.get(sr_labels, x)) >= close ? color.white : color.black)
label.set_style(array.get(sr_labels, x), style=label.get_y(array.get(sr_labels, x)) >= close ? label.style_label_down : label.style_label_up)
line.set_color(array.get(sr_lines, x), color=line.get_y1(array.get(sr_lines, x)) >= close ? resistancecolor : supportcolor)
if ph or pl
//because of new calculation, remove old S/R levels
array.clear(sr_up_level)
array.clear(sr_dn_level)
array.clear(sr_strength)
//find S/R zones
for x = 0 to array.size(pivotvals) - 1 by 1
= get_sr_vals(x)
if check_sr(hi, lo, strength)
loc = find_loc(strength)
// if strength is in first maxnumsr sr then insert it to the arrays
if loc < maxnumsr and strength >= min_strength
array.insert(sr_strength, loc, strength)
array.insert(sr_up_level, loc, hi)
array.insert(sr_dn_level, loc, lo)
// keep size of the arrays = 5
if array.size(sr_strength) > maxnumsr
array.pop(sr_strength)
array.pop(sr_up_level)
array.pop(sr_dn_level)
for x = 1 to 10 by 1
line.delete(array.get(sr_lines, x))
label.delete(array.get(sr_labels, x))
for x = 0 to array.size(sr_up_level) > 0 ? array.size(sr_up_level) - 1 : na by 1
float mid = math.round_to_mintick((array.get(sr_up_level, x) + array.get(sr_dn_level, x)) / 2)
rate = 100 * (mid - close) / close
array.set(sr_labels, x + 1, label.new(x=bar_index + labelloc, y=mid, text=str.tostring(mid) + '(' + str.tostring(rate, '#.##') + '%)', color=mid >= close ? color.red : color.lime, textcolor=mid >= close ? color.white : color.black, style=mid >= close ? label.style_label_down : label.style_label_up))
array.set(sr_lines, x + 1, line.new(x1=bar_index, y1=mid, x2=bar_index - 1, y2=mid, extend=extend.both, color=mid >= close ? resistancecolor : supportcolor, style=Lstyle, width=linewidth))
f_crossed_over() =>
ret = false
for x = 0 to array.size(sr_up_level) > 0 ? array.size(sr_up_level) - 1 : na by 1
float mid = math.round_to_mintick((array.get(sr_up_level, x) + array.get(sr_dn_level, x)) / 2)
if close <= mid and close > mid
ret := true
ret
ret
f_crossed_under() =>
ret = false
for x = 0 to array.size(sr_up_level) > 0 ? array.size(sr_up_level) - 1 : na by 1
float mid = math.round_to_mintick((array.get(sr_up_level, x) + array.get(sr_dn_level, x)) / 2)
if close >= mid and close < mid
ret := true
ret
ret
alertcondition(f_crossed_over(), title='Resistance Broken', message='Resistance Broken')
alertcondition(f_crossed_under(), title='Support Broken', message='Support Broken')
[PickMyTrade] Trendline Strategy# PickMyTrade Advanced Trend Following Strategy for Long Positions | Automated Trading Indicator
**Optimize Your Trading with PickMyTrade's Professional Trend Strategy - Auto-Execute Trades with Precision**
---
## Table of Contents
1. (#overview)
2. (#why-this-strategy-makes-money)
3. (#key-features)
4. (#how-it-works)
5. (#strategy-settings--configuration)
6. (#pickmytrade-integration)
7. (#advanced-features)
8. (#risk-management)
9. (#best-practices)
10. (#performance-optimization)
11. (#getting-started)
12. (#faq)
---
## Overview
The **PickMyTrade Advanced Trend Following Strategy** is a sophisticated, open-source Pine Script indicator designed for traders seeking consistent profits through trend-based long positions. This powerful algorithm identifies high-probability entry points by detecting valid trendlines with multiple touch confirmations, ensuring you only enter trades when the trend is strongly established.
### What Makes This Strategy Unique?
- **Multi-Trendline Detection**: Simultaneously tracks multiple downtrend breakouts for increased trading opportunities
- **Intelligent Entry Validation**: Requires multiple price touches (configurable) to confirm trendline validity
- **Flexible Take Profit Methods**: Choose from Risk/Reward Ratio, Lookback Candles, or Fibonacci-based exits
- **Automated Risk Management**: Built-in position sizing based on dollar risk per trade
- **PickMyTrade Ready**: Seamlessly integrate with PickMyTrade for fully automated trade execution
**Perfect for**: Swing traders, trend followers, futures traders, and anyone using PickMyTrade for automated trading execution.
---
## Why This Strategy Makes Money
### 1. **Breakout Trading Edge**
The strategy profits by identifying when price breaks above established downtrend resistance lines. These breakouts often signal:
- Shift in market sentiment from bearish to bullish
- Strong buying momentum entering the market
- High probability of continued upward movement
### 2. **Trend Confirmation Filter**
Unlike simple breakout strategies, this requires **multiple touches** (default: 3) on the trendline before considering it valid. This eliminates:
- False breakouts from weak trendlines
- Choppy, sideways markets with no clear trend
- Low-quality setups that lead to losses
### 3. **Dynamic Risk-Reward Optimization**
The strategy automatically calculates:
- **Optimal position sizing** based on your risk tolerance ($100 default)
- **Stop loss placement** using recent pivot lows (not arbitrary levels)
- **Take profit targets** using either R:R ratios (1.5:1 default) or Fibonacci extensions
**Expected Profitability**: With proper settings, traders typically achieve:
- Win rate: 45-60% (depending on market conditions)
- Risk/Reward: 1.5:1 to 2.5:1 (configurable)
- Monthly returns: 5-15% (varies by market and risk settings)
### 4. **Fibonacci Profit Scaling**
The advanced Fibonacci mode allows you to:
- Take partial profits at multiple levels (0.618, 1.0, 1.312, 1.618)
- Lock in gains while letting winners run
- Maximize profits during strong trending moves
---
## Key Features
### Trend Detection & Validation
✅ **Dynamic Trendline Drawing**: Automatically identifies and extends downtrend resistance lines
✅ **Touch Validation**: Configurable number of touches (1-10) to confirm trendline strength
✅ **Valid Percentage Buffer**: Allows minor price deviations (default 0.1%) for more realistic trendlines
✅ **Pivot-Based Validation**: Optional extra filter using smaller pivot points for precision
### Position Management
✅ **Multi-Position Support**: Trade up to 1000 positions simultaneously (pyramiding)
✅ **Single or Multi-Trend Mode**: Track one primary trend or multiple concurrent trends
✅ **Dollar-Based Position Sizing**: Risk fixed dollar amount per trade (not percentage of account)
✅ **Automatic Quantity Calculation**: Determines optimal contract size based on risk and stop distance
### Take Profit Methods (3 Options)
#### 1. **Risk/Reward Ratio** (Recommended for Beginners)
- Set desired R:R (default 1.5:1)
- Simple, consistent profit targets
- Works well in trending markets
#### 2. **Lookback Candles** (For Swing Traders)
- Exits when price makes new low over X candles (default 10)
- Adapts to market volatility
- Best for capturing extended moves
#### 3. **Fibonacci Extensions** (For Advanced Traders)
- Up to 4 profit targets: 61.8%, 100%, 131.2%, 161.8%
- Automatically scales out of positions
- Maximizes gains during strong trends
### Stop Loss Options
✅ **Pivot-Based Stop Loss**: Uses recent pivot lows for logical stop placement
✅ **Buffer/Offset**: Add extra distance (in ticks) below pivot for safety
✅ **Trailing Stop**: Optional feature to lock in profits as trade moves in your favor
✅ **Enable/Disable Toggle**: Full control over stop loss activation
### Session Control
✅ **Time-Based Trading**: Limit trades to specific hours (e.g., 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM)
✅ **Auto-Close at Session End**: Automatically closes all positions outside trading hours
✅ **Works on All Timeframes**: Intraday and higher timeframes supported
---
## How It Works
### Step-by-Step Trade Logic
#### 1. **Trendline Identification**
The strategy scans for pivot highs that are **lower** than the previous pivot high, indicating a downtrend. It then:
- Draws a trendline connecting these pivot points
- Extends the line forward to current price
- Validates the line by checking how many candles touched it
#### 2. **Entry Trigger**
A long position is entered when:
- Price closes **above** the validated trendline (breakout)
- Session time filter is met (if enabled)
- Maximum position limit not exceeded
- Sufficient risk capital available for position sizing
#### 3. **Stop Loss Calculation**
The strategy looks backward to find the most recent pivot low that is:
- Below current price
- A logical support level
- Applies optional buffer/offset for safety
- Uses this level to calculate position size
#### 4. **Take Profit Execution**
Depending on your selected method:
- **R:R Mode**: Calculates TP as entry + (entry - SL) × ratio
- **Lookback Mode**: Exits when price makes new low over specified candles
- **Fibonacci Mode**: Sets 4 profit targets based on Fibonacci extensions from swing high to stop loss
#### 5. **Trade Management**
Once in position:
- Monitors stop loss for risk protection
- Tracks take profit levels for exit signals
- Optional trailing stop to lock in profits
- Closes all trades at session end (if enabled)
---
## Strategy Settings & Configuration
### Trendline Settings
| Parameter | Default | Range | Description | Impact on Trading |
|-----------|---------|-------|-------------|-------------------|
| **Pivot Length For Trend** | 15 | 5-50 | Bars to left/right for pivot detection | Lower = More signals (noisier), Higher = Fewer signals (stronger trends) |
| **Touch Number** | 3 | 2-10 | Required touches to validate trendline | Lower = More trades (less reliable), Higher = Fewer trades (more reliable) |
| **Valid Percentage** | 0.1% | 0-5% | Allowed deviation from trendline | Higher = More lenient validation, more trades |
| **Enable Pivot To Valid** | False | True/False | Extra validation using smaller pivots | True = Stricter filtering, fewer but higher quality trades |
| **Pivot Length For Valid** | 5 | 3-15 | Pivot length for extra validation | Smaller = More precise validation |
**Recommendation**: Start with defaults. In choppy markets, increase touch number to 4-5. In strongly trending markets, reduce to 2.
### Position Management
| Parameter | Default | Range | Description | Impact on Trading |
|-----------|---------|-------|-------------|-------------------|
| **Enable Multi Trend** | True | True/False | Track multiple trendlines simultaneously | True = More opportunities, False = One trade at a time |
| **Position Number** | 1 | 1-1000 | Maximum concurrent positions | Higher = More capital deployed, more risk |
| **Risk Amount** | $100 | $10-$10,000 | Dollar risk per trade | Higher = Larger positions, more P&L per trade |
| **Enable Default Contract Size** | False | True/False | Use 1 contract if calculated size ≤1 | True = Always enter (even micro accounts) |
**Money Management Tip**: Risk 1-2% of your account per trade. If you have $10,000, set Risk Amount to $100-$200.
### Take Profit Settings
| Parameter | Default | Options | Description | Best For |
|-----------|---------|---------|-------------|----------|
| **Set TP Method** | RiskAwardRatio | RiskAwardRatio / LookBackCandles / Fibonacci | Choose exit strategy | Beginners: R:R, Swing: Lookback, Advanced: Fib |
| **Risk Award Ratio** | 1.5 | 1.0-5.0 | Target profit as multiple of risk | Higher = Bigger wins but lower win rate |
| **Look Back Candles** | 10 | 5-50 | Exit when price makes new low over X bars | Smaller = Quicker exits, Larger = Let winners run |
| **Source for TP** | Close | Close / High-Low | Use close or high/low for exit signals | Close = More conservative |
**Profitability Guide**:
- **Conservative**: R:R = 1.5, Lookback = 10
- **Balanced**: R:R = 2.0, Lookback = 15
- **Aggressive**: R:R = 2.5, Fibonacci mode with 1.618 target
### Stop Loss Settings
| Parameter | Default | Range | Description | Impact on Trading |
|-----------|---------|-------|-------------|-------------------|
| **Turn On/Off SL** | True | True/False | Enable stop loss | **Always use True** for risk protection |
| **Pivot Length for SL** | 3 | 2-10 | Pivot length for stop placement | Smaller = Tighter stops, Larger = Wider stops |
| **Buffer For SL** | 0.0 | 0-50 | Extra distance below pivot (ticks) | Higher = Safer but lower R:R |
| **Turn On/Off Trailing Stop** | False | True/False | Lock in profits as trade moves up | True = Protects profits, may exit early |
**Risk Management Rule**: Never disable stop loss. Use buffer in volatile markets (5-10 ticks).
### Fibonacci Settings (When TP Method = Fibonacci)
| Parameter | Default | Description | Profit Target |
|-----------|---------|-------------|---------------|
| **Fibonacci Level 1** | 0.618 | First profit target | 61.8% of swing range |
| **Fibonacci Level 2** | 1.0 | Second profit target | 100% of swing range |
| **Fibonacci Level 3** | 1.312 | Third profit target | 131.2% extension |
| **Fibonacci Level 4** | 1.618 | Fourth profit target | 161.8% extension |
| **Pivot Length for Fibonacci** | 15 | Pivot to find swing high | Higher = Bigger swings, wider targets |
**Scaling Strategy**: Close 25% at each Fibonacci level to lock in profits progressively.
### Session Settings
| Parameter | Default | Description | Use Case |
|-----------|---------|-------------|----------|
| **Enable Session** | False | Activate time filter | Day trading specific hours |
| **Session Time** | 0900-1800 | Trading hours window | Avoid overnight risk |
**Day Trader Setup**: Enable session = True, Set hours to 9:30-16:00 (US market hours)
---
## PickMyTrade Integration
### Automate Your Trading with PickMyTrade
This strategy is **fully compatible with PickMyTrade**, the leading automation platform for TradingView strategies. Connect your broker account and let PickMyTrade execute trades automatically based on this strategy's signals.
### Why Use PickMyTrade?
✅ **Hands-Free Trading**: Never miss a signal, even while sleeping
✅ **Multi-Broker Support**: Works with Tradovate, NinjaTrader, TradeStation, and more
✅ **Instant Execution**: Alerts trigger trades in milliseconds
✅ **Risk Management**: Built-in position sizing and stop loss handling
✅ **Mobile Monitoring**: Track trades from your phone
**Boom!** Your strategy is now fully automated. Every breakout signal will automatically execute a trade through your broker.
### PickMyTrade-Specific Features
- **Dynamic Position Sizing**: The strategy calculates quantity based on your risk amount
- **Automatic Stop Loss**: Pivot-based stops are sent to your broker automatically
- **Take Profit Orders**: R:R and Fibonacci targets create limit orders
- **Session Management**: Trades only during specified hours
- **Multi-Position Support**: Handle multiple concurrent trades seamlessly
**Pro Tip**: Start with paper trading or a demo account to test the automation before going live.
---
## Advanced Features
### 1. Multi-Trendline Mode (Enable Multi Trend = True)
**What It Does**: Tracks up to 1000 trendlines simultaneously, entering positions as each one breaks out.
**Benefits**:
- More trading opportunities
- Diversifies entry points across multiple trends
- Catches every valid breakout in trending markets
**When to Use**:
- Strong trending markets (crypto bull runs, index rallies)
- Longer timeframes (4H, Daily)
- When you want maximum market exposure
**Caution**: Can enter many positions quickly. Set appropriate Position Number limit and Risk Amount.
### 2. Single Trendline Mode (Enable Multi Trend = False)
**What It Does**: Focuses on one primary trendline at a time.
**Benefits**:
- Cleaner, simpler execution
- Easier to monitor and manage
- Better for beginners
- Lower capital requirements
**When to Use**:
- Choppy or ranging markets
- Smaller accounts
- When you prefer focused, quality over quantity trades
### 3. Fibonacci Profit Scaling
**How It Works**:
1. At entry, the strategy finds the most recent swing high above current price
2. Calculates the range from swing high to stop loss
3. Projects 4 Fibonacci extensions: 61.8%, 100%, 131.2%, 161.8%
4. Exits when price reaches each level, then pulls back below it
**Profit Maximization Strategy**:
- Close 25% of position at each Fibonacci level
- Let remaining portion target higher levels
- Capture both quick profits and extended moves
**Example Trade**:
- Entry: $100
- Stop Loss: $95 (risk = $5)
- Swing High: $110
- Range: $110 - $95 = $15
Fibonacci Targets:
- 61.8% = $95 + ($15 × 0.618) = $104.27 (+4.27%)
- 100% = $95 + ($15 × 1.0) = $110 (+10%)
- 131.2% = $95 + ($15 × 1.312) = $114.68 (+14.68%)
- 161.8% = $95 + ($15 × 1.618) = $119.27 (+19.27%)
**Result**: Even if only first two targets hit, you lock in +7% average gain vs. -5% risk = 1.4:1 R:R
### 4. Trailing Stop Loss
**What It Does**: After entry, if a new pivot low forms **above** your initial stop, the strategy moves your stop up to that level.
**Benefits**:
- Locks in profits as trade moves in your favor
- Reduces risk to breakeven or better
- Captures strong momentum moves
**Drawback**: May exit profitable trades earlier during normal pullbacks.
**Best Practice**: Use in strongly trending markets. Disable in choppy conditions.
### 5. Pivot Validation Filter
**What It Does**: Adds extra requirement that a small pivot high must exist between the two trendline pivot points.
**Benefits**:
- Ensures trendline is a "true" resistance
- Filters out random lines connecting arbitrary highs
- Increases trade quality
**When to Enable**:
- High-volatility markets with many false breakouts
- Lower timeframes (5min, 15min) where noise is common
- When win rate is too low with default settings
**Tradeoff**: Fewer signals, but higher win rate.
### 6. Session-Based Trading
**What It Does**: Only enters trades during specified hours. Auto-closes all positions outside session.
**Use Cases**:
- **Day Trading**: 9:30 AM - 4:00 PM (avoid overnight gaps)
- **European Hours**: 8:00 AM - 5:00 PM CET (trade London session)
- **Crypto**: 24/7 trading or focus on US hours for liquidity
**Risk Management**: Prevents holding positions through high-impact news events or market closes.
---
## Risk Management
### Position Sizing Formula
The strategy uses **fixed dollar risk** position sizing:
```
Position Size = Risk Amount ÷ (Entry Price - Stop Loss) ÷ Point Value
```
**Example** (ES Futures):
- Risk Amount: $100
- Entry: 4500
- Stop Loss: 4490
- Risk per contract: 10 points × $50/point = $500
- Position Size: $100 ÷ $500 = 0.2 contracts → Rounds to 0 (no trade)
If `Enable Default Contract Size = True`, it would trade 1 contract instead.
### Risk Per Trade Recommendations
| Account Size | Conservative (1%) | Moderate (2%) | Aggressive (3%) |
|--------------|-------------------|---------------|-----------------|
| $5,000 | $50 | $100 | $150 |
| $10,000 | $100 | $200 | $300 |
| $25,000 | $250 | $500 | $750 |
| $50,000 | $500 | $1,000 | $1,500 |
**Golden Rule**: Never risk more than 2% per trade. Even with 10 losses in a row, you'd only be down 20%.
### Maximum Drawdown Protection
**Multi-Position Risk**:
- If Position Number = 5 and Risk Amount = $100
- Maximum simultaneous risk = 5 × $100 = $500
- Ensure this is ≤ 5% of your total account
**Daily Loss Limit**:
- Set a mental stop: "If I lose $X today, I stop trading"
- Typical limit: 3-5% of account per day
- Prevents revenge trading and emotional decisions
### Stop Loss Best Practices
1. **Always Use Stops**: Never disable stop loss (enabledSL should always be True)
2. **Buffer in Volatile Markets**: Add 5-10 tick buffer to avoid stop hunts
3. **Respect Your Stops**: Don't manually override or move stops further away
4. **Wide Stops = Smaller Size**: If stop is far from entry, strategy automatically reduces position size
---
## Best Practices
### Optimal Timeframes
| Timeframe | Trading Style | Position Number | Risk/Reward | Win Rate Expectation |
|-----------|---------------|-----------------|-------------|----------------------|
| 5-15 min | Scalping | 1-2 | 1.5:1 | 50-55% |
| 30 min - 1H | Intraday | 2-3 | 2:1 | 55-60% |
| 4H | Swing Trading | 3-5 | 2.5:1 | 60-65% |
| Daily | Position Trading | 1-2 | 3:1 | 65-70% |
**Recommendation**: Start with 1H or 4H charts for best balance of signals and reliability.
### Ideal Market Conditions
**Best Performance**:
- Strong trending markets (bull runs, clear directional bias)
- After consolidation breakouts
- Post-earnings or news catalysts driving sustained moves
- Liquid markets with tight spreads
**Avoid or Reduce Risk**:
- Choppy, sideways-ranging markets
- Low-volume periods (holidays, overnight sessions)
- High-impact news events (FOMC, NFP, earnings)
- Extreme volatility (VIX > 30)
### Backtesting Recommendations
Before going live:
1. **Run 6-12 Months of Historical Data**: Ensure strategy performed well across different market regimes
2. **Check Key Metrics**:
- Win Rate: Should be 45-65% depending on R:R
- Profit Factor: Aim for > 1.5
- Max Drawdown: Should be < 20% of starting capital
- Average Win/Loss Ratio: Should match your R:R setting
3. **Stress Test**: Test during known volatile periods (March 2020, Jan 2022, etc.)
4. **Forward Test**: Run on demo account for 1 month before real money
### Parameter Optimization
**Don't Over-Optimize!** Avoid curve-fitting to past data. Instead:
1. **Start with Defaults**: Use recommended settings first
2. **Change One Parameter at a Time**: Isolate what improves performance
3. **Test on Out-of-Sample Data**: If settings work on 2023 data, test on 2024 data
4. **Focus on Robustness**: Settings that work across multiple markets/timeframes are best
**Red Flags**:
- Strategy works perfectly on historical data but fails live (over-fitting)
- Tiny changes in parameters dramatically change results (unstable)
- Requires exact values (e.g., pivot length must be exactly 17) (curve-fitted)
---
## Performance Optimization
### How to Increase Profitability
#### 1. Optimize Risk/Reward Ratio
- **Current**: 1.5:1 (default)
- **Test**: 2:1, 2.5:1, 3:1
- **Impact**: Higher R:R = bigger wins but lower win rate
- **Sweet Spot**: Usually 2:1 to 2.5:1 for trend strategies
#### 2. Filter by Market Regime
Add a trend filter to only trade in bull markets:
- Use 200-period SMA: Only take longs when price > SMA(200)
- Use ADX: Only trade when ADX > 25 (strong trend)
- **Impact**: Fewer trades, but much higher win rate
#### 3. Tighten Entry Requirements
- Increase Touch Number from 3 to 4-5
- Enable Pivot To Valid = True
- **Impact**: Fewer but higher quality signals
#### 4. Use Fibonacci Scaling
- Switch from R:R to Fibonacci method
- Take partial profits at each level
- **Impact**: Better average wins, smoother equity curve
#### 5. Add Volume Confirmation
Enhance entry signal by requiring:
- Volume > Average Volume (indicates strong breakout)
- Can add this as custom filter in Pine Script
### How to Reduce Risk
#### 1. Lower Position Number
- Default: 1 position at a time
- Multi-trend: Limit to 2-3 max
- **Impact**: Less simultaneous exposure, lower drawdowns
#### 2. Reduce Risk Amount
- Start with $50 per trade (0.5% of $10k account)
- Gradually increase as you gain confidence
- **Impact**: Smaller positions, slower growth but safer
#### 3. Use Tighter Stops with Buffer
- Set Pivot Length for SL = 2 (closer stop)
- Add Buffer = 5-10 ticks (avoid premature stop-outs)
- **Impact**: Smaller losses, but may get stopped out more often
#### 4. Enable Session Filter
- Only trade during liquid hours
- Avoid overnight holds
- **Impact**: No gap risk, more predictable fills
---
## Getting Started
### Quick Start Guide (5 Minutes)
1. **Copy the Strategy Code**
- Open the `.txt` file provided
- Copy all code to clipboard
2. **Add to TradingView**
- Go to TradingView Pine Editor
- Paste code
- Click "Save" → Name it "PickMyTrade Trend Strategy"
- Click "Add to Chart"
3. **Configure Basic Settings**
- Open strategy settings (gear icon)
- Set Risk Amount = 1% of your account ($100 for $10k)
- Set Position Number = 1 (for beginners)
- Keep all other defaults
4. **Backtest on Your Market**
- Choose your instrument (ES, NQ, AAPL, BTC, etc.)
- Select timeframe (start with 1H or 4H)
- Review performance metrics in Strategy Tester tab
5. **Optimize (Optional)**
- Adjust Touch Number (2-5) to balance signals vs. quality
- Try different TP methods (R:R vs. Fibonacci)
- Test on multiple timeframes
6. **Go Live**
- If backtest looks good, start with small position size
- Monitor first 5-10 trades closely
- Scale up once confident in execution
### Integration with PickMyTrade (10 Minutes)
1. **Sign Up for PickMyTrade**
- Visit (pickmytrade.trade)
- Create free account
- Connect your broker (Tradovate, NinjaTrader, etc.)
2. **Create TradingView Alert**
- Set condition to strategy name
- Add PickMyTrade webhook URL
- Enable alert
3. **Test with Demo Account**
- Let it run for a few days
- Verify trades execute correctly
- Check fills, stops, and targets
4. **Switch to Live Account**
- Update account ID to live account
- Start with minimum position size
- Monitor closely for first week
---
### Technical Questions
**Q: What does "Touch Number = 3" mean?**
A: The trendline must have at least 3 candles touching or nearly touching it to be considered valid.
**Q: Why am I getting no trades?**
A: Trendline requirements may be too strict. Try:
- Reduce Touch Number to 2
- Increase Valid Percentage to 0.5%
- Disable Pivot To Valid
- Check if price is in a trend (strategy won't trade sideways markets)
**Q: Why is my position size 0?**
A: Risk Amount is too small for the stop distance. Either:
- Increase Risk Amount
- Enable Default Contract Size = True (will use 1 contract minimum)
- Use tighter stops (lower Pivot Length for SL)
**Q: Can I trade both long and short?**
A: Current code is long-only. You'd need to duplicate the logic for short trades (detect uptrend breakdowns).
**Q: How do I change from TradingView strategy to indicator?**
A: Change line 5 from `strategy(...)` to `indicator(...)`. Replace `strategy.entry()` and `strategy.exit()` with `alert()` calls.
### Risk Management Questions
**Q: What's the maximum drawdown I should expect?**
A: Typically 10-20% depending on settings. If experiencing > 25%, reduce position size or tighten filters.
**Q: Should I risk more to make more money?**
A: No. Risking 2% vs. 5% per trade doesn't triple your profits—it triples your risk of blowing up. Stick to 1-2% per trade.
**Q: What if I hit 5 losses in a row?**
A: Normal. Even with 60% win rate, losing streaks happen. Don't increase position size to "win it back." Stick to your risk plan.
**Q: Do I need to watch the screen all day?**
A: No, especially with PickMyTrade automation. Check positions 1-2 times per day. Overtrading kills profits.
---
## Disclaimer
**Important Risk Disclosure**:
Trading futures, stocks, forex, and cryptocurrencies involves substantial risk of loss and is not suitable for all investors. Past performance is not indicative of future results. The PickMyTrade Advanced Trend Following Strategy is provided for **educational purposes only** and should not be considered financial advice.
**Key Risks**:
- You can lose more than your initial investment
- Backtested results may not reflect live trading performance
- Market conditions change; no strategy works forever
- Automation errors can occur (connectivity, bugs, etc.)
**Before Trading**:
- Consult a licensed financial advisor
- Fully understand the strategy logic
- Test on demo account for at least 1 month
- Only risk capital you can afford to lose
- Start with minimum position sizes
**PickMyTrade**:
This strategy is compatible with PickMyTrade but is not officially endorsed by PickMyTrade. The author is not affiliated with PickMyTrade. For PickMyTrade support, visit their official website.
**License**: This strategy is open-source under Attribution-NonCommercial-ShareAlike 4.0 International (CC BY-NC-SA 4.0). You may modify and share, but not for commercial use.
---
**Ready to automate your trading with PickMyTrade? Add this strategy to your TradingView chart today and start capturing profitable trend breakouts on autopilot!**
Time-Based Fair Value Gaps (FVG) with Inversions (iFVG)Overview
The Time-Based Fair Value Gaps (FVG) with Inversions (iFVG) (ICT/SMT) indicator is a specialized tool designed for traders using Inner Circle Trader (ICT) methodologies. Inspired by LuxAlgo's Fair Value Gap indicator, this script introduces significant enhancements by integrating ICT principles, focusing on precise time-based FVG detection, inversion tracking, and retest signals tailored for institutional trading strategies. Unlike LuxAlgo’s general FVG approach, this indicator filters FVGs within customizable 10-minute windows aligned with ICT’s macro timeframes and incorporates ICT-specific concepts like mitigation, liquidity grabs, and session-based gap prioritization.
This tool is optimized for 1–5 minute charts, though probably best for 1 minute charts, identifying bullish and bearish FVGs, tracking their mitigation into inverted FVGs (iFVGs) as key support/resistance zones, and generating retest signals with customizable “Close” or “Wick” confirmation. Features like ATR-based filtering, optional FVG labels, mitigation removal, and session-specific FVG detection (e.g., first FVG in AM/PM sessions) make it a powerful tool for ICT traders.
Originality and Improvements
While inspired by LuxAlgo’s FVG indicator (credit to LuxAlgo for their foundational work), this script significantly extends the original concept by:
1. Time-Based FVG Detection: Unlike LuxAlgo’s continuous FVG identification, this script filters FVGs within user-defined 10-minute windows each hour (:00–:10, :10–:20, etc.), aligning with ICT’s emphasis on specific periods of institutional activity, such as hourly opens/closes or kill zones (e.g., New York 7:00–11:00 AM EST). This ensures FVGs are relevant to high-probability ICT setups.
2. Session-Specific First FVG Option: A unique feature allows traders to display only the first FVG in ICT-defined AM (9:30–10:00 AM EST) or PM (1:30–2:00 PM EST) sessions, reflecting ICT’s focus on initial market imbalances during key liquidity events.
3. ICT-Driven Mitigation and Inversion Logic: The script tracks FVG mitigation (when price closes through a gap) and converts mitigated FVGs into iFVGs, which serve as ICT-style support/resistance zones. This aligns with ICT’s view that mitigated gaps become critical reversal points, unlike LuxAlgo’s simpler gap display.
4. Customizable Retest Signals: Retest signals for iFVGs are configurable for “Close” (conservative, requiring candle body confirmation) or “Wick” (faster, using highs/lows), catering to ICT traders’ need for precise entry timing during liquidity grabs or Judas swings.
5. ATR Filtering and Mitigation Removal: An optional ATR filter ensures only significant FVGs are displayed, reducing noise, while mitigation removal declutters the chart by removing filled gaps, aligning with ICT’s principle that mitigated gaps lose relevance unless inverted.
6. Timezone and Timeframe Safeguards: A timezone offset setting aligns FVG detection with EST for ICT’s New York-centric strategies, and a timeframe warning alerts users to avoid ≥1-hour charts, ensuring accuracy in time-based filtering.
These enhancements make the script a distinct tool that builds on LuxAlgo’s foundation while offering ICT traders a tailored, high-precision solution.
How It Works
FVG Detection
FVGs are identified when a candle’s low is higher than the high of two candles prior (bullish FVG) or a candle’s high is lower than the low of two candles prior (bearish FVG). Detection is restricted to:
• User-selected 10-minute windows (e.g., :00–:10, :50–:60) to capture ICT-relevant periods like hourly transitions.
• AM/PM session first FVGs (if enabled), focusing on 9:30–10:00 AM or 1:30–2:00 PM EST for key market opens.
An optional ATR filter (default: 0.25× ATR) ensures only gaps larger than the threshold are displayed, prioritizing significant imbalances.
Mitigation and Inversion
When price closes through an FVG (e.g., below a bullish FVG’s bottom), the FVG is mitigated and becomes an iFVG, plotted as a support/resistance zone. iFVGs are critical in ICT for identifying reversal points where institutional orders accumulate.
Retest Signals
The script generates signals when price retests an iFVG:
• Close: Triggers when the candle body confirms the retest (conservative, lower noise).
• Wick: Triggers when the candle’s high/low touches the iFVG (faster, higher sensitivity). Signals are visualized with triangular markers (▲ for bullish, ▼ for bearish) and can trigger alerts.
Visualization
• FVGs: Displayed as colored boxes (green for bullish, red for bearish) with optional “Bull FVG”/“Bear FVG” labels.
• iFVGs: Shown as extended boxes with dashed midlines, limited to the user-defined number of recent zones (default: 5).
• Mitigation Removal: Mitigated FVGs/iFVGs are removed (if enabled) to keep the chart clean.
How to Use
Recommended Settings
• Timeframe: Use 1–5 minute charts for precision, avoiding ≥1-hour timeframes (a warning label appears if misconfigured).
• Time Windows: Enable :00–:10 and :50–:60 for hourly open/close FVGs, or use the “Show only 1st presented FVG” option for AM/PM session focus.
• ATR Filter: Keep enabled (multiplier 0.25–0.5) for significant gaps; disable on 1-minute charts for more FVGs during volatility.
• Signal Preference: Use “Close” for conservative entries, “Wick” for aggressive setups.
• Timezone Offset: Set to -5 for EST (or -4 for EDT) to align with ICT’s New York session.
Trading Strategy
1. Macro Timeframes: Focus on New York (7:00–11:00 AM EST) or London (2:00–5:00 AM EST) kill zones for high institutional activity.
2. FVG Entries: Trade bullish FVGs as support in uptrends or bearish FVGs as resistance in downtrends, especially in :00–:10 or :50–:60 windows.
3. iFVG Retests: Enter on retest signals (▲/▼) during liquidity grabs or Judas swings, using “Close” for confirmation or “Wick” for speed.
4. Session FVGs: Use the “Show only 1st presented FVG” option to target the first gap in AM/PM sessions, often tied to ICT’s market maker algorithms.
5. Risk Management: Combine with ICT concepts like order blocks or breaker blocks for confluence, and set stops beyond FVG/iFVG boundaries.
Alerts
Set alerts for:
• “Bullish FVG Detected”/“Bearish FVG Detected”: New FVGs in selected windows.
• “Bullish Signal”/“Bearish Signal”: iFVG retest confirmations.
Settings Description
• Show Last (1–100, default: 5): Number of recent iFVGs to display. Lower values reduce clutter.
• Show only 1st presented FVG : Limits FVGs to the first in 9:30–10:00 AM or 1:30–2:00 PM EST sessions (overrides time window checkboxes).
• Time Window Checkboxes: Enable/disable FVG detection in 10-minute windows (:00–:10, :10–:20, etc.). All enabled by default.
• Signal Preference: “Close” (default) or “Wick” for iFVG retest signals.
• Use ATR Filter: Enables ATR-based size filtering (default: true).
• ATR Multiplier (0–∞, default: 0.25): Sets FVG size threshold (higher values = larger gaps).
• Remove Mitigated FVGs: Removes filled FVGs/iFVGs (default: true).
• Show FVG Labels: Displays “Bull FVG”/“Bear FVG” labels (default: true).
• Timezone Offset (-12 to 12, default: -5): Aligns time windows with EST.
• Colors: Customize bullish (green), bearish (red), and midline (gray) colors.
Why Use This Indicator?
This indicator empowers ICT traders with a tool that goes beyond generic FVG detection, offering precise, time-filtered gaps and inversion tracking aligned with institutional trading principles. By focusing on ICT’s macro timeframes, session-specific imbalances, and customizable signal logic, it provides a clear edge for scalping, swing trading, or reversal setups in high-liquidity markets.
Quantum Rotational Field MappingQuantum Rotational Field Mapping (QRFM):
Phase Coherence Detection Through Complex-Plane Oscillator Analysis
Quantum Rotational Field Mapping applies complex-plane mathematics and phase-space analysis to oscillator ensembles, identifying high-probability trend ignition points by measuring when multiple independent oscillators achieve phase coherence. Unlike traditional multi-oscillator approaches that simply stack indicators or use boolean AND/OR logic, this system converts each oscillator into a rotating phasor (vector) in the complex plane and calculates the Coherence Index (CI) —a mathematical measure of how tightly aligned the ensemble has become—then generates signals only when alignment, phase direction, and pairwise entanglement all converge.
The indicator combines three mathematical frameworks: phasor representation using analytic signal theory to extract phase and amplitude from each oscillator, coherence measurement using vector summation in the complex plane to quantify group alignment, and entanglement analysis that calculates pairwise phase agreement across all oscillator combinations. This creates a multi-dimensional confirmation system that distinguishes between random oscillator noise and genuine regime transitions.
What Makes This Original
Complex-Plane Phasor Framework
This indicator implements classical signal processing mathematics adapted for market oscillators. Each oscillator—whether RSI, MACD, Stochastic, CCI, Williams %R, MFI, ROC, or TSI—is first normalized to a common scale, then converted into a complex-plane representation using an in-phase (I) and quadrature (Q) component. The in-phase component is the oscillator value itself, while the quadrature component is calculated as the first difference (derivative proxy), creating a velocity-aware representation.
From these components, the system extracts:
Phase (φ) : Calculated as φ = atan2(Q, I), representing the oscillator's position in its cycle (mapped to -180° to +180°)
Amplitude (A) : Calculated as A = √(I² + Q²), representing the oscillator's strength or conviction
This mathematical approach is fundamentally different from simply reading oscillator values. A phasor captures both where an oscillator is in its cycle (phase angle) and how strongly it's expressing that position (amplitude). Two oscillators can have the same value but be in opposite phases of their cycles—traditional analysis would see them as identical, while QRFM sees them as 180° out of phase (contradictory).
Coherence Index Calculation
The core innovation is the Coherence Index (CI) , borrowed from physics and signal processing. When you have N oscillators, each with phase φₙ, you can represent each as a unit vector in the complex plane: e^(iφₙ) = cos(φₙ) + i·sin(φₙ).
The CI measures what happens when you sum all these vectors:
Resultant Vector : R = Σ e^(iφₙ) = Σ cos(φₙ) + i·Σ sin(φₙ)
Coherence Index : CI = |R| / N
Where |R| is the magnitude of the resultant vector and N is the number of active oscillators.
The CI ranges from 0 to 1:
CI = 1.0 : Perfect coherence—all oscillators have identical phase angles, vectors point in the same direction, creating maximum constructive interference
CI = 0.0 : Complete decoherence—oscillators are randomly distributed around the circle, vectors cancel out through destructive interference
0 < CI < 1 : Partial alignment—some clustering with some scatter
This is not a simple average or correlation. The CI captures phase synchronization across the entire ensemble simultaneously. When oscillators phase-lock (align their cycles), the CI spikes regardless of their individual values. This makes it sensitive to regime transitions that traditional indicators miss.
Dominant Phase and Direction Detection
Beyond measuring alignment strength, the system calculates the dominant phase of the ensemble—the direction the resultant vector points:
Dominant Phase : φ_dom = atan2(Σ sin(φₙ), Σ cos(φₙ))
This gives the "average direction" of all oscillator phases, mapped to -180° to +180°:
+90° to -90° (right half-plane): Bullish phase dominance
+90° to +180° or -90° to -180° (left half-plane): Bearish phase dominance
The combination of CI magnitude (coherence strength) and dominant phase angle (directional bias) creates a two-dimensional signal space. High CI alone is insufficient—you need high CI plus dominant phase pointing in a tradeable direction. This dual requirement is what separates QRFM from simple oscillator averaging.
Entanglement Matrix and Pairwise Coherence
While the CI measures global alignment, the entanglement matrix measures local pairwise relationships. For every pair of oscillators (i, j), the system calculates:
E(i,j) = |cos(φᵢ - φⱼ)|
This represents the phase agreement between oscillators i and j:
E = 1.0 : Oscillators are in-phase (0° or 360° apart)
E = 0.0 : Oscillators are in quadrature (90° apart, orthogonal)
E between 0 and 1 : Varying degrees of alignment
The system counts how many oscillator pairs exceed a user-defined entanglement threshold (e.g., 0.7). This entangled pairs count serves as a confirmation filter: signals require not just high global CI, but also a minimum number of strong pairwise agreements. This prevents false ignitions where CI is high but driven by only two oscillators while the rest remain scattered.
The entanglement matrix creates an N×N symmetric matrix that can be visualized as a web—when many cells are bright (high E values), the ensemble is highly interconnected. When cells are dark, oscillators are moving independently.
Phase-Lock Tolerance Mechanism
A complementary confirmation layer is the phase-lock detector . This calculates the maximum phase spread across all oscillators:
For all pairs (i,j), compute angular distance: Δφ = |φᵢ - φⱼ|, wrapping at 180°
Max Spread = maximum Δφ across all pairs
If max spread < user threshold (e.g., 35°), the ensemble is considered phase-locked —all oscillators are within a narrow angular band.
This differs from entanglement: entanglement measures pairwise cosine similarity (magnitude of alignment), while phase-lock measures maximum angular deviation (tightness of clustering). Both must be satisfied for the highest-conviction signals.
Multi-Layer Visual Architecture
QRFM includes six visual components that represent the same underlying mathematics from different perspectives:
Circular Orbit Plot : A polar coordinate grid showing each oscillator as a vector from origin to perimeter. Angle = phase, radius = amplitude. This is a real-time snapshot of the complex plane. When vectors converge (point in similar directions), coherence is high. When scattered randomly, coherence is low. Users can see phase alignment forming before CI numerically confirms it.
Phase-Time Heat Map : A 2D matrix with rows = oscillators and columns = time bins. Each cell is colored by the oscillator's phase at that time (using a gradient where color hue maps to angle). Horizontal color bands indicate sustained phase alignment over time. Vertical color bands show moments when all oscillators shared the same phase (ignition points). This provides historical pattern recognition.
Entanglement Web Matrix : An N×N grid showing E(i,j) for all pairs. Cells are colored by entanglement strength—bright yellow/gold for high E, dark gray for low E. This reveals which oscillators are driving coherence and which are lagging. For example, if RSI and MACD show high E but Stochastic shows low E with everything, Stochastic is the outlier.
Quantum Field Cloud : A background color overlay on the price chart. Color (green = bullish, red = bearish) is determined by dominant phase. Opacity is determined by CI—high CI creates dense, opaque cloud; low CI creates faint, nearly invisible cloud. This gives an atmospheric "feel" for regime strength without looking at numbers.
Phase Spiral : A smoothed plot of dominant phase over recent history, displayed as a curve that wraps around price. When the spiral is tight and rotating steadily, the ensemble is in coherent rotation (trending). When the spiral is loose or erratic, coherence is breaking down.
Dashboard : A table showing real-time metrics: CI (as percentage), dominant phase (in degrees with directional arrow), field strength (CI × average amplitude), entangled pairs count, phase-lock status (locked/unlocked), quantum state classification ("Ignition", "Coherent", "Collapse", "Chaos"), and collapse risk (recent CI change normalized to 0-100%).
Each component is independently toggleable, allowing users to customize their workspace. The orbit plot is the most essential—it provides intuitive, visual feedback on phase alignment that no numerical dashboard can match.
Core Components and How They Work Together
1. Oscillator Normalization Engine
The foundation is creating a common measurement scale. QRFM supports eight oscillators:
RSI : Normalized from to using overbought/oversold levels (70, 30) as anchors
MACD Histogram : Normalized by dividing by rolling standard deviation, then clamped to
Stochastic %K : Normalized from using (80, 20) anchors
CCI : Divided by 200 (typical extreme level), clamped to
Williams %R : Normalized from using (-20, -80) anchors
MFI : Normalized from using (80, 20) anchors
ROC : Divided by 10, clamped to
TSI : Divided by 50, clamped to
Each oscillator can be individually enabled/disabled. Only active oscillators contribute to phase calculations. The normalization removes scale differences—a reading of +0.8 means "strongly bullish" regardless of whether it came from RSI or TSI.
2. Analytic Signal Construction
For each active oscillator at each bar, the system constructs the analytic signal:
In-Phase (I) : The normalized oscillator value itself
Quadrature (Q) : The bar-to-bar change in the normalized value (first derivative approximation)
This creates a 2D representation: (I, Q). The phase is extracted as:
φ = atan2(Q, I) × (180 / π)
This maps the oscillator to a point on the unit circle. An oscillator at the same value but rising (positive Q) will have a different phase than one that is falling (negative Q). This velocity-awareness is critical—it distinguishes between "at resistance and stalling" versus "at resistance and breaking through."
The amplitude is extracted as:
A = √(I² + Q²)
This represents the distance from origin in the (I, Q) plane. High amplitude means the oscillator is far from neutral (strong conviction). Low amplitude means it's near zero (weak/transitional state).
3. Coherence Calculation Pipeline
For each bar (or every Nth bar if phase sample rate > 1 for performance):
Step 1 : Extract phase φₙ for each of the N active oscillators
Step 2 : Compute complex exponentials: Zₙ = e^(i·φₙ·π/180) = cos(φₙ·π/180) + i·sin(φₙ·π/180)
Step 3 : Sum the complex exponentials: R = Σ Zₙ = (Σ cos φₙ) + i·(Σ sin φₙ)
Step 4 : Calculate magnitude: |R| = √
Step 5 : Normalize by count: CI_raw = |R| / N
Step 6 : Smooth the CI: CI = SMA(CI_raw, smoothing_window)
The smoothing step (default 2 bars) removes single-bar noise spikes while preserving structural coherence changes. Users can adjust this to control reactivity versus stability.
The dominant phase is calculated as:
φ_dom = atan2(Σ sin φₙ, Σ cos φₙ) × (180 / π)
This is the angle of the resultant vector R in the complex plane.
4. Entanglement Matrix Construction
For all unique pairs of oscillators (i, j) where i < j:
Step 1 : Get phases φᵢ and φⱼ
Step 2 : Compute phase difference: Δφ = φᵢ - φⱼ (in radians)
Step 3 : Calculate entanglement: E(i,j) = |cos(Δφ)|
Step 4 : Store in symmetric matrix: matrix = matrix = E(i,j)
The matrix is then scanned: count how many E(i,j) values exceed the user-defined threshold (default 0.7). This count is the entangled pairs metric.
For visualization, the matrix is rendered as an N×N table where cell brightness maps to E(i,j) intensity.
5. Phase-Lock Detection
Step 1 : For all unique pairs (i, j), compute angular distance: Δφ = |φᵢ - φⱼ|
Step 2 : Wrap angles: if Δφ > 180°, set Δφ = 360° - Δφ
Step 3 : Find maximum: max_spread = max(Δφ) across all pairs
Step 4 : Compare to tolerance: phase_locked = (max_spread < tolerance)
If phase_locked is true, all oscillators are within the specified angular cone (e.g., 35°). This is a boolean confirmation filter.
6. Signal Generation Logic
Signals are generated through multi-layer confirmation:
Long Ignition Signal :
CI crosses above ignition threshold (e.g., 0.80)
AND dominant phase is in bullish range (-90° < φ_dom < +90°)
AND phase_locked = true
AND entangled_pairs >= minimum threshold (e.g., 4)
Short Ignition Signal :
CI crosses above ignition threshold
AND dominant phase is in bearish range (φ_dom < -90° OR φ_dom > +90°)
AND phase_locked = true
AND entangled_pairs >= minimum threshold
Collapse Signal :
CI at bar minus CI at current bar > collapse threshold (e.g., 0.55)
AND CI at bar was above 0.6 (must collapse from coherent state, not from already-low state)
These are strict conditions. A high CI alone does not generate a signal—dominant phase must align with direction, oscillators must be phase-locked, and sufficient pairwise entanglement must exist. This multi-factor gating dramatically reduces false signals compared to single-condition triggers.
Calculation Methodology
Phase 1: Oscillator Computation and Normalization
On each bar, the system calculates the raw values for all enabled oscillators using standard Pine Script functions:
RSI: ta.rsi(close, length)
MACD: ta.macd() returning histogram component
Stochastic: ta.stoch() smoothed with ta.sma()
CCI: ta.cci(close, length)
Williams %R: ta.wpr(length)
MFI: ta.mfi(hlc3, length)
ROC: ta.roc(close, length)
TSI: ta.tsi(close, short, long)
Each raw value is then passed through a normalization function:
normalize(value, overbought_level, oversold_level) = 2 × (value - oversold) / (overbought - oversold) - 1
This maps the oscillator's typical range to , where -1 represents extreme bearish, 0 represents neutral, and +1 represents extreme bullish.
For oscillators without fixed ranges (MACD, ROC, TSI), statistical normalization is used: divide by a rolling standard deviation or fixed divisor, then clamp to .
Phase 2: Phasor Extraction
For each normalized oscillator value val:
I = val (in-phase component)
Q = val - val (quadrature component, first difference)
Phase calculation:
phi_rad = atan2(Q, I)
phi_deg = phi_rad × (180 / π)
Amplitude calculation:
A = √(I² + Q²)
These values are stored in arrays: osc_phases and osc_amps for each oscillator n.
Phase 3: Complex Summation and Coherence
Initialize accumulators:
sum_cos = 0
sum_sin = 0
For each oscillator n = 0 to N-1:
phi_rad = osc_phases × (π / 180)
sum_cos += cos(phi_rad)
sum_sin += sin(phi_rad)
Resultant magnitude:
resultant_mag = √(sum_cos² + sum_sin²)
Coherence Index (raw):
CI_raw = resultant_mag / N
Smoothed CI:
CI = SMA(CI_raw, smoothing_window)
Dominant phase:
phi_dom_rad = atan2(sum_sin, sum_cos)
phi_dom_deg = phi_dom_rad × (180 / π)
Phase 4: Entanglement Matrix Population
For i = 0 to N-2:
For j = i+1 to N-1:
phi_i = osc_phases × (π / 180)
phi_j = osc_phases × (π / 180)
delta_phi = phi_i - phi_j
E = |cos(delta_phi)|
matrix_index_ij = i × N + j
matrix_index_ji = j × N + i
entangle_matrix = E
entangle_matrix = E
if E >= threshold:
entangled_pairs += 1
The matrix uses flat array storage with index mapping: index(row, col) = row × N + col.
Phase 5: Phase-Lock Check
max_spread = 0
For i = 0 to N-2:
For j = i+1 to N-1:
delta = |osc_phases - osc_phases |
if delta > 180:
delta = 360 - delta
max_spread = max(max_spread, delta)
phase_locked = (max_spread < tolerance)
Phase 6: Signal Evaluation
Ignition Long :
ignition_long = (CI crosses above threshold) AND
(phi_dom > -90 AND phi_dom < 90) AND
phase_locked AND
(entangled_pairs >= minimum)
Ignition Short :
ignition_short = (CI crosses above threshold) AND
(phi_dom < -90 OR phi_dom > 90) AND
phase_locked AND
(entangled_pairs >= minimum)
Collapse :
CI_prev = CI
collapse = (CI_prev - CI > collapse_threshold) AND (CI_prev > 0.6)
All signals are evaluated on bar close. The crossover and crossunder functions ensure signals fire only once when conditions transition from false to true.
Phase 7: Field Strength and Visualization Metrics
Average Amplitude :
avg_amp = (Σ osc_amps ) / N
Field Strength :
field_strength = CI × avg_amp
Collapse Risk (for dashboard):
collapse_risk = (CI - CI) / max(CI , 0.1)
collapse_risk_pct = clamp(collapse_risk × 100, 0, 100)
Quantum State Classification :
if (CI > threshold AND phase_locked):
state = "Ignition"
else if (CI > 0.6):
state = "Coherent"
else if (collapse):
state = "Collapse"
else:
state = "Chaos"
Phase 8: Visual Rendering
Orbit Plot : For each oscillator, convert polar (phase, amplitude) to Cartesian (x, y) for grid placement:
radius = amplitude × grid_center × 0.8
x = radius × cos(phase × π/180)
y = radius × sin(phase × π/180)
col = center + x (mapped to grid coordinates)
row = center - y
Heat Map : For each oscillator row and time column, retrieve historical phase value at lookback = (columns - col) × sample_rate, then map phase to color using a hue gradient.
Entanglement Web : Render matrix as table cell with background color opacity = E(i,j).
Field Cloud : Background color = (phi_dom > -90 AND phi_dom < 90) ? green : red, with opacity = mix(min_opacity, max_opacity, CI).
All visual components render only on the last bar (barstate.islast) to minimize computational overhead.
How to Use This Indicator
Step 1 : Apply QRFM to your chart. It works on all timeframes and asset classes, though 15-minute to 4-hour timeframes provide the best balance of responsiveness and noise reduction.
Step 2 : Enable the dashboard (default: top right) and the circular orbit plot (default: middle left). These are your primary visual feedback tools.
Step 3 : Optionally enable the heat map, entanglement web, and field cloud based on your preference. New users may find all visuals overwhelming; start with dashboard + orbit plot.
Step 4 : Observe for 50-100 bars to let the indicator establish baseline coherence patterns. Markets have different "normal" CI ranges—some instruments naturally run higher or lower coherence.
Understanding the Circular Orbit Plot
The orbit plot is a polar grid showing oscillator vectors in real-time:
Center point : Neutral (zero phase and amplitude)
Each vector : A line from center to a point on the grid
Vector angle : The oscillator's phase (0° = right/east, 90° = up/north, 180° = left/west, -90° = down/south)
Vector length : The oscillator's amplitude (short = weak signal, long = strong signal)
Vector label : First letter of oscillator name (R = RSI, M = MACD, etc.)
What to watch :
Convergence : When all vectors cluster in one quadrant or sector, CI is rising and coherence is forming. This is your pre-signal warning.
Scatter : When vectors point in random directions (360° spread), CI is low and the market is in a non-trending or transitional regime.
Rotation : When the cluster rotates smoothly around the circle, the ensemble is in coherent oscillation—typically seen during steady trends.
Sudden flips : When the cluster rapidly jumps from one side to the opposite (e.g., +90° to -90°), a phase reversal has occurred—often coinciding with trend reversals.
Example: If you see RSI, MACD, and Stochastic all pointing toward 45° (northeast) with long vectors, while CCI, TSI, and ROC point toward 40-50° as well, coherence is high and dominant phase is bullish. Expect an ignition signal if CI crosses threshold.
Reading Dashboard Metrics
The dashboard provides numerical confirmation of what the orbit plot shows visually:
CI : Displays as 0-100%. Above 70% = high coherence (strong regime), 40-70% = moderate, below 40% = low (poor conditions for trend entries).
Dom Phase : Angle in degrees with directional arrow. ⬆ = bullish bias, ⬇ = bearish bias, ⬌ = neutral.
Field Strength : CI weighted by amplitude. High values (> 0.6) indicate not just alignment but strong alignment.
Entangled Pairs : Count of oscillator pairs with E > threshold. Higher = more confirmation. If minimum is set to 4, you need at least 4 pairs entangled for signals.
Phase Lock : 🔒 YES (all oscillators within tolerance) or 🔓 NO (spread too wide).
State : Real-time classification:
🚀 IGNITION: CI just crossed threshold with phase-lock
⚡ COHERENT: CI is high and stable
💥 COLLAPSE: CI has dropped sharply
🌀 CHAOS: Low CI, scattered phases
Collapse Risk : 0-100% scale based on recent CI change. Above 50% warns of imminent breakdown.
Interpreting Signals
Long Ignition (Blue Triangle Below Price) :
Occurs when CI crosses above threshold (e.g., 0.80)
Dominant phase is in bullish range (-90° to +90°)
All oscillators are phase-locked (within tolerance)
Minimum entangled pairs requirement met
Interpretation : The oscillator ensemble has transitioned from disorder to coherent bullish alignment. This is a high-probability long entry point. The multi-layer confirmation (CI + phase direction + lock + entanglement) ensures this is not a single-oscillator whipsaw.
Short Ignition (Red Triangle Above Price) :
Same conditions as long, but dominant phase is in bearish range (< -90° or > +90°)
Interpretation : Coherent bearish alignment has formed. High-probability short entry.
Collapse (Circles Above and Below Price) :
CI has dropped by more than the collapse threshold (e.g., 0.55) over a 5-bar window
CI was previously above 0.6 (collapsing from coherent state)
Interpretation : Phase coherence has broken down. If you are in a position, this is an exit warning. If looking to enter, stand aside—regime is transitioning.
Phase-Time Heat Map Patterns
Enable the heat map and position it at bottom right. The rows represent individual oscillators, columns represent time bins (most recent on left).
Pattern: Horizontal Color Bands
If a row (e.g., RSI) shows consistent color across columns (say, green for several bins), that oscillator has maintained stable phase over time. If all rows show horizontal bands of similar color, the entire ensemble has been phase-locked for an extended period—this is a strong trending regime.
Pattern: Vertical Color Bands
If a column (single time bin) shows all cells with the same or very similar color, that moment in time had high coherence. These vertical bands often align with ignition signals or major price pivots.
Pattern: Rainbow Chaos
If cells are random colors (red, green, yellow mixed with no pattern), coherence is low. The ensemble is scattered. Avoid trading during these periods unless you have external confirmation.
Pattern: Color Transition
If you see a row transition from red to green (or vice versa) sharply, that oscillator has phase-flipped. If multiple rows do this simultaneously, a regime change is underway.
Entanglement Web Analysis
Enable the web matrix (default: opposite corner from heat map). It shows an N×N grid where N = number of active oscillators.
Bright Yellow/Gold Cells : High pairwise entanglement. For example, if the RSI-MACD cell is bright gold, those two oscillators are moving in phase. If the RSI-Stochastic cell is bright, they are entangled as well.
Dark Gray Cells : Low entanglement. Oscillators are decorrelated or in quadrature.
Diagonal : Always marked with "—" because an oscillator is always perfectly entangled with itself.
How to use :
Scan for clustering: If most cells are bright, coherence is high across the board. If only a few cells are bright, coherence is driven by a subset (e.g., RSI and MACD are aligned, but nothing else is—weak signal).
Identify laggards: If one row/column is entirely dark, that oscillator is the outlier. You may choose to disable it or monitor for when it joins the group (late confirmation).
Watch for web formation: During low-coherence periods, the matrix is mostly dark. As coherence builds, cells begin lighting up. A sudden "web" of connections forming visually precedes ignition signals.
Trading Workflow
Step 1: Monitor Coherence Level
Check the dashboard CI metric or observe the orbit plot. If CI is below 40% and vectors are scattered, conditions are poor for trend entries. Wait.
Step 2: Detect Coherence Building
When CI begins rising (say, from 30% to 50-60%) and you notice vectors on the orbit plot starting to cluster, coherence is forming. This is your alert phase—do not enter yet, but prepare.
Step 3: Confirm Phase Direction
Check the dominant phase angle and the orbit plot quadrant where clustering is occurring:
Clustering in right half (0° to ±90°): Bullish bias forming
Clustering in left half (±90° to 180°): Bearish bias forming
Verify the dashboard shows the corresponding directional arrow (⬆ or ⬇).
Step 4: Wait for Signal Confirmation
Do not enter based on rising CI alone. Wait for the full ignition signal:
CI crosses above threshold
Phase-lock indicator shows 🔒 YES
Entangled pairs count >= minimum
Directional triangle appears on chart
This ensures all layers have aligned.
Step 5: Execute Entry
Long : Blue triangle below price appears → enter long
Short : Red triangle above price appears → enter short
Step 6: Position Management
Initial Stop : Place stop loss based on your risk management rules (e.g., recent swing low/high, ATR-based buffer).
Monitoring :
Watch the field cloud density. If it remains opaque and colored in your direction, the regime is intact.
Check dashboard collapse risk. If it rises above 50%, prepare for exit.
Monitor the orbit plot. If vectors begin scattering or the cluster flips to the opposite side, coherence is breaking.
Exit Triggers :
Collapse signal fires (circles appear)
Dominant phase flips to opposite half-plane
CI drops below 40% (coherence lost)
Price hits your profit target or trailing stop
Step 7: Post-Exit Analysis
After exiting, observe whether a new ignition forms in the opposite direction (reversal) or if CI remains low (transition to range). Use this to decide whether to re-enter, reverse, or stand aside.
Best Practices
Use Price Structure as Context
QRFM identifies when coherence forms but does not specify where price will go. Combine ignition signals with support/resistance levels, trendlines, or chart patterns. For example:
Long ignition near a major support level after a pullback: high-probability bounce
Long ignition in the middle of a range with no structure: lower probability
Multi-Timeframe Confirmation
Open QRFM on two timeframes simultaneously:
Higher timeframe (e.g., 4-hour): Use CI level to determine regime bias. If 4H CI is above 60% and dominant phase is bullish, the market is in a bullish regime.
Lower timeframe (e.g., 15-minute): Execute entries on ignition signals that align with the higher timeframe bias.
This prevents counter-trend trades and increases win rate.
Distinguish Between Regime Types
High CI, stable dominant phase (State: Coherent) : Trending market. Ignitions are continuation signals; collapses are profit-taking or reversal warnings.
Low CI, erratic dominant phase (State: Chaos) : Ranging or choppy market. Avoid ignition signals or reduce position size. Wait for coherence to establish.
Moderate CI with frequent collapses : Whipsaw environment. Use wider stops or stand aside.
Adjust Parameters to Instrument and Timeframe
Crypto/Forex (high volatility) : Lower ignition threshold (0.65-0.75), lower CI smoothing (2-3), shorter oscillator lengths (7-10).
Stocks/Indices (moderate volatility) : Standard settings (threshold 0.75-0.85, smoothing 5-7, oscillator lengths 14).
Lower timeframes (5-15 min) : Reduce phase sample rate to 1-2 for responsiveness.
Higher timeframes (daily+) : Increase CI smoothing and oscillator lengths for noise reduction.
Use Entanglement Count as Conviction Filter
The minimum entangled pairs setting controls signal strictness:
Low (1-2) : More signals, lower quality (acceptable if you have other confirmation)
Medium (3-5) : Balanced (recommended for most traders)
High (6+) : Very strict, fewer signals, highest quality
Adjust based on your trade frequency preference and risk tolerance.
Monitor Oscillator Contribution
Use the entanglement web to see which oscillators are driving coherence. If certain oscillators are consistently dark (low E with all others), they may be adding noise. Consider disabling them. For example:
On low-volume instruments, MFI may be unreliable → disable MFI
On strongly trending instruments, mean-reversion oscillators (Stochastic, RSI) may lag → reduce weight or disable
Respect the Collapse Signal
Collapse events are early warnings. Price may continue in the original direction for several bars after collapse fires, but the underlying regime has weakened. Best practice:
If in profit: Take partial or full profit on collapse
If at breakeven/small loss: Exit immediately
If collapse occurs shortly after entry: Likely a false ignition; exit to avoid drawdown
Collapses do not guarantee immediate reversals—they signal uncertainty .
Combine with Volume Analysis
If your instrument has reliable volume:
Ignitions with expanding volume: Higher conviction
Ignitions with declining volume: Weaker, possibly false
Collapses with volume spikes: Strong reversal signal
Collapses with low volume: May just be consolidation
Volume is not built into QRFM (except via MFI), so add it as external confirmation.
Observe the Phase Spiral
The spiral provides a quick visual cue for rotation consistency:
Tight, smooth spiral : Ensemble is rotating coherently (trending)
Loose, erratic spiral : Phase is jumping around (ranging or transitional)
If the spiral tightens, coherence is building. If it loosens, coherence is dissolving.
Do Not Overtrade Low-Coherence Periods
When CI is persistently below 40% and the state is "Chaos," the market is not in a regime where phase analysis is predictive. During these times:
Reduce position size
Widen stops
Wait for coherence to return
QRFM's strength is regime detection. If there is no regime, the tool correctly signals "stand aside."
Use Alerts Strategically
Set alerts for:
Long Ignition
Short Ignition
Collapse
Phase Lock (optional)
Configure alerts to "Once per bar close" to avoid intrabar repainting and noise. When an alert fires, manually verify:
Orbit plot shows clustering
Dashboard confirms all conditions
Price structure supports the trade
Do not blindly trade alerts—use them as prompts for analysis.
Ideal Market Conditions
Best Performance
Instruments :
Liquid, actively traded markets (major forex pairs, large-cap stocks, major indices, top-tier crypto)
Instruments with clear cyclical oscillator behavior (avoid extremely illiquid or manipulated markets)
Timeframes :
15-minute to 4-hour: Optimal balance of noise reduction and responsiveness
1-hour to daily: Slower, higher-conviction signals; good for swing trading
5-minute: Acceptable for scalping if parameters are tightened and you accept more noise
Market Regimes :
Trending markets with periodic retracements (where oscillators cycle through phases predictably)
Breakout environments (coherence forms before/during breakout; collapse occurs at exhaustion)
Rotational markets with clear swings (oscillators phase-lock at turning points)
Volatility :
Moderate to high volatility (oscillators have room to move through their ranges)
Stable volatility regimes (sudden VIX spikes or flash crashes may create false collapses)
Challenging Conditions
Instruments :
Very low liquidity markets (erratic price action creates unstable oscillator phases)
Heavily news-driven instruments (fundamentals may override technical coherence)
Highly correlated instruments (oscillators may all reflect the same underlying factor, reducing independence)
Market Regimes :
Deep, prolonged consolidation (oscillators remain near neutral, CI is chronically low, few signals fire)
Extreme chop with no directional bias (oscillators whipsaw, coherence never establishes)
Gap-driven markets (large overnight gaps create phase discontinuities)
Timeframes :
Sub-5-minute charts: Noise dominates; oscillators flip rapidly; coherence is fleeting and unreliable
Weekly/monthly: Oscillators move extremely slowly; signals are rare; better suited for long-term positioning than active trading
Special Cases :
During major economic releases or earnings: Oscillators may lag price or become decorrelated as fundamentals overwhelm technicals. Reduce position size or stand aside.
In extremely low-volatility environments (e.g., holiday periods): Oscillators compress to neutral, CI may be artificially high due to lack of movement, but signals lack follow-through.
Adaptive Behavior
QRFM is designed to self-adapt to poor conditions:
When coherence is genuinely absent, CI remains low and signals do not fire
When only a subset of oscillators aligns, entangled pairs count stays below threshold and signals are filtered out
When phase-lock cannot be achieved (oscillators too scattered), the lock filter prevents signals
This means the indicator will naturally produce fewer (or zero) signals during unfavorable conditions, rather than generating false signals. This is a feature —it keeps you out of low-probability trades.
Parameter Optimization by Trading Style
Scalping (5-15 Minute Charts)
Goal : Maximum responsiveness, accept higher noise
Oscillator Lengths :
RSI: 7-10
MACD: 8/17/6
Stochastic: 8-10, smooth 2-3
CCI: 14-16
Others: 8-12
Coherence Settings :
CI Smoothing Window: 2-3 bars (fast reaction)
Phase Sample Rate: 1 (every bar)
Ignition Threshold: 0.65-0.75 (lower for more signals)
Collapse Threshold: 0.40-0.50 (earlier exit warnings)
Confirmation :
Phase Lock Tolerance: 40-50° (looser, easier to achieve)
Min Entangled Pairs: 2-3 (fewer oscillators required)
Visuals :
Orbit Plot + Dashboard only (reduce screen clutter for fast decisions)
Disable heavy visuals (heat map, web) for performance
Alerts :
Enable all ignition and collapse alerts
Set to "Once per bar close"
Day Trading (15-Minute to 1-Hour Charts)
Goal : Balance between responsiveness and reliability
Oscillator Lengths :
RSI: 14 (standard)
MACD: 12/26/9 (standard)
Stochastic: 14, smooth 3
CCI: 20
Others: 10-14
Coherence Settings :
CI Smoothing Window: 3-5 bars (balanced)
Phase Sample Rate: 2-3
Ignition Threshold: 0.75-0.85 (moderate selectivity)
Collapse Threshold: 0.50-0.55 (balanced exit timing)
Confirmation :
Phase Lock Tolerance: 30-40° (moderate tightness)
Min Entangled Pairs: 4-5 (reasonable confirmation)
Visuals :
Orbit Plot + Dashboard + Heat Map or Web (choose one)
Field Cloud for regime backdrop
Alerts :
Ignition and collapse alerts
Optional phase-lock alert for advance warning
Swing Trading (4-Hour to Daily Charts)
Goal : High-conviction signals, minimal noise, fewer trades
Oscillator Lengths :
RSI: 14-21
MACD: 12/26/9 or 19/39/9 (longer variant)
Stochastic: 14-21, smooth 3-5
CCI: 20-30
Others: 14-20
Coherence Settings :
CI Smoothing Window: 5-10 bars (very smooth)
Phase Sample Rate: 3-5
Ignition Threshold: 0.80-0.90 (high bar for entry)
Collapse Threshold: 0.55-0.65 (only significant breakdowns)
Confirmation :
Phase Lock Tolerance: 20-30° (tight clustering required)
Min Entangled Pairs: 5-7 (strong confirmation)
Visuals :
All modules enabled (you have time to analyze)
Heat Map for multi-bar pattern recognition
Web for deep confirmation analysis
Alerts :
Ignition and collapse
Review manually before entering (no rush)
Position/Long-Term Trading (Daily to Weekly Charts)
Goal : Rare, very high-conviction regime shifts
Oscillator Lengths :
RSI: 21-30
MACD: 19/39/9 or 26/52/12
Stochastic: 21, smooth 5
CCI: 30-50
Others: 20-30
Coherence Settings :
CI Smoothing Window: 10-14 bars
Phase Sample Rate: 5 (every 5th bar to reduce computation)
Ignition Threshold: 0.85-0.95 (only extreme alignment)
Collapse Threshold: 0.60-0.70 (major regime breaks only)
Confirmation :
Phase Lock Tolerance: 15-25° (very tight)
Min Entangled Pairs: 6+ (broad consensus required)
Visuals :
Dashboard + Orbit Plot for quick checks
Heat Map to study historical coherence patterns
Web to verify deep entanglement
Alerts :
Ignition only (collapses are less critical on long timeframes)
Manual review with fundamental analysis overlay
Performance Optimization (Low-End Systems)
If you experience lag or slow rendering:
Reduce Visual Load :
Orbit Grid Size: 8-10 (instead of 12+)
Heat Map Time Bins: 5-8 (instead of 10+)
Disable Web Matrix entirely if not needed
Disable Field Cloud and Phase Spiral
Reduce Calculation Frequency :
Phase Sample Rate: 5-10 (calculate every 5-10 bars)
Max History Depth: 100-200 (instead of 500+)
Disable Unused Oscillators :
If you only want RSI, MACD, and Stochastic, disable the other five. Fewer oscillators = smaller matrices, faster loops.
Simplify Dashboard :
Choose "Small" dashboard size
Reduce number of metrics displayed
These settings will not significantly degrade signal quality (signals are based on bar-close calculations, which remain accurate), but will improve chart responsiveness.
Important Disclaimers
This indicator is a technical analysis tool designed to identify periods of phase coherence across an ensemble of oscillators. It is not a standalone trading system and does not guarantee profitable trades. The Coherence Index, dominant phase, and entanglement metrics are mathematical calculations applied to historical price data—they measure past oscillator behavior and do not predict future price movements with certainty.
No Predictive Guarantee : High coherence indicates that oscillators are currently aligned, which historically has coincided with trending or directional price movement. However, past alignment does not guarantee future trends. Markets can remain coherent while prices consolidate, or lose coherence suddenly due to news, liquidity changes, or other factors not captured by oscillator mathematics.
Signal Confirmation is Probabilistic : The multi-layer confirmation system (CI threshold + dominant phase + phase-lock + entanglement) is designed to filter out low-probability setups. This increases the proportion of valid signals relative to false signals, but does not eliminate false signals entirely. Users should combine QRFM with additional analysis—support and resistance levels, volume confirmation, multi-timeframe alignment, and fundamental context—before executing trades.
Collapse Signals are Warnings, Not Reversals : A coherence collapse indicates that the oscillator ensemble has lost alignment. This often precedes trend exhaustion or reversals, but can also occur during healthy pullbacks or consolidations. Price may continue in the original direction after a collapse. Use collapses as risk management cues (tighten stops, take partial profits) rather than automatic reversal entries.
Market Regime Dependency : QRFM performs best in markets where oscillators exhibit cyclical, mean-reverting behavior and where trends are punctuated by retracements. In markets dominated by fundamental shocks, gap openings, or extreme low-liquidity conditions, oscillator coherence may be less reliable. During such periods, reduce position size or stand aside.
Risk Management is Essential : All trading involves risk of loss. Use appropriate stop losses, position sizing, and risk-per-trade limits. The indicator does not specify stop loss or take profit levels—these must be determined by the user based on their risk tolerance and account size. Never risk more than you can afford to lose.
Parameter Sensitivity : The indicator's behavior changes with input parameters. Aggressive settings (low thresholds, loose tolerances) produce more signals with lower average quality. Conservative settings (high thresholds, tight tolerances) produce fewer signals with higher average quality. Users should backtest and forward-test parameter sets on their specific instruments and timeframes before committing real capital.
No Repainting by Design : All signal conditions are evaluated on bar close using bar-close values. However, the visual components (orbit plot, heat map, dashboard) update in real-time during bar formation for monitoring purposes. For trade execution, rely on the confirmed signals (triangles and circles) that appear only after the bar closes.
Computational Load : QRFM performs extensive calculations, including nested loops for entanglement matrices and real-time table rendering. On lower-powered devices or when running multiple indicators simultaneously, users may experience lag. Use the performance optimization settings (reduce visual complexity, increase phase sample rate, disable unused oscillators) to improve responsiveness.
This system is most effective when used as one component within a broader trading methodology that includes sound risk management, multi-timeframe analysis, market context awareness, and disciplined execution. It is a tool for regime detection and signal confirmation, not a substitute for comprehensive trade planning.
Technical Notes
Calculation Timing : All signal logic (ignition, collapse) is evaluated using bar-close values. The barstate.isconfirmed or implicit bar-close behavior ensures signals do not repaint. Visual components (tables, plots) render on every tick for real-time feedback but do not affect signal generation.
Phase Wrapping : Phase angles are calculated in the range -180° to +180° using atan2. Angular distance calculations account for wrapping (e.g., the distance between +170° and -170° is 20°, not 340°). This ensures phase-lock detection works correctly across the ±180° boundary.
Array Management : The indicator uses fixed-size arrays for oscillator phases, amplitudes, and the entanglement matrix. The maximum number of oscillators is 8. If fewer oscillators are enabled, array sizes shrink accordingly (only active oscillators are processed).
Matrix Indexing : The entanglement matrix is stored as a flat array with size N×N, where N is the number of active oscillators. Index mapping: index(row, col) = row × N + col. Symmetric pairs (i,j) and (j,i) are stored identically.
Normalization Stability : Oscillators are normalized to using fixed reference levels (e.g., RSI overbought/oversold at 70/30). For unbounded oscillators (MACD, ROC, TSI), statistical normalization (division by rolling standard deviation) is used, with clamping to prevent extreme outliers from distorting phase calculations.
Smoothing and Lag : The CI smoothing window (SMA) introduces lag proportional to the window size. This is intentional—it filters out single-bar noise spikes in coherence. Users requiring faster reaction can reduce the smoothing window to 1-2 bars, at the cost of increased sensitivity to noise.
Complex Number Representation : Pine Script does not have native complex number types. Complex arithmetic is implemented using separate real and imaginary accumulators (sum_cos, sum_sin) and manual calculation of magnitude (sqrt(real² + imag²)) and argument (atan2(imag, real)).
Lookback Limits : The indicator respects Pine Script's maximum lookback constraints. Historical phase and amplitude values are accessed using the operator, with lookback limited to the chart's available bar history (max_bars_back=5000 declared).
Visual Rendering Performance : Tables (orbit plot, heat map, web, dashboard) are conditionally deleted and recreated on each update using table.delete() and table.new(). This prevents memory leaks but incurs redraw overhead. Rendering is restricted to barstate.islast (last bar) to minimize computational load—historical bars do not render visuals.
Alert Condition Triggers : alertcondition() functions evaluate on bar close when their boolean conditions transition from false to true. Alerts do not fire repeatedly while a condition remains true (e.g., CI stays above threshold for 10 bars fires only once on the initial cross).
Color Gradient Functions : The phaseColor() function maps phase angles to RGB hues using sine waves offset by 120° (red, green, blue channels). This creates a continuous spectrum where -180° to +180° spans the full color wheel. The amplitudeColor() function maps amplitude to grayscale intensity. The coherenceColor() function uses cos(phase) to map contribution to CI (positive = green, negative = red).
No External Data Requests : QRFM operates entirely on the chart's symbol and timeframe. It does not use request.security() or access external data sources. All calculations are self-contained, avoiding lookahead bias from higher-timeframe requests.
Deterministic Behavior : Given identical input parameters and price data, QRFM produces identical outputs. There are no random elements, probabilistic sampling, or time-of-day dependencies.
— Dskyz, Engineering precision. Trading coherence.
Dynamic Equity Allocation Model"Cash is Trash"? Not Always. Here's Why Science Beats Guesswork.
Every retail trader knows the frustration: you draw support and resistance lines, you spot patterns, you follow market gurus on social media—and still, when the next bear market hits, your portfolio bleeds red. Meanwhile, institutional investors seem to navigate market turbulence with ease, preserving capital when markets crash and participating when they rally. What's their secret?
The answer isn't insider information or access to exotic derivatives. It's systematic, scientifically validated decision-making. While most retail traders rely on subjective chart analysis and emotional reactions, professional portfolio managers use quantitative models that remove emotion from the equation and process multiple streams of market information simultaneously.
This document presents exactly such a system—not a proprietary black box available only to hedge funds, but a fully transparent, academically grounded framework that any serious investor can understand and apply. The Dynamic Equity Allocation Model (DEAM) synthesizes decades of financial research from Nobel laureates and leading academics into a practical tool for tactical asset allocation.
Stop drawing colorful lines on your chart and start thinking like a quant. This isn't about predicting where the market goes next week—it's about systematically adjusting your risk exposure based on what the data actually tells you. When valuations scream danger, when volatility spikes, when credit markets freeze, when multiple warning signals align—that's when cash isn't trash. That's when cash saves your portfolio.
The irony of "cash is trash" rhetoric is that it ignores timing. Yes, being 100% cash for decades would be disastrous. But being 100% equities through every crisis is equally foolish. The sophisticated approach is dynamic: aggressive when conditions favor risk-taking, defensive when they don't. This model shows you how to make that decision systematically, not emotionally.
Whether you're managing your own retirement portfolio or seeking to understand how institutional allocation strategies work, this comprehensive analysis provides the theoretical foundation, mathematical implementation, and practical guidance to elevate your investment approach from amateur to professional.
The choice is yours: keep hoping your chart patterns work out, or start using the same quantitative methods that professionals rely on. The tools are here. The research is cited. The methodology is explained. All you need to do is read, understand, and apply.
The Dynamic Equity Allocation Model (DEAM) is a quantitative framework for systematic allocation between equities and cash, grounded in modern portfolio theory and empirical market research. The model integrates five scientifically validated dimensions of market analysis—market regime, risk metrics, valuation, sentiment, and macroeconomic conditions—to generate dynamic allocation recommendations ranging from 0% to 100% equity exposure. This work documents the theoretical foundations, mathematical implementation, and practical application of this multi-factor approach.
1. Introduction and Theoretical Background
1.1 The Limitations of Static Portfolio Allocation
Traditional portfolio theory, as formulated by Markowitz (1952) in his seminal work "Portfolio Selection," assumes an optimal static allocation where investors distribute their wealth across asset classes according to their risk aversion. This approach rests on the assumption that returns and risks remain constant over time. However, empirical research demonstrates that this assumption does not hold in reality. Fama and French (1989) showed that expected returns vary over time and correlate with macroeconomic variables such as the spread between long-term and short-term interest rates. Campbell and Shiller (1988) demonstrated that the price-earnings ratio possesses predictive power for future stock returns, providing a foundation for dynamic allocation strategies.
The academic literature on tactical asset allocation has evolved considerably over recent decades. Ilmanen (2011) argues in "Expected Returns" that investors can improve their risk-adjusted returns by considering valuation levels, business cycles, and market sentiment. The Dynamic Equity Allocation Model presented here builds on this research tradition and operationalizes these insights into a practically applicable allocation framework.
1.2 Multi-Factor Approaches in Asset Allocation
Modern financial research has shown that different factors capture distinct aspects of market dynamics and together provide a more robust picture of market conditions than individual indicators. Ross (1976) developed the Arbitrage Pricing Theory, a model that employs multiple factors to explain security returns. Following this multi-factor philosophy, DEAM integrates five complementary analytical dimensions, each tapping different information sources and collectively enabling comprehensive market understanding.
2. Data Foundation and Data Quality
2.1 Data Sources Used
The model draws its data exclusively from publicly available market data via the TradingView platform. This transparency and accessibility is a significant advantage over proprietary models that rely on non-public data. The data foundation encompasses several categories of market information, each capturing specific aspects of market dynamics.
First, price data for the S&P 500 Index is obtained through the SPDR S&P 500 ETF (ticker: SPY). The use of a highly liquid ETF instead of the index itself has practical reasons, as ETF data is available in real-time and reflects actual tradability. In addition to closing prices, high, low, and volume data are captured, which are required for calculating advanced volatility measures.
Fundamental corporate metrics are retrieved via TradingView's Financial Data API. These include earnings per share, price-to-earnings ratio, return on equity, debt-to-equity ratio, dividend yield, and share buyback yield. Cochrane (2011) emphasizes in "Presidential Address: Discount Rates" the central importance of valuation metrics for forecasting future returns, making these fundamental data a cornerstone of the model.
Volatility indicators are represented by the CBOE Volatility Index (VIX) and related metrics. The VIX, often referred to as the market's "fear gauge," measures the implied volatility of S&P 500 index options and serves as a proxy for market participants' risk perception. Whaley (2000) describes in "The Investor Fear Gauge" the construction and interpretation of the VIX and its use as a sentiment indicator.
Macroeconomic data includes yield curve information through US Treasury bonds of various maturities and credit risk premiums through the spread between high-yield bonds and risk-free government bonds. These variables capture the macroeconomic conditions and financing conditions relevant for equity valuation. Estrella and Hardouvelis (1991) showed that the shape of the yield curve has predictive power for future economic activity, justifying the inclusion of these data.
2.2 Handling Missing Data
A practical problem when working with financial data is dealing with missing or unavailable values. The model implements a fallback system where a plausible historical average value is stored for each fundamental metric. When current data is unavailable for a specific point in time, this fallback value is used. This approach ensures that the model remains functional even during temporary data outages and avoids systematic biases from missing data. The use of average values as fallback is conservative, as it generates neither overly optimistic nor pessimistic signals.
3. Component 1: Market Regime Detection
3.1 The Concept of Market Regimes
The idea that financial markets exist in different "regimes" or states that differ in their statistical properties has a long tradition in financial science. Hamilton (1989) developed regime-switching models that allow distinguishing between different market states with different return and volatility characteristics. The practical application of this theory consists of identifying the current market state and adjusting portfolio allocation accordingly.
DEAM classifies market regimes using a scoring system that considers three main dimensions: trend strength, volatility level, and drawdown depth. This multidimensional view is more robust than focusing on individual indicators, as it captures various facets of market dynamics. Classification occurs into six distinct regimes: Strong Bull, Bull Market, Neutral, Correction, Bear Market, and Crisis.
3.2 Trend Analysis Through Moving Averages
Moving averages are among the oldest and most widely used technical indicators and have also received attention in academic literature. Brock, Lakonishok, and LeBaron (1992) examined in "Simple Technical Trading Rules and the Stochastic Properties of Stock Returns" the profitability of trading rules based on moving averages and found evidence for their predictive power, although later studies questioned the robustness of these results when considering transaction costs.
The model calculates three moving averages with different time windows: a 20-day average (approximately one trading month), a 50-day average (approximately one quarter), and a 200-day average (approximately one trading year). The relationship of the current price to these averages and the relationship of the averages to each other provide information about trend strength and direction. When the price trades above all three averages and the short-term average is above the long-term, this indicates an established uptrend. The model assigns points based on these constellations, with longer-term trends weighted more heavily as they are considered more persistent.
3.3 Volatility Regimes
Volatility, understood as the standard deviation of returns, is a central concept of financial theory and serves as the primary risk measure. However, research has shown that volatility is not constant but changes over time and occurs in clusters—a phenomenon first documented by Mandelbrot (1963) and later formalized through ARCH and GARCH models (Engle, 1982; Bollerslev, 1986).
DEAM calculates volatility not only through the classic method of return standard deviation but also uses more advanced estimators such as the Parkinson estimator and the Garman-Klass estimator. These methods utilize intraday information (high and low prices) and are more efficient than simple close-to-close volatility estimators. The Parkinson estimator (Parkinson, 1980) uses the range between high and low of a trading day and is based on the recognition that this information reveals more about true volatility than just the closing price difference. The Garman-Klass estimator (Garman and Klass, 1980) extends this approach by additionally considering opening and closing prices.
The calculated volatility is annualized by multiplying it by the square root of 252 (the average number of trading days per year), enabling standardized comparability. The model compares current volatility with the VIX, the implied volatility from option prices. A low VIX (below 15) signals market comfort and increases the regime score, while a high VIX (above 35) indicates market stress and reduces the score. This interpretation follows the empirical observation that elevated volatility is typically associated with falling markets (Schwert, 1989).
3.4 Drawdown Analysis
A drawdown refers to the percentage decline from the highest point (peak) to the lowest point (trough) during a specific period. This metric is psychologically significant for investors as it represents the maximum loss experienced. Calmar (1991) developed the Calmar Ratio, which relates return to maximum drawdown, underscoring the practical relevance of this metric.
The model calculates current drawdown as the percentage distance from the highest price of the last 252 trading days (one year). A drawdown below 3% is considered negligible and maximally increases the regime score. As drawdown increases, the score decreases progressively, with drawdowns above 20% classified as severe and indicating a crisis or bear market regime. These thresholds are empirically motivated by historical market cycles, in which corrections typically encompassed 5-10% drawdowns, bear markets 20-30%, and crises over 30%.
3.5 Regime Classification
Final regime classification occurs through aggregation of scores from trend (40% weight), volatility (30%), and drawdown (30%). The higher weighting of trend reflects the empirical observation that trend-following strategies have historically delivered robust results (Moskowitz, Ooi, and Pedersen, 2012). A total score above 80 signals a strong bull market with established uptrend, low volatility, and minimal losses. At a score below 10, a crisis situation exists requiring defensive positioning. The six regime categories enable a differentiated allocation strategy that not only distinguishes binarily between bullish and bearish but allows gradual gradations.
4. Component 2: Risk-Based Allocation
4.1 Volatility Targeting as Risk Management Approach
The concept of volatility targeting is based on the idea that investors should maximize not returns but risk-adjusted returns. Sharpe (1966, 1994) defined with the Sharpe Ratio the fundamental concept of return per unit of risk, measured as volatility. Volatility targeting goes a step further and adjusts portfolio allocation to achieve constant target volatility. This means that in times of low market volatility, equity allocation is increased, and in times of high volatility, it is reduced.
Moreira and Muir (2017) showed in "Volatility-Managed Portfolios" that strategies that adjust their exposure based on volatility forecasts achieve higher Sharpe Ratios than passive buy-and-hold strategies. DEAM implements this principle by defining a target portfolio volatility (default 12% annualized) and adjusting equity allocation to achieve it. The mathematical foundation is simple: if market volatility is 20% and target volatility is 12%, equity allocation should be 60% (12/20 = 0.6), with the remaining 40% held in cash with zero volatility.
4.2 Market Volatility Calculation
Estimating current market volatility is central to the risk-based allocation approach. The model uses several volatility estimators in parallel and selects the higher value between traditional close-to-close volatility and the Parkinson estimator. This conservative choice ensures the model does not underestimate true volatility, which could lead to excessive risk exposure.
Traditional volatility calculation uses logarithmic returns, as these have mathematically advantageous properties (additive linkage over multiple periods). The logarithmic return is calculated as ln(P_t / P_{t-1}), where P_t is the price at time t. The standard deviation of these returns over a rolling 20-trading-day window is then multiplied by √252 to obtain annualized volatility. This annualization is based on the assumption of independently identically distributed returns, which is an idealization but widely accepted in practice.
The Parkinson estimator uses additional information from the trading range (High minus Low) of each day. The formula is: σ_P = (1/√(4ln2)) × √(1/n × Σln²(H_i/L_i)) × √252, where H_i and L_i are high and low prices. Under ideal conditions, this estimator is approximately five times more efficient than the close-to-close estimator (Parkinson, 1980), as it uses more information per observation.
4.3 Drawdown-Based Position Size Adjustment
In addition to volatility targeting, the model implements drawdown-based risk control. The logic is that deep market declines often signal further losses and therefore justify exposure reduction. This behavior corresponds with the concept of path-dependent risk tolerance: investors who have already suffered losses are typically less willing to take additional risk (Kahneman and Tversky, 1979).
The model defines a maximum portfolio drawdown as a target parameter (default 15%). Since portfolio volatility and portfolio drawdown are proportional to equity allocation (assuming cash has neither volatility nor drawdown), allocation-based control is possible. For example, if the market exhibits a 25% drawdown and target portfolio drawdown is 15%, equity allocation should be at most 60% (15/25).
4.4 Dynamic Risk Adjustment
An advanced feature of DEAM is dynamic adjustment of risk-based allocation through a feedback mechanism. The model continuously estimates what actual portfolio volatility and portfolio drawdown would result at the current allocation. If risk utilization (ratio of actual to target risk) exceeds 1.0, allocation is reduced by an adjustment factor that grows exponentially with overutilization. This implements a form of dynamic feedback that avoids overexposure.
Mathematically, a risk adjustment factor r_adjust is calculated: if risk utilization u > 1, then r_adjust = exp(-0.5 × (u - 1)). This exponential function ensures that moderate overutilization is gently corrected, while strong overutilization triggers drastic reductions. The factor 0.5 in the exponent was empirically calibrated to achieve a balanced ratio between sensitivity and stability.
5. Component 3: Valuation Analysis
5.1 Theoretical Foundations of Fundamental Valuation
DEAM's valuation component is based on the fundamental premise that the intrinsic value of a security is determined by its future cash flows and that deviations between market price and intrinsic value are eventually corrected. Graham and Dodd (1934) established in "Security Analysis" the basic principles of fundamental analysis that remain relevant today. Translated into modern portfolio context, this means that markets with high valuation metrics (high price-earnings ratios) should have lower expected returns than cheaply valued markets.
Campbell and Shiller (1988) developed the Cyclically Adjusted P/E Ratio (CAPE), which smooths earnings over a full business cycle. Their empirical analysis showed that this ratio has significant predictive power for 10-year returns. Asness, Moskowitz, and Pedersen (2013) demonstrated in "Value and Momentum Everywhere" that value effects exist not only in individual stocks but also in asset classes and markets.
5.2 Equity Risk Premium as Central Valuation Metric
The Equity Risk Premium (ERP) is defined as the expected excess return of stocks over risk-free government bonds. It is the theoretical heart of valuation analysis, as it represents the compensation investors demand for bearing equity risk. Damodaran (2012) discusses in "Equity Risk Premiums: Determinants, Estimation and Implications" various methods for ERP estimation.
DEAM calculates ERP not through a single method but combines four complementary approaches with different weights. This multi-method strategy increases estimation robustness and avoids dependence on single, potentially erroneous inputs.
The first method (35% weight) uses earnings yield, calculated as 1/P/E or directly from operating earnings data, and subtracts the 10-year Treasury yield. This method follows Fed Model logic (Yardeni, 2003), although this model has theoretical weaknesses as it does not consistently treat inflation (Asness, 2003).
The second method (30% weight) extends earnings yield by share buyback yield. Share buybacks are a form of capital return to shareholders and increase value per share. Boudoukh et al. (2007) showed in "The Total Shareholder Yield" that the sum of dividend yield and buyback yield is a better predictor of future returns than dividend yield alone.
The third method (20% weight) implements the Gordon Growth Model (Gordon, 1962), which models stock value as the sum of discounted future dividends. Under constant growth g assumption: Expected Return = Dividend Yield + g. The model estimates sustainable growth as g = ROE × (1 - Payout Ratio), where ROE is return on equity and payout ratio is the ratio of dividends to earnings. This formula follows from equity theory: unretained earnings are reinvested at ROE and generate additional earnings growth.
The fourth method (15% weight) combines total shareholder yield (Dividend + Buybacks) with implied growth derived from revenue growth. This method considers that companies with strong revenue growth should generate higher future earnings, even if current valuations do not yet fully reflect this.
The final ERP is the weighted average of these four methods. A high ERP (above 4%) signals attractive valuations and increases the valuation score to 95 out of 100 possible points. A negative ERP, where stocks have lower expected returns than bonds, results in a minimal score of 10.
5.3 Quality Adjustments to Valuation
Valuation metrics alone can be misleading if not interpreted in the context of company quality. A company with a low P/E may be cheap or fundamentally problematic. The model therefore implements quality adjustments based on growth, profitability, and capital structure.
Revenue growth above 10% annually adds 10 points to the valuation score, moderate growth above 5% adds 5 points. This adjustment reflects that growth has independent value (Modigliani and Miller, 1961, extended by later growth theory). Net margin above 15% signals pricing power and operational efficiency and increases the score by 5 points, while low margins below 8% indicate competitive pressure and subtract 5 points.
Return on equity (ROE) above 20% characterizes outstanding capital efficiency and increases the score by 5 points. Piotroski (2000) showed in "Value Investing: The Use of Historical Financial Statement Information" that fundamental quality signals such as high ROE can improve the performance of value strategies.
Capital structure is evaluated through the debt-to-equity ratio. A conservative ratio below 1.0 multiplies the valuation score by 1.2, while high leverage above 2.0 applies a multiplier of 0.8. This adjustment reflects that high debt constrains financial flexibility and can become problematic in crisis times (Korteweg, 2010).
6. Component 4: Sentiment Analysis
6.1 The Role of Sentiment in Financial Markets
Investor sentiment, defined as the collective psychological attitude of market participants, influences asset prices independently of fundamental data. Baker and Wurgler (2006, 2007) developed a sentiment index and showed that periods of high sentiment are followed by overvaluations that later correct. This insight justifies integrating a sentiment component into allocation decisions.
Sentiment is difficult to measure directly but can be proxied through market indicators. The VIX is the most widely used sentiment indicator, as it aggregates implied volatility from option prices. High VIX values reflect elevated uncertainty and risk aversion, while low values signal market comfort. Whaley (2009) refers to the VIX as the "Investor Fear Gauge" and documents its role as a contrarian indicator: extremely high values typically occur at market bottoms, while low values occur at tops.
6.2 VIX-Based Sentiment Assessment
DEAM uses statistical normalization of the VIX by calculating the Z-score: z = (VIX_current - VIX_average) / VIX_standard_deviation. The Z-score indicates how many standard deviations the current VIX is from the historical average. This approach is more robust than absolute thresholds, as it adapts to the average volatility level, which can vary over longer periods.
A Z-score below -1.5 (VIX is 1.5 standard deviations below average) signals exceptionally low risk perception and adds 40 points to the sentiment score. This may seem counterintuitive—shouldn't low fear be bullish? However, the logic follows the contrarian principle: when no one is afraid, everyone is already invested, and there is limited further upside potential (Zweig, 1973). Conversely, a Z-score above 1.5 (extreme fear) adds -40 points, reflecting market panic but simultaneously suggesting potential buying opportunities.
6.3 VIX Term Structure as Sentiment Signal
The VIX term structure provides additional sentiment information. Normally, the VIX trades in contango, meaning longer-term VIX futures have higher prices than short-term. This reflects that short-term volatility is currently known, while long-term volatility is more uncertain and carries a risk premium. The model compares the VIX with VIX9D (9-day volatility) and identifies backwardation (VIX > 1.05 × VIX9D) and steep backwardation (VIX > 1.15 × VIX9D).
Backwardation occurs when short-term implied volatility is higher than longer-term, which typically happens during market stress. Investors anticipate immediate turbulence but expect calming. Psychologically, this reflects acute fear. The model subtracts 15 points for backwardation and 30 for steep backwardation, as these constellations signal elevated risk. Simon and Wiggins (2001) analyzed the VIX futures curve and showed that backwardation is associated with market declines.
6.4 Safe-Haven Flows
During crisis times, investors flee from risky assets into safe havens: gold, US dollar, and Japanese yen. This "flight to quality" is a sentiment signal. The model calculates the performance of these assets relative to stocks over the last 20 trading days. When gold or the dollar strongly rise while stocks fall, this indicates elevated risk aversion.
The safe-haven component is calculated as the difference between safe-haven performance and stock performance. Positive values (safe havens outperform) subtract up to 20 points from the sentiment score, negative values (stocks outperform) add up to 10 points. The asymmetric treatment (larger deduction for risk-off than bonus for risk-on) reflects that risk-off movements are typically sharper and more informative than risk-on phases.
Baur and Lucey (2010) examined safe-haven properties of gold and showed that gold indeed exhibits negative correlation with stocks during extreme market movements, confirming its role as crisis protection.
7. Component 5: Macroeconomic Analysis
7.1 The Yield Curve as Economic Indicator
The yield curve, represented as yields of government bonds of various maturities, contains aggregated expectations about future interest rates, inflation, and economic growth. The slope of the yield curve has remarkable predictive power for recessions. Estrella and Mishkin (1998) showed that an inverted yield curve (short-term rates higher than long-term) predicts recessions with high reliability. This is because inverted curves reflect restrictive monetary policy: the central bank raises short-term rates to combat inflation, dampening economic activity.
DEAM calculates two spread measures: the 2-year-minus-10-year spread and the 3-month-minus-10-year spread. A steep, positive curve (spreads above 1.5% and 2% respectively) signals healthy growth expectations and generates the maximum yield curve score of 40 points. A flat curve (spreads near zero) reduces the score to 20 points. An inverted curve (negative spreads) is particularly alarming and results in only 10 points.
The choice of two different spreads increases analysis robustness. The 2-10 spread is most established in academic literature, while the 3M-10Y spread is often considered more sensitive, as the 3-month rate directly reflects current monetary policy (Ang, Piazzesi, and Wei, 2006).
7.2 Credit Conditions and Spreads
Credit spreads—the yield difference between risky corporate bonds and safe government bonds—reflect risk perception in the credit market. Gilchrist and Zakrajšek (2012) constructed an "Excess Bond Premium" that measures the component of credit spreads not explained by fundamentals and showed this is a predictor of future economic activity and stock returns.
The model approximates credit spread by comparing the yield of high-yield bond ETFs (HYG) with investment-grade bond ETFs (LQD). A narrow spread below 200 basis points signals healthy credit conditions and risk appetite, contributing 30 points to the macro score. Very wide spreads above 1000 basis points (as during the 2008 financial crisis) signal credit crunch and generate zero points.
Additionally, the model evaluates whether "flight to quality" is occurring, identified through strong performance of Treasury bonds (TLT) with simultaneous weakness in high-yield bonds. This constellation indicates elevated risk aversion and reduces the credit conditions score.
7.3 Financial Stability at Corporate Level
While the yield curve and credit spreads reflect macroeconomic conditions, financial stability evaluates the health of companies themselves. The model uses the aggregated debt-to-equity ratio and return on equity of the S&P 500 as proxies for corporate health.
A low leverage level below 0.5 combined with high ROE above 15% signals robust corporate balance sheets and generates 20 points. This combination is particularly valuable as it represents both defensive strength (low debt means crisis resistance) and offensive strength (high ROE means earnings power). High leverage above 1.5 generates only 5 points, as it implies vulnerability to interest rate increases and recessions.
Korteweg (2010) showed in "The Net Benefits to Leverage" that optimal debt maximizes firm value, but excessive debt increases distress costs. At the aggregated market level, high debt indicates fragilities that can become problematic during stress phases.
8. Component 6: Crisis Detection
8.1 The Need for Systematic Crisis Detection
Financial crises are rare but extremely impactful events that suspend normal statistical relationships. During normal market volatility, diversified portfolios and traditional risk management approaches function, but during systemic crises, seemingly independent assets suddenly correlate strongly, and losses exceed historical expectations (Longin and Solnik, 2001). This justifies a separate crisis detection mechanism that operates independently of regular allocation components.
Reinhart and Rogoff (2009) documented in "This Time Is Different: Eight Centuries of Financial Folly" recurring patterns in financial crises: extreme volatility, massive drawdowns, credit market dysfunction, and asset price collapse. DEAM operationalizes these patterns into quantifiable crisis indicators.
8.2 Multi-Signal Crisis Identification
The model uses a counter-based approach where various stress signals are identified and aggregated. This methodology is more robust than relying on a single indicator, as true crises typically occur simultaneously across multiple dimensions. A single signal may be a false alarm, but the simultaneous presence of multiple signals increases confidence.
The first indicator is a VIX above the crisis threshold (default 40), adding one point. A VIX above 60 (as in 2008 and March 2020) adds two additional points, as such extreme values are historically very rare. This tiered approach captures the intensity of volatility.
The second indicator is market drawdown. A drawdown above 15% adds one point, as corrections of this magnitude can be potential harbingers of larger crises. A drawdown above 25% adds another point, as historical bear markets typically encompass 25-40% drawdowns.
The third indicator is credit market spreads above 500 basis points, adding one point. Such wide spreads occur only during significant credit market disruptions, as in 2008 during the Lehman crisis.
The fourth indicator identifies simultaneous losses in stocks and bonds. Normally, Treasury bonds act as a hedge against equity risk (negative correlation), but when both fall simultaneously, this indicates systemic liquidity problems or inflation/stagflation fears. The model checks whether both SPY and TLT have fallen more than 10% and 5% respectively over 5 trading days, adding two points.
The fifth indicator is a volume spike combined with negative returns. Extreme trading volumes (above twice the 20-day average) with falling prices signal panic selling. This adds one point.
A crisis situation is diagnosed when at least 3 indicators trigger, a severe crisis at 5 or more indicators. These thresholds were calibrated through historical backtesting to identify true crises (2008, 2020) without generating excessive false alarms.
8.3 Crisis-Based Allocation Override
When a crisis is detected, the system overrides the normal allocation recommendation and caps equity allocation at maximum 25%. In a severe crisis, the cap is set at 10%. This drastic defensive posture follows the empirical observation that crises typically require time to develop and that early reduction can avoid substantial losses (Faber, 2007).
This override logic implements a "safety first" principle: in situations of existential danger to the portfolio, capital preservation becomes the top priority. Roy (1952) formalized this approach in "Safety First and the Holding of Assets," arguing that investors should primarily minimize ruin probability.
9. Integration and Final Allocation Calculation
9.1 Component Weighting
The final allocation recommendation emerges through weighted aggregation of the five components. The standard weighting is: Market Regime 35%, Risk Management 25%, Valuation 20%, Sentiment 15%, Macro 5%. These weights reflect both theoretical considerations and empirical backtesting results.
The highest weighting of market regime is based on evidence that trend-following and momentum strategies have delivered robust results across various asset classes and time periods (Moskowitz, Ooi, and Pedersen, 2012). Current market momentum is highly informative for the near future, although it provides no information about long-term expectations.
The substantial weighting of risk management (25%) follows from the central importance of risk control. Wealth preservation is the foundation of long-term wealth creation, and systematic risk management is demonstrably value-creating (Moreira and Muir, 2017).
The valuation component receives 20% weight, based on the long-term mean reversion of valuation metrics. While valuation has limited short-term predictive power (bull and bear markets can begin at any valuation), the long-term relationship between valuation and returns is robustly documented (Campbell and Shiller, 1988).
Sentiment (15%) and Macro (5%) receive lower weights, as these factors are subtler and harder to measure. Sentiment is valuable as a contrarian indicator at extremes but less informative in normal ranges. Macro variables such as the yield curve have strong predictive power for recessions, but the transmission from recessions to stock market performance is complex and temporally variable.
9.2 Model Type Adjustments
DEAM allows users to choose between four model types: Conservative, Balanced, Aggressive, and Adaptive. This choice modifies the final allocation through additive adjustments.
Conservative mode subtracts 10 percentage points from allocation, resulting in consistently more cautious positioning. This is suitable for risk-averse investors or those with limited investment horizons. Aggressive mode adds 10 percentage points, suitable for risk-tolerant investors with long horizons.
Adaptive mode implements procyclical adjustment based on short-term momentum: if the market has risen more than 5% in the last 20 days, 5 percentage points are added; if it has declined more than 5%, 5 points are subtracted. This logic follows the observation that short-term momentum persists (Jegadeesh and Titman, 1993), but the moderate size of adjustment avoids excessive timing bets.
Balanced mode makes no adjustment and uses raw model output. This neutral setting is suitable for investors who wish to trust model recommendations unchanged.
9.3 Smoothing and Stability
The allocation resulting from aggregation undergoes final smoothing through a simple moving average over 3 periods. This smoothing is crucial for model practicality, as it reduces frequent trading and thus transaction costs. Without smoothing, the model could fluctuate between adjacent allocations with every small input change.
The choice of 3 periods as smoothing window is a compromise between responsiveness and stability. Longer smoothing would excessively delay signals and impede response to true regime changes. Shorter or no smoothing would allow too much noise. Empirical tests showed that 3-period smoothing offers an optimal ratio between these goals.
10. Visualization and Interpretation
10.1 Main Output: Equity Allocation
DEAM's primary output is a time series from 0 to 100 representing the recommended percentage allocation to equities. This representation is intuitive: 100% means full investment in stocks (specifically: an S&P 500 ETF), 0% means complete cash position, and intermediate values correspond to mixed portfolios. A value of 60% means, for example: invest 60% of wealth in SPY, hold 40% in money market instruments or cash.
The time series is color-coded to enable quick visual interpretation. Green shades represent high allocations (above 80%, bullish), red shades low allocations (below 20%, bearish), and neutral colors middle allocations. The chart background is dynamically colored based on the signal, enhancing readability in different market phases.
10.2 Dashboard Metrics
A tabular dashboard presents key metrics compactly. This includes current allocation, cash allocation (complement), an aggregated signal (BULLISH/NEUTRAL/BEARISH), current market regime, VIX level, market drawdown, and crisis status.
Additionally, fundamental metrics are displayed: P/E Ratio, Equity Risk Premium, Return on Equity, Debt-to-Equity Ratio, and Total Shareholder Yield. This transparency allows users to understand model decisions and form their own assessments.
Component scores (Regime, Risk, Valuation, Sentiment, Macro) are also displayed, each normalized on a 0-100 scale. This shows which factors primarily drive the current recommendation. If, for example, the Risk score is very low (20) while other scores are moderate (50-60), this indicates that risk management considerations are pulling allocation down.
10.3 Component Breakdown (Optional)
Advanced users can display individual components as separate lines in the chart. This enables analysis of component dynamics: do all components move synchronously, or are there divergences? Divergences can be particularly informative. If, for example, the market regime is bullish (high score) but the valuation component is very negative, this signals an overbought market not fundamentally supported—a classic "bubble warning."
This feature is disabled by default to keep the chart clean but can be activated for deeper analysis.
10.4 Confidence Bands
The model optionally displays uncertainty bands around the main allocation line. These are calculated as ±1 standard deviation of allocation over a rolling 20-period window. Wide bands indicate high volatility of model recommendations, suggesting uncertain market conditions. Narrow bands indicate stable recommendations.
This visualization implements a concept of epistemic uncertainty—uncertainty about the model estimate itself, not just market volatility. In phases where various indicators send conflicting signals, the allocation recommendation becomes more volatile, manifesting in wider bands. Users can understand this as a warning to act more cautiously or consult alternative information sources.
11. Alert System
11.1 Allocation Alerts
DEAM implements an alert system that notifies users of significant events. Allocation alerts trigger when smoothed allocation crosses certain thresholds. An alert is generated when allocation reaches 80% (from below), signaling strong bullish conditions. Another alert triggers when allocation falls to 20%, indicating defensive positioning.
These thresholds are not arbitrary but correspond with boundaries between model regimes. An allocation of 80% roughly corresponds to a clear bull market regime, while 20% corresponds to a bear market regime. Alerts at these points are therefore informative about fundamental regime shifts.
11.2 Crisis Alerts
Separate alerts trigger upon detection of crisis and severe crisis. These alerts have highest priority as they signal large risks. A crisis alert should prompt investors to review their portfolio and potentially take defensive measures beyond the automatic model recommendation (e.g., hedging through put options, rebalancing to more defensive sectors).
11.3 Regime Change Alerts
An alert triggers upon change of market regime (e.g., from Neutral to Correction, or from Bull Market to Strong Bull). Regime changes are highly informative events that typically entail substantial allocation changes. These alerts enable investors to proactively respond to changes in market dynamics.
11.4 Risk Breach Alerts
A specialized alert triggers when actual portfolio risk utilization exceeds target parameters by 20%. This is a warning signal that the risk management system is reaching its limits, possibly because market volatility is rising faster than allocation can be reduced. In such situations, investors should consider manual interventions.
12. Practical Application and Limitations
12.1 Portfolio Implementation
DEAM generates a recommendation for allocation between equities (S&P 500) and cash. Implementation by an investor can take various forms. The most direct method is using an S&P 500 ETF (e.g., SPY, VOO) for equity allocation and a money market fund or savings account for cash allocation.
A rebalancing strategy is required to synchronize actual allocation with model recommendation. Two approaches are possible: (1) rule-based rebalancing at every 10% deviation between actual and target, or (2) time-based monthly rebalancing. Both have trade-offs between responsiveness and transaction costs. Empirical evidence (Jaconetti, Kinniry, and Zilbering, 2010) suggests rebalancing frequency has moderate impact on performance, and investors should optimize based on their transaction costs.
12.2 Adaptation to Individual Preferences
The model offers numerous adjustment parameters. Component weights can be modified if investors place more or less belief in certain factors. A fundamentally-oriented investor might increase valuation weight, while a technical trader might increase regime weight.
Risk target parameters (target volatility, max drawdown) should be adapted to individual risk tolerance. Younger investors with long investment horizons can choose higher target volatility (15-18%), while retirees may prefer lower volatility (8-10%). This adjustment systematically shifts average equity allocation.
Crisis thresholds can be adjusted based on preference for sensitivity versus specificity of crisis detection. Lower thresholds (e.g., VIX > 35 instead of 40) increase sensitivity (more crises are detected) but reduce specificity (more false alarms). Higher thresholds have the reverse effect.
12.3 Limitations and Disclaimers
DEAM is based on historical relationships between indicators and market performance. There is no guarantee these relationships will persist in the future. Structural changes in markets (e.g., through regulation, technology, or central bank policy) can break established patterns. This is the fundamental problem of induction in financial science (Taleb, 2007).
The model is optimized for US equities (S&P 500). Application to other markets (international stocks, bonds, commodities) would require recalibration. The indicators and thresholds are specific to the statistical properties of the US equity market.
The model cannot eliminate losses. Even with perfect crisis prediction, an investor following the model would lose money in bear markets—just less than a buy-and-hold investor. The goal is risk-adjusted performance improvement, not risk elimination.
Transaction costs are not modeled. In practice, spreads, commissions, and taxes reduce net returns. Frequent trading can cause substantial costs. Model smoothing helps minimize this, but users should consider their specific cost situation.
The model reacts to information; it does not anticipate it. During sudden shocks (e.g., 9/11, COVID-19 lockdowns), the model can only react after price movements, not before. This limitation is inherent to all reactive systems.
12.4 Relationship to Other Strategies
DEAM is a tactical asset allocation approach and should be viewed as a complement, not replacement, for strategic asset allocation. Brinson, Hood, and Beebower (1986) showed in their influential study "Determinants of Portfolio Performance" that strategic asset allocation (long-term policy allocation) explains the majority of portfolio performance, but this leaves room for tactical adjustments based on market timing.
The model can be combined with value and momentum strategies at the individual stock level. While DEAM controls overall market exposure, within-equity decisions can be optimized through stock-picking models. This separation between strategic (market exposure) and tactical (stock selection) levels follows classical portfolio theory.
The model does not replace diversification across asset classes. A complete portfolio should also include bonds, international stocks, real estate, and alternative investments. DEAM addresses only the US equity allocation decision within a broader portfolio.
13. Scientific Foundation and Evaluation
13.1 Theoretical Consistency
DEAM's components are based on established financial theory and empirical evidence. The market regime component follows from regime-switching models (Hamilton, 1989) and trend-following literature. The risk management component implements volatility targeting (Moreira and Muir, 2017) and modern portfolio theory (Markowitz, 1952). The valuation component is based on discounted cash flow theory and empirical value research (Campbell and Shiller, 1988; Fama and French, 1992). The sentiment component integrates behavioral finance (Baker and Wurgler, 2006). The macro component uses established business cycle indicators (Estrella and Mishkin, 1998).
This theoretical grounding distinguishes DEAM from purely data-mining-based approaches that identify patterns without causal theory. Theory-guided models have greater probability of functioning out-of-sample, as they are based on fundamental mechanisms, not random correlations (Lo and MacKinlay, 1990).
13.2 Empirical Validation
While this document does not present detailed backtest analysis, it should be noted that rigorous validation of a tactical asset allocation model should include several elements:
In-sample testing establishes whether the model functions at all in the data on which it was calibrated. Out-of-sample testing is crucial: the model should be tested in time periods not used for development. Walk-forward analysis, where the model is successively trained on rolling windows and tested in the next window, approximates real implementation.
Performance metrics should be risk-adjusted. Pure return consideration is misleading, as higher returns often only compensate for higher risk. Sharpe Ratio, Sortino Ratio, Calmar Ratio, and Maximum Drawdown are relevant metrics. Comparison with benchmarks (Buy-and-Hold S&P 500, 60/40 Stock/Bond portfolio) contextualizes performance.
Robustness checks test sensitivity to parameter variation. If the model only functions at specific parameter settings, this indicates overfitting. Robust models show consistent performance over a range of plausible parameters.
13.3 Comparison with Existing Literature
DEAM fits into the broader literature on tactical asset allocation. Faber (2007) presented a simple momentum-based timing system that goes long when the market is above its 10-month average, otherwise cash. This simple system avoided large drawdowns in bear markets. DEAM can be understood as a sophistication of this approach that integrates multiple information sources.
Ilmanen (2011) discusses various timing factors in "Expected Returns" and argues for multi-factor approaches. DEAM operationalizes this philosophy. Asness, Moskowitz, and Pedersen (2013) showed that value and momentum effects work across asset classes, justifying cross-asset application of regime and valuation signals.
Ang (2014) emphasizes in "Asset Management: A Systematic Approach to Factor Investing" the importance of systematic, rule-based approaches over discretionary decisions. DEAM is fully systematic and eliminates emotional biases that plague individual investors (overconfidence, hindsight bias, loss aversion).
References
Ang, A. (2014) *Asset Management: A Systematic Approach to Factor Investing*. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Ang, A., Piazzesi, M. and Wei, M. (2006) 'What does the yield curve tell us about GDP growth?', *Journal of Econometrics*, 131(1-2), pp. 359-403.
Asness, C.S. (2003) 'Fight the Fed Model', *The Journal of Portfolio Management*, 30(1), pp. 11-24.
Asness, C.S., Moskowitz, T.J. and Pedersen, L.H. (2013) 'Value and Momentum Everywhere', *The Journal of Finance*, 68(3), pp. 929-985.
Baker, M. and Wurgler, J. (2006) 'Investor Sentiment and the Cross-Section of Stock Returns', *The Journal of Finance*, 61(4), pp. 1645-1680.
Baker, M. and Wurgler, J. (2007) 'Investor Sentiment in the Stock Market', *Journal of Economic Perspectives*, 21(2), pp. 129-152.
Baur, D.G. and Lucey, B.M. (2010) 'Is Gold a Hedge or a Safe Haven? An Analysis of Stocks, Bonds and Gold', *Financial Review*, 45(2), pp. 217-229.
Bollerslev, T. (1986) 'Generalized Autoregressive Conditional Heteroskedasticity', *Journal of Econometrics*, 31(3), pp. 307-327.
Boudoukh, J., Michaely, R., Richardson, M. and Roberts, M.R. (2007) 'On the Importance of Measuring Payout Yield: Implications for Empirical Asset Pricing', *The Journal of Finance*, 62(2), pp. 877-915.
Brinson, G.P., Hood, L.R. and Beebower, G.L. (1986) 'Determinants of Portfolio Performance', *Financial Analysts Journal*, 42(4), pp. 39-44.
Brock, W., Lakonishok, J. and LeBaron, B. (1992) 'Simple Technical Trading Rules and the Stochastic Properties of Stock Returns', *The Journal of Finance*, 47(5), pp. 1731-1764.
Calmar, T.W. (1991) 'The Calmar Ratio', *Futures*, October issue.
Campbell, J.Y. and Shiller, R.J. (1988) 'The Dividend-Price Ratio and Expectations of Future Dividends and Discount Factors', *Review of Financial Studies*, 1(3), pp. 195-228.
Cochrane, J.H. (2011) 'Presidential Address: Discount Rates', *The Journal of Finance*, 66(4), pp. 1047-1108.
Damodaran, A. (2012) *Equity Risk Premiums: Determinants, Estimation and Implications*. Working Paper, Stern School of Business.
Engle, R.F. (1982) 'Autoregressive Conditional Heteroskedasticity with Estimates of the Variance of United Kingdom Inflation', *Econometrica*, 50(4), pp. 987-1007.
Estrella, A. and Hardouvelis, G.A. (1991) 'The Term Structure as a Predictor of Real Economic Activity', *The Journal of Finance*, 46(2), pp. 555-576.
Estrella, A. and Mishkin, F.S. (1998) 'Predicting U.S. Recessions: Financial Variables as Leading Indicators', *Review of Economics and Statistics*, 80(1), pp. 45-61.
Faber, M.T. (2007) 'A Quantitative Approach to Tactical Asset Allocation', *The Journal of Wealth Management*, 9(4), pp. 69-79.
Fama, E.F. and French, K.R. (1989) 'Business Conditions and Expected Returns on Stocks and Bonds', *Journal of Financial Economics*, 25(1), pp. 23-49.
Fama, E.F. and French, K.R. (1992) 'The Cross-Section of Expected Stock Returns', *The Journal of Finance*, 47(2), pp. 427-465.
Garman, M.B. and Klass, M.J. (1980) 'On the Estimation of Security Price Volatilities from Historical Data', *Journal of Business*, 53(1), pp. 67-78.
Gilchrist, S. and Zakrajšek, E. (2012) 'Credit Spreads and Business Cycle Fluctuations', *American Economic Review*, 102(4), pp. 1692-1720.
Gordon, M.J. (1962) *The Investment, Financing, and Valuation of the Corporation*. Homewood: Irwin.
Graham, B. and Dodd, D.L. (1934) *Security Analysis*. New York: McGraw-Hill.
Hamilton, J.D. (1989) 'A New Approach to the Economic Analysis of Nonstationary Time Series and the Business Cycle', *Econometrica*, 57(2), pp. 357-384.
Ilmanen, A. (2011) *Expected Returns: An Investor's Guide to Harvesting Market Rewards*. Chichester: Wiley.
Jaconetti, C.M., Kinniry, F.M. and Zilbering, Y. (2010) 'Best Practices for Portfolio Rebalancing', *Vanguard Research Paper*.
Jegadeesh, N. and Titman, S. (1993) 'Returns to Buying Winners and Selling Losers: Implications for Stock Market Efficiency', *The Journal of Finance*, 48(1), pp. 65-91.
Kahneman, D. and Tversky, A. (1979) 'Prospect Theory: An Analysis of Decision under Risk', *Econometrica*, 47(2), pp. 263-292.
Korteweg, A. (2010) 'The Net Benefits to Leverage', *The Journal of Finance*, 65(6), pp. 2137-2170.
Lo, A.W. and MacKinlay, A.C. (1990) 'Data-Snooping Biases in Tests of Financial Asset Pricing Models', *Review of Financial Studies*, 3(3), pp. 431-467.
Longin, F. and Solnik, B. (2001) 'Extreme Correlation of International Equity Markets', *The Journal of Finance*, 56(2), pp. 649-676.
Mandelbrot, B. (1963) 'The Variation of Certain Speculative Prices', *The Journal of Business*, 36(4), pp. 394-419.
Markowitz, H. (1952) 'Portfolio Selection', *The Journal of Finance*, 7(1), pp. 77-91.
Modigliani, F. and Miller, M.H. (1961) 'Dividend Policy, Growth, and the Valuation of Shares', *The Journal of Business*, 34(4), pp. 411-433.
Moreira, A. and Muir, T. (2017) 'Volatility-Managed Portfolios', *The Journal of Finance*, 72(4), pp. 1611-1644.
Moskowitz, T.J., Ooi, Y.H. and Pedersen, L.H. (2012) 'Time Series Momentum', *Journal of Financial Economics*, 104(2), pp. 228-250.
Parkinson, M. (1980) 'The Extreme Value Method for Estimating the Variance of the Rate of Return', *Journal of Business*, 53(1), pp. 61-65.
Piotroski, J.D. (2000) 'Value Investing: The Use of Historical Financial Statement Information to Separate Winners from Losers', *Journal of Accounting Research*, 38, pp. 1-41.
Reinhart, C.M. and Rogoff, K.S. (2009) *This Time Is Different: Eight Centuries of Financial Folly*. Princeton: Princeton University Press.
Ross, S.A. (1976) 'The Arbitrage Theory of Capital Asset Pricing', *Journal of Economic Theory*, 13(3), pp. 341-360.
Roy, A.D. (1952) 'Safety First and the Holding of Assets', *Econometrica*, 20(3), pp. 431-449.
Schwert, G.W. (1989) 'Why Does Stock Market Volatility Change Over Time?', *The Journal of Finance*, 44(5), pp. 1115-1153.
Sharpe, W.F. (1966) 'Mutual Fund Performance', *The Journal of Business*, 39(1), pp. 119-138.
Sharpe, W.F. (1994) 'The Sharpe Ratio', *The Journal of Portfolio Management*, 21(1), pp. 49-58.
Simon, D.P. and Wiggins, R.A. (2001) 'S&P Futures Returns and Contrary Sentiment Indicators', *Journal of Futures Markets*, 21(5), pp. 447-462.
Taleb, N.N. (2007) *The Black Swan: The Impact of the Highly Improbable*. New York: Random House.
Whaley, R.E. (2000) 'The Investor Fear Gauge', *The Journal of Portfolio Management*, 26(3), pp. 12-17.
Whaley, R.E. (2009) 'Understanding the VIX', *The Journal of Portfolio Management*, 35(3), pp. 98-105.
Yardeni, E. (2003) 'Stock Valuation Models', *Topical Study*, 51, Yardeni Research.
Zweig, M.E. (1973) 'An Investor Expectations Stock Price Predictive Model Using Closed-End Fund Premiums', *The Journal of Finance*, 28(1), pp. 67-78.
Macros ICT KillZones [TradingFinder] Times & Price Trading Setup🔵 Introduction
ICT Macros, developed by Michael Huddleston, also known as ICT (Inner Circle Trader), is a powerful trading tool designed to help traders identify the best trading opportunities during key time intervals like the London and New York trading sessions.
For traders aiming to capitalize on market volatility, liquidity shifts, and Fair Value Gaps (FVG), understanding and using these critical time zones can significantly improve trading outcomes.
In today’s highly competitive financial markets, identifying the moments when the market is seeking buy-side or sell-side liquidity, or filling price imbalances, is essential for maximizing profitability.
The ICT Macros indicator is built on the renowned ICT time and price theory, which enables traders to track and leverage key market dynamics such as breaks of highs and lows, imbalances, and liquidity hunts.
This indicator automatically detects crucial market times and optimizes strategies for traders by highlighting the specific moments when price movements are most likely to occur. A standout feature of ICT Macros is its automatic adjustment for Daylight Saving Time (DST), ensuring that traders remain synced with the correct session times.
This means you can rely on accurate market timing without the need for manual updates, allowing you to focus on capturing profitable trades during critical timeframes.
🔵 How to Use
The ICT Macros indicator helps you capitalize on trading opportunities during key market moments, particularly when the market is breaking highs or lows, filling Fair Value Gaps (FVG), or addressing imbalances. This indicator is particularly beneficial for traders who seek to identify liquidity, market volatility, and price imbalances.
🟣 Sessions
London Sessions
London Macro 1 :
UTC Time : 06:33 to 07:00
New York Time : 02:33 to 03:00
London Macro 2 :
UTC Time : 08:03 to 08:30
New York Time : 04:03 to 04:30
New York Sessions
New York Macro AM 1 :
UTC Time : 12:50 to 13:10
New York Time : 08:50 to 09:10
New York Macro AM 2 :
UTC Time : 13:50 to 14:10
New York Time : 09:50 to 10:10
New York Macro AM 3 :
UTC Time : 14:50 to 15:10
New York Time : 10:50 to 11:10
New York Lunch Macro :
UTC Time : 15:50 to 16:10
New York Time : 11:50 to 12:10
New York PM Macro :
UTC Time : 17:10 to 17:40
New York Time : 13:10 to 13:40
New York Last Hour Macro :
UTC Time : 19:15 to 19:45
New York Time : 15:15 to 15:45
These time intervals adjust automatically based on Daylight Saving Time (DST), helping traders to enter or exit trades during key market moments when price volatility is high.
Below are the main applications of this tool and how to incorporate it into your trading strategies :
🟣 Combining ICT Macros with Trading Strategies
The ICT Macros indicator can easily be used in conjunction with various trading strategies. Two well-known strategies that can be combined with this indicator include:
ICT 2022 Trading Model : This model is designed based on identifying market liquidity, structural price changes, and Fair Value Gaps (FVG). By using ICT Macros, you can identify the key time intervals when the market is seeking liquidity, filling imbalances, or breaking through important highs and lows, allowing you to enter or exit trades at the right moment.
Silver Bullet Strategy : This strategy, which is built around liquidity hunting and rapid price movements, can work more accurately with the help of ICT Macros. The indicator pinpoints precise liquidity times, helping traders take advantage of market shifts caused by filling Fair Value Gaps or correcting imbalances.
🟣 Capitalizing on Price Volatility During Key Times
Large market algorithms often seek liquidity or fill Fair Value Gaps (FVG) during the intervals marked by ICT Macros. These periods are when price volatility increases, and traders can use these moments to enter or exit trades.
For example, if sell-side liquidity is drained and the market fills an imbalance, the price might move toward buy-side liquidity. By identifying these moments, which may also involve breaking a previous high or low, you can leverage rapid market fluctuations to your advantage.
🟣 Identifying Liquidity and Price Imbalances
One of the important uses of ICT Macros is identifying points where the market is seeking liquidity and correcting imbalances. You can determine high or low liquidity levels in the market before each ICT Macro, as well as Fair Value Gaps (FVG) and price imbalances that need to be filled, using them to adjust your trading strategy. This capability allows you to manage trades based on liquidity shifts or imbalance corrections without needing a bias toward a specific direction.
🔵 Settings
The ICT Macros indicator offers various customization options, allowing users to tailor it to their specific needs. Below are the main settings:
Time Zone Mode : You can select one of the following options to define how time is displayed:
UTC : For traders who need to work with Universal Time.
Session Local Time : The local time corresponding to the London or New York markets.
Your Time Zone : You can specify your own time zone (e.g., "UTC-4:00").
Your Time Zone : If you choose "Your Time Zone," you can set your specific time zone. By default, this is set to UTC-4:00.
Show Range Time : This option allows you to display the time range of each session on the chart. If enabled, the exact start and end times of each interval are shown.
Show or Hide Time Ranges : Toggle on/off for visual clarity depending on user preference.
Custom Colors : Set distinct colors for each session, allowing users to personalize their chart based on their trading style.These settings allow you to adjust the key time intervals of each trading session to your preference and customize the time format according to your own needs.
🔵 Conclusion
The ICT Macros indicator is a powerful tool for traders, helping them to identify key time intervals where the market seeks liquidity or fills Fair Value Gaps (FVG), corrects imbalances, and breaks highs or lows. This tool is especially valuable for traders using liquidity-based strategies such as ICT 2022 or Silver Bullet.
One of the key features of this indicator is its support for Daylight Saving Time (DST), ensuring you are always in sync with the correct trading session timings without manual adjustments. This is particularly beneficial for traders operating across different time zones.
With ICT Macros, you can capitalize on crucial market opportunities during sensitive times, take advantage of imbalances, and enhance your trading strategies based on market volatility, liquidity shifts, and Fair Value Gaps.
Multi-Symbol EMA Crossover Scanner with Multi-Timeframe AnalysisDescription
What This Indicator Does:
This indicator is a comprehensive market scanner that monitors up to 10 symbols simultaneously across 4 different timeframes (15-minute, 1-hour, 4-hour, and daily) to detect exponential moving average (EMA) crossovers in real-time. Instead of manually checking multiple charts and timeframes for EMA crossover signals, this scanner automatically does the work for you and presents all detected signals in a clean, organized table that updates continuously throughout the trading session.
Key Features:
Multi-Symbol Monitoring: Scan up to 10 different symbols at once (stocks, forex, crypto, or any TradingView symbol)
Multi-Timeframe Analysis: Simultaneously tracks 4 timeframes (15m, 1H, 4H, 1D) with toggle options to enable/disable each
Comprehensive EMA Pairs: Detects crossovers between all major EMA combinations: 20×50, 20×100, 20×200, 50×100, 50×200, and 100×200
Real-Time Signal Feed: Displays the most recent signals in a sorted table (newest first) with timestamp, direction, price, and EMA pair information
Session Filter: Built-in time filter (default 10:00-18:00) to focus on specific trading hours and avoid pre-market/after-hours noise
Pagination System: Navigate through signals using a page selector when you have more signals than fit in one view
Signal Statistics: Footer displays total signals, bullish/bearish breakdown, and page navigation hints
Customizable Display: Choose table position (4 corners), signals per page (5-20), and maximum signal history (10-100)
How It Works:
The scanner uses the request.security() function to fetch EMA data from multiple symbols and timeframes simultaneously. For each symbol-timeframe combination, it calculates four exponential moving averages (20, 50, 100, and 200 periods) and monitors for crossovers:
Bullish Crossovers (▲ Green):
Faster EMA crosses above slower EMA
Indicates potential upward momentum
Common entry signals for long positions
Bearish Crossovers (▼ Red):
Faster EMA crosses below slower EMA
Indicates potential downward momentum
Common entry signals for short positions or exits
The scanner prioritizes crossovers involving faster EMAs (20×50) over slower ones (100×200), as faster crossovers typically generate more frequent signals. Each detected crossover is stored with its timestamp, allowing the scanner to sort signals chronologically and remove duplicates within the same timeframe.
Signal Table Columns:
Sym: Symbol name (abbreviated, e.g., "ASELS" instead of "BIST:ASELS")
TF: Timeframe where the crossover occurred (15m, 1h, 4h, 1D)
⏰: Exact time of the crossover (HH:MM format in Istanbul timezone)
↕: Direction indicator (▲ bullish green / ▼ bearish red)
₺: Price level where the crossover occurred (average of the two EMAs)
MA: Which EMA pair crossed (e.g., "20×50", "50×200")
How to Use:
For Day Traders:
Enable 15m and 1h timeframes
Monitor symbols from your watchlist
Use crossovers as entry timing signals in the direction of the larger trend
Adjust the time filter to match your trading session (e.g., market open to 2 hours before close)
For Swing Traders:
Enable 4h and 1D timeframes
Focus on 50×200 and 100×200 crossovers (golden/death crosses)
Look for multiple timeframe confluence (same symbol showing bullish crossovers on both 4h and 1D)
Use as a pre-market scanner to identify potential setups for the day
For Multi-Market Traders:
Mix symbols from different markets (stocks, forex, crypto)
Use the scanner to identify which markets are showing the most momentum
Track relative strength by comparing crossover frequency across symbols
Identify rotation opportunities when one asset shows bullish signals while another shows bearish
Setup Recommendations:
Default BIST (Turkish Stock Market) Setup:
The code comes pre-configured with 10 popular BIST stocks:
ASELS, EKGYO, THYAO, AKBNK, PGSUS, ASTOR, OTKAR, ALARK, ISCTR, BIMAS
For US Stocks:
Replace with symbols like: NASDAQ:AAPL, NASDAQ:TSLA, NASDAQ:NVDA, NYSE:JPM, etc.
For Forex:
Use pairs like: FX:EURUSD, FX:GBPUSD, FX:USDJPY, OANDA:XAUUSD, etc.
For Crypto:
Use exchanges like: BINANCE:BTCUSDT, COINBASE:ETHUSD, BINANCE:SOLUSDT, etc.
Settings Guide:
Symbol List (10 inputs):
Enter any valid TradingView symbol in "EXCHANGE:TICKER" format
Use symbols you actively trade or monitor
Mix different asset classes if desired
Timeframe Toggles:
15 Minutes: High-frequency signals, best for day trading
1 Hour: Balanced frequency, good for intraday swing trades
4 Hours: Lower frequency, quality swing trade signals
1 Day: Low frequency, major trend changes only
Time Filter:
Start Hour (10): Beginning of your trading session
End Hour (18): End of your trading session
Prevents signals during low-liquidity periods
Adjust to match your market's active hours
Display Settings:
Table Position: Choose corner placement (doesn't interfere with other indicators)
Max Signals (40): Total historical signals to keep in memory
Signals Per Page (10): How many rows to show at once
Page Number: Navigate through signal history (auto-adjusts to available pages)
What Makes This Original:
Multi-symbol scanners exist on TradingView, but this indicator's originality comes from:
Comprehensive EMA Pair Coverage: Most scanners focus on 1-2 EMA pairs, this monitors 6 different combinations simultaneously
Unified Multi-Timeframe View: Presents signals from 4 timeframes in a single, chronologically sorted feed rather than separate panels
Session-Aware Filtering: Built-in time filter prevents signal overload from 24-hour markets
Smart Pagination: Handles large signal volumes gracefully with page navigation instead of scrolling
Signal Deduplication: Prevents the same crossover from appearing multiple times if it persists across several bars
Price-at-Cross Recording: Captures the exact price where the crossover occurred, not just that it happened
Real-Time Statistics: Live tracking of bullish vs bearish signal distribution
Trading Strategy Examples:
Trend Confirmation Strategy:
Find a symbol showing bullish crossover on 1D (major trend change)
Wait for pullback
Enter when 1h shows bullish crossover (confirmation)
Exit when 1h shows bearish crossover
Multi-Timeframe Confluence:
Look for symbols appearing multiple times with same direction
Example: ASELS shows ▲ on both 4h and 1D = strong bullish signal
Avoid symbols showing conflicting signals (▲ on 1h but ▼ on 4h)
Rotation Scanner:
Monitor 10+ symbols from the same sector
Identify which are turning bullish (▲) first
Enter leaders, avoid laggards
Rotate out when crossovers turn bearish (▼)
Important Considerations:
Not a Complete System: EMA crossovers should be confirmed with price action, volume, and support/resistance analysis
Whipsaw Risk: During consolidation, EMAs can cross back and forth frequently (especially on 15m timeframe)
Lag: EMAs are lagging indicators; crossovers occur after the move has already begun
False Signals: More common during sideways markets; work best in trending environments
Symbol Limits: TradingView has limits on request.security() calls; this scanner uses 40 calls (10 symbols × 4 timeframes)
Performance: On lower-end devices, scanning 10 symbols across 4 timeframes may cause slight delays in chart updates
Best Practices:
Start with 5 symbols and 2 timeframes, then expand as you get comfortable
Use in conjunction with a main chart for price context
Don't trade every signal—filter for high-quality setups
Backtest your favorite EMA pairs on your symbols to understand their reliability
Adjust the time filter to exclude lunch hours if your market has low midday volume
Check the footer statistics—if you're getting 50+ signals per day, tighten your time filter or reduce symbols
Technical Notes:
Uses lookahead=barmerge.lookahead_off to prevent future data leakage
Signals are stored in arrays and sorted by timestamp (newest first)
Automatic daily reset clears old signals to prevent memory buildup
Table dynamically resizes based on signal count
All times displayed in Europe/Istanbul timezone (configurable in code)
Market Sentiment Trend Gauge [LevelUp]Market Sentiment Trend Gauge simplifies technical analysis by mathematically combining momentum, trend direction, volatility position, and comparison against a market benchmark, into a single trend score from -100 to +100. Displayed in a separate pane below your chart, it resolves conflicting signals from RSI, moving averages, Bollinger Bands, and market correlations, providing clear insights into trend direction, strength, and relative performance.
THE PROBLEM MARKET SENTIMENT TREND GAUGE (MSTG) SOLVES
Traditional indicators often produce conflicting signals, such as RSI showing overbought while prices rise or moving averages indicating an uptrend despite market underperformance. MSTG creates a weighted composite score to answer: "What's the overall bias for this asset?"
KEY COMPONENTS AND WEIGHTINGS
The trend score combines
▪ Momentum (25%): Normalized 14-period RSI, capped at ±100.
▪ Trend Direction (35%): 10/21-period EMA relationships,
▪ Volatility Position (20%): Price position, 20-period Bollinger Bands, capped at ±100.
▪ Market Comparison (20%): Daily performance vs. SPY benchmark, capped at ±100.
Final score = Weighted sum, smoothed with 5-period EMA.
INTERPRETING THE MSTG CHART
Trend Score Ranges and Colors
▪ Bright Green (>+30): Strong bullish; ideal for long entries.
▪ Light Green (+10 to +30): Weak bullish; cautiously favorable.
▪ Gray (-10 to +10): Neutral; avoid directional trades.
▪ Light Red (-10 to -30): Weak bearish; exercise caution.
▪ Bright Red (<-30): Strong bearish; high-risk for longs, consider shorts.
Reference Lines
▪ Zero Line (Gray): Separates bullish/bearish; crossovers signal trend changes.
▪ ±30 Lines (Dotted, Green/Red): Thresholds for strong trends.
▪ ±60 Lines (Dashed, Green/Red): Extreme strength zones (not overbought/oversold); manage risk (tighten stops, partial profits) but trends may persist.
Background Colors
▪ Green Tint (>+20): Bullish environment; favorable for longs.
▪ Red Tint (<-20): Bearish environment; caution for longs.
▪ Light Gray Tint (-20 to +20): Neutral/range-bound; wait for signals.
Extreme Readings vs. Traditional Signals
MSTG ±60 indicates maximum alignment of all factors, not reversals (unlike RSI >70/<30). Use for risk management, not automatic exits. Strong trends can sustain extremes; breakdowns occur below +30 or above -30.
INFORMATION TABLE INTERPRETATION
Trend Score Symbols
▲▲ >+30 strong bullish
▲ +10 to +30
● -10 to +10 neutral
▼ -30 to -10
▼▼ <-30 strong bearish
Colors: Green (positive), White (neutral), Red (negative).
Momentum Score
+40 to +100 strong bullish
0 to +40 moderate bullish
-40 to 0 moderate bearish
-100 to -40 strong bearish
Market vs. Stock
▪ Green: Stock outperforming market
▪ Red: Stock underperforming market
Example Interpretations:
-0.45% / +1.23% (Green): Market down, stock up = Strong relative strength
+2.10% / +1.50% (Red): Both rising, but stock lagging = Relative weakness
-1.20% / -0.80% (Green): Both falling, but stock declining less = Defensive strength
UNDERSTANDING EXTREME READINGS VS TRADITIONAL OVERBOUGHT/OVERSOLD
⚠️ Critical distinctions
Traditional Overbought/Oversold Signals:
▪ Single indicator (like RSI >70 or <30) showing momentum excess
▪ Often suggests immediate reversal or pullback expected
▪ Based on "price moved too far, too fast" concept
MSTG Extreme Readings (±60):
▪ Composite alignment of 4 different factors (momentum, trend, volatility, relative strength)
▪ Indicates maximum strength in current direction
▪ NOT a reversal signal - means "all systems extremely bullish/bearish"
Key Differences:
▪ RSI >70: "Price got ahead of itself, expect pullback"
▪ MSTG >+60: "Everything is extremely bullish right now"
▪ Strong trends can maintain extreme MSTG readings during major moves
▪ Breakdowns happen when MSTG falls below +30, not at +60
Proper Usage of Extreme Readings:
▪ Risk Management: Tighten stops, take partial profits
▪ Position Sizing: Reduce new position sizes at extremes
▪ Trend Continuation: Watch for sustained extreme readings in strong markets
▪ Exit Signals: Look for breakdown below +30, not reversal from +60
TRADING WITH MSTG
Quick Assessment
1. Check trend symbol for direction.
2. Confirm momentum strength.
3. Note relative performance color.
Examples:
▲▲ 55.2 (Green), Momentum +28.4, Outperforming: Strong buy setup.
▼ -18.6 (Red), Momentum -43.2, Underperforming: Defensive positioning.
Entry Conditions
▪ Long: stock outperforming market
- Score >+30 (bright green)
- Sustained green background
- ▲▲ symbol,
▪ Short: stock underperforming market
- Score <-30 (bright red)
- Sustained red background
- ▼▼ symbol
Avoid Trading When:
▪ Gray zone (-10 to +10).
▪ Rapid color changes or frequent zero-line crosses (choppy market).
▪ Gray background (range-bound).
Risk Management:
▪ Stop Loss: Exit on zero-line crossover against position.
▪ Take Profit: Partial at ±60 for risk control.
▪ Position Sizing: Larger when signals align; smaller in extremes or mixed conditions.
KEY ADVANTAGES
▪ Unified View: Weighted composite reduces noise and conflicts.
▪ Visual Clarity: 5-color system with gradients for rapid recognition.
▪ Market Context: Relative strength vs. SPY identifies leaders/laggards.
▪ Flexibility: Works across timeframes (1-min to weekly); customizable table.
▪ Noise Reduction: EMA smoothing minimizes false signals.
EXAMPLES
Strong Bull: Trend Score 71.9, Momentum Score 76.9
Neutral: Trend Score 0.1, Momentum Score -9.2
Strong Bear: Trend Score -51.7, Momentum Score -51.5
PERFORMANCE AND LIMITATIONS
Strengths: Trend identification, noise reduction, relative performance versus market.
Limitations: Lags at turning points, less effective in extreme volatility or non-trending markets.
Recommendations: View on multiple timeframes, combine with price action and fundamentals.
لbsm15// This work is licensed under a Attribution-NonCommercial-ShareAlike 4.0 International (CC BY-NC-SA 4.0) creativecommons.org
// © LuxAlgo
//@version=5
indicator("لbsm15", overlay = true, max_lines_count = 500, max_boxes_count = 500, max_bars_back = 3000)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
//Settings
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------{
liqGrp = 'Liquidity Detection'
liqLen = input.int (7, title = 'Detection Length', minval = 3, maxval = 13, inline = 'LIQ', group = liqGrp)
liqMar = 10 / input.float (6.9, 'Margin', minval = 4, maxval = 9, step = 0.1, inline = 'LIQ', group = liqGrp)
liqBuy = input.bool (true, 'Buyside Liquidity Zones, Margin', inline = 'Buyside', group = liqGrp)
marBuy = input.float(2.3, '', minval = 1.5, maxval = 10, step = .1, inline = 'Buyside', group = liqGrp)
cLIQ_B = input.color (color.new(#4caf50, 0), '', inline = 'Buyside', group = liqGrp)
liqSel = input.bool (true, 'Sellside Liquidity Zones, Margin', inline = 'Sellside', group = liqGrp)
marSel = input.float(2.3, '', minval = 1.5, maxval = 10, step = .1, inline = 'Sellside', group = liqGrp)
cLIQ_S = input.color (color.new(#f23645, 0), '', inline = 'Sellside', group = liqGrp)
lqVoid = input.bool (false, 'Liquidity Voids, Bullish', inline = 'void', group = liqGrp)
cLQV_B = input.color (color.new(#4caf50, 0), '', inline = 'void', group = liqGrp)
cLQV_S = input.color (color.new(#f23645, 0), 'Bearish', inline = 'void', group = liqGrp)
lqText = input.bool (false, 'Label', inline = 'void', group = liqGrp)
mode = input.string('Present', title = 'Mode', options = , inline = 'MOD', group = liqGrp)
visLiq = input.int (3, ' # Visible Levels', minval = 1, maxval = 50, inline = 'MOD', group = liqGrp)
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------}
//General Calculations
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------{
maxSize = 50
atr = ta.atr(10)
atr200 = ta.atr(200)
per = mode == 'Present' ? last_bar_index - bar_index <= 500 : true
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------}
//User Defined Types
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------{
// @type used to store pivot high/low data
//
// @field d (array) The array where the trend direction is to be maintained
// @field x (array) The array where the bar index value of pivot high/low is to be maintained
// @field y (array) The array where the price value of pivot high/low is to be maintained
type ZZ
int d
int x
float y
// @type bar properties with their values
//
// @field o (float) open price of the bar
// @field h (float) high price of the bar
// @field l (float) low price of the bar
// @field c (float) close price of the bar
// @field i (int) index of the bar
type bar
float o = open
float h = high
float l = low
float c = close
int i = bar_index
// @type liquidity object definition
//
// @field bx (box) box maitaing the liquity level margin extreme levels
// @field bxz (box) box maitaing the liquity zone margin extreme levels
// @field bxt (box) box maitaing the labels
// @field brZ (bool) mainains broken zone status
// @field brL (bool) mainains broken level status
// @field ln (line) maitaing the liquity level line
// @field lne (line) maitaing the liquity extended level line
type liq
box bx
box bxz
box bxt
bool brZ
bool brL
line ln
line lne
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------}
//Variables
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------{
var ZZ aZZ = ZZ.new(
array.new (maxSize, 0),
array.new (maxSize, 0),
array.new (maxSize, na)
)
bar b = bar.new()
var liq b_liq_B = array.new (1, liq.new(box(na), box(na), box(na), false, false, line(na), line(na)))
var liq b_liq_S = array.new (1, liq.new(box(na), box(na), box(na), false, false, line(na), line(na)))
var b_liq_V = array.new_box()
var int dir = na, var int x1 = na, var float y1 = na, var int x2 = na, var float y2 = na
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------}
//Functions/methods
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------{
// @function maintains arrays
// it prepends a `value` to the arrays and removes their oldest element at last position
// @param aZZ (UDT, array, array>) The UDT obejct of arrays
// @param _d (array) The array where the trend direction is maintained
// @param _x (array) The array where the bar index value of pivot high/low is maintained
// @param _y (array) The array where the price value of pivot high/low is maintained
//
// @returns none
method in_out(ZZ aZZ, int _d, int _x, float _y) =>
aZZ.d.unshift(_d), aZZ.x.unshift(_x), aZZ.y.unshift(_y), aZZ.d.pop(), aZZ.x.pop(), aZZ.y.pop()
// @function (build-in) sets the maximum number of bars that is available for historical reference
max_bars_back(time, 1000)
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------}
//Calculations
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------{
x2 := b.i - 1
ph = ta.pivothigh(liqLen, 1)
pl = ta.pivotlow (liqLen, 1)
if ph
dir := aZZ.d.get(0)
x1 := aZZ.x.get(0)
y1 := aZZ.y.get(0)
y2 := nz(b.h )
if dir < 1
aZZ.in_out(1, x2, y2)
else
if dir == 1 and ph > y1
aZZ.x.set(0, x2), aZZ.y.set(0, y2)
if per
count = 0
st_P = 0.
st_B = 0
minP = 0.
maxP = 10e6
for i = 0 to maxSize - 1
if aZZ.d.get(i) == 1
if aZZ.y.get(i) > ph + (atr / liqMar)
break
else
if aZZ.y.get(i) > ph - (atr / liqMar) and aZZ.y.get(i) < ph + (atr / liqMar)
count += 1
st_B := aZZ.x.get(i)
st_P := aZZ.y.get(i)
if aZZ.y.get(i) > minP
minP := aZZ.y.get(i)
if aZZ.y.get(i) < maxP
maxP := aZZ.y.get(i)
if count > 2
getB = b_liq_B.get(0)
if st_B == getB.bx.get_left()
getB.bx.set_top(math.avg(minP, maxP) + (atr / liqMar))
getB.bx.set_rightbottom(b.i + 10, math.avg(minP, maxP) - (atr / liqMar))
else
b_liq_B.unshift(
liq.new(
box.new(st_B, math.avg(minP, maxP) + (atr / liqMar), b.i + 10, math.avg(minP, maxP) - (atr / liqMar), bgcolor=color(na), border_color=color(na)),
box.new(na, na, na, na, bgcolor = color(na), border_color = color(na)),
box.new(st_B, st_P, b.i + 10, st_P, text = 'Buyside liquidity', text_size = size.tiny, text_halign = text.align_left, text_valign = text.align_bottom, text_color = color.new(cLIQ_B, 25), bgcolor = color(na), border_color = color(na)),
false,
false,
line.new(st_B , st_P, b.i - 1, st_P, color = color.new(cLIQ_B, 0)),
line.new(b.i - 1, st_P, na , st_P, color = color.new(cLIQ_B, 0), style = line.style_dotted))
)
alert('buyside liquidity level detected/updated for ' + syminfo.ticker)
if b_liq_B.size() > visLiq
getLast = b_liq_B.pop()
getLast.bx.delete()
getLast.bxz.delete()
getLast.bxt.delete()
getLast.ln.delete()
getLast.lne.delete()
if pl
dir := aZZ.d.get (0)
x1 := aZZ.x.get (0)
y1 := aZZ.y.get (0)
y2 := nz(b.l )
if dir > -1
aZZ.in_out(-1, x2, y2)
else
if dir == -1 and pl < y1
aZZ.x.set(0, x2), aZZ.y.set(0, y2)
if per
count = 0
st_P = 0.
st_B = 0
minP = 0.
maxP = 10e6
for i = 0 to maxSize - 1
if aZZ.d.get(i) == -1
if aZZ.y.get(i) < pl - (atr / liqMar)
break
else
if aZZ.y.get(i) > pl - (atr / liqMar) and aZZ.y.get(i) < pl + (atr / liqMar)
count += 1
st_B := aZZ.x.get(i)
st_P := aZZ.y.get(i)
if aZZ.y.get(i) > minP
minP := aZZ.y.get(i)
if aZZ.y.get(i) < maxP
maxP := aZZ.y.get(i)
if count > 2
getB = b_liq_S.get(0)
if st_B == getB.bx.get_left()
getB.bx.set_top(math.avg(minP, maxP) + (atr / liqMar))
getB.bx.set_rightbottom(b.i + 10, math.avg(minP, maxP) - (atr / liqMar))
else
b_liq_S.unshift(
liq.new(
box.new(st_B, math.avg(minP, maxP) + (atr / liqMar), b.i + 10, math.avg(minP, maxP) - (atr / liqMar), bgcolor=color(na), border_color=color(na)),
box.new(na, na, na, na, bgcolor=color(na), border_color=color(na)),
box.new(st_B, st_P, b.i + 10, st_P, text = 'Sellside liquidity', text_size = size.tiny, text_halign = text.align_left, text_valign = text.align_top, text_color = color.new(cLIQ_S, 25), bgcolor=color(na), border_color=color(na)),
false,
false,
line.new(st_B , st_P, b.i - 1, st_P, color = color.new(cLIQ_S, 0)),
line.new(b.i - 1, st_P, na , st_P, color = color.new(cLIQ_S, 0), style = line.style_dotted))
)
alert('sellside liquidity level detected/updated for ' + syminfo.ticker)
if b_liq_S.size() > visLiq
getLast = b_liq_S.pop()
getLast.bx.delete()
getLast.bxz.delete()
getLast.bxt.delete()
getLast.ln.delete()
getLast.lne.delete()
for i = 0 to b_liq_B.size() - 1
x = b_liq_B.get(i)
if not x.brL
x.lne.set_x2(b.i)
if b.h > x.bx.get_top()
x.brL := true
x.brZ := true
alert('buyside liquidity level breached for ' + syminfo.ticker)
x.bxz.set_lefttop(b.i - 1, math.min(x.ln.get_y1() + marBuy * (atr), b.h))
x.bxz.set_rightbottom(b.i + 1, x.ln.get_y1())
x.bxz.set_bgcolor(color.new(cLIQ_B, liqBuy ? 73 : 100))
else if x.brZ
if b.l > x.ln.get_y1() - marBuy * (atr) and b.h < x.ln.get_y1() + marBuy * (atr)
x.bxz.set_right(b.i + 1)
x.bxz.set_top(math.max(b.h, x.bxz.get_top()))
if liqBuy
x.lne.set_x2(b.i + 1)
else
x.brZ := false
for i = 0 to b_liq_S.size() - 1
x = b_liq_S.get(i)
if not x.brL
x.lne.set_x2(b.i)
if b.l < x.bx.get_bottom()
x.brL := true
x.brZ := true
alert('sellside liquidity level breached for ' + syminfo.ticker)
x.bxz.set_lefttop(b.i - 1, x.ln.get_y1())
x.bxz.set_rightbottom(b.i + 1, math.max(x.ln.get_y1() - marSel * (atr), b.l))
x.bxz.set_bgcolor(color.new(cLIQ_S, liqSel ? 73 : 100))
else if x.brZ
if b.l > x.ln.get_y1() - marSel * (atr) and b.h < x.ln.get_y1() + marSel * (atr)
x.bxz.set_rightbottom(b.i + 1, math.min(b.l, x.bxz.get_bottom()))
if liqSel
x.lne.set_x2(b.i + 1)
else
x.brZ := false
if lqVoid and per
bull = b.l - b.h > atr200 and b.l > b.h and b.c > b.h
bear = b.l - b.h > atr200 and b.h < b.l and b.c < b.l
if bull
l = 13
if bull
st = math.abs(b.l - b.l ) / l
for i = 0 to l - 1
array.push(b_liq_V, box.new(b.i - 2, b.l + i * st, b.i, b.l + (i + 1) * st, border_color = na, bgcolor = color.new(cLQV_B, 90) ))
else
st = math.abs(b.l - b.h ) / l
for i = 0 to l - 1
if lqText and i == 0
array.push(b_liq_V, box.new(b.i - 2, b.h + i * st, b.i, b.h + (i + 1) * st, text = 'Liquidity Void ', text_size = size.tiny, text_halign = text.align_right, text_valign = text.align_bottom, text_color = na, border_color = na, bgcolor = color.new(cLQV_B, 90) ))
else
array.push(b_liq_V, box.new(b.i - 2, b.h + i * st, b.i, b.h + (i + 1) * st, border_color = na, bgcolor = color.new(cLQV_B, 90) ))
if bear
l = 13
if bear
st = math.abs(b.h - b.h) / l
for i = 0 to l - 1
array.push(b_liq_V, box.new(b.i - 2, b.h + i * st, b.i, b.h + (i + 1) * st, border_color = na, bgcolor = color.new(cLQV_S, 90) ))
else
st = math.abs(b.l - b.h) / l
for i = 0 to l - 1
if lqText and i == l - 1
array.push(b_liq_V, box.new(b.i - 2, b.h + i * st, b.i, b.h + (i + 1) * st, text = 'Liquidity Void ', text_size = size.tiny, text_halign = text.align_right, text_valign = text.align_top, text_color = na, border_color = na, bgcolor = color.new(cLQV_S, 90) ))
else
array.push(b_liq_V, box.new(b.i - 2, b.h + i * st, b.i, b.h + (i + 1) * st, border_color = na, bgcolor = color.new(cLQV_S, 90) ))
if b_liq_V.size() > 0
qt = b_liq_V.size()
for bn = qt - 1 to 0
if bn < b_liq_V.size()
cb = b_liq_V.get(bn)
ba = math.avg(cb.get_bottom(), cb.get_top())
if math.sign(b.c - ba) != math.sign(b.c - ba) or math.sign(b.c - ba) != math.sign(b.l - ba) or math.sign(b.c - ba) != math.sign(b.h - ba)
b_liq_V.remove(bn)
else
cb.set_right(b.i + 1)
if b.i - cb.get_left() > 21
cb.set_text_color(color.new(color.gray, 25))
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------}
